Previous Year Paper

DSSSB PGT Geography (Male) Official Paper (Held On: 11 Jul, 2021 Shift 2) (Previous Year Paper)

Held in 2021

300 questions180 minutes
With answers
Free

Paper last updated:

Practise under exam conditions

Take this paper as a timed mock test. Review your answers after you submit.

Attempt timed test

Questions & answers

Read the paper at your pace. Open an explanation when you need it.

Mental Ability (20 questions)

Question 1

Aman walks 200 metres in west direction. He turns right and walks 140 metres. He again turns right and walks 380 metres. He finally turns right and walks 140 metres. How far and in which direction is he now from the starting point ?

  1. AOption (a)

    160 metres, west

  2. BOption (b)

    160 metres, east

  3. COption (c)

    180 metres, east

  4. DOption (d)

    180 metres, west

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

180 metres, east

Why this answer is correct

According to the question, The path of aman shown below-

Here, we can see that final point is in East direction from the starting point.

Distance = 380 - 200 = 180m.

Hence, Option (3) is correct.

Question 2

If a mirror is placed on line AB, then which of the given answer figures will be the correct image of the question figure?

  1. AOption (a)

  2. BOption (b)

  3. COption (c)

  4. DOption (d)

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Why this answer is correct

The mirror image of given image is shown below-

Hence, Option (4) is correct.

Question 3

In the question below are given some statements followed by some conclusions based on those statements. Take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the given statements.

Statement:

I. All P are G.

II. No A is P.

Conclusion:

I. No P is A.

II. All G are P.

III. All G are A.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only conclusion II follows

  2. BOption (b)

    None of the conclusions follow

  3. COption (c)

    Only conclusion I follows

  4. DOption (d)

    Both conclusions I and III follow

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Only conclusion I follows

Why this answer is correct

According to the question, Venn diagram of statements are given below-

Conclusions:

(1) No P is A → True (As No A is P)

(2) All G are P → False (According to Statement 1, All P are G vise-versa not allowed)

(3) All G are A → False (As there is no True relation given between G and A)

Hence, Option (3) is correct.

Question 4

In the following question, select the odd word from the given alternatives.

  1. AOption (a)

    Car

  2. BOption (b)

    Tire

  3. COption (c)

    Bus

  4. DOption (d)

    Truck

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Tire

Why this answer is correct

Vehicles: Car, Bus, Truck, Bike, Airplane, etc.

Whereas Parts of Vehicles are Tyre, Headlight, Engine, Fuel tank etc.

The tyre can not be placed in the category of Vehicles.

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

Question 5

On the basis of the given Venn diagram, which of the following statement(s) is/are not correct?

I. The number 18 represents the 'grapes' that are not 'oranges'.

II. The total number of 'long' is 31.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Both I and II

  3. COption (c)

    Neither I nor II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Neither I nor II

Why this answer is correct

According to the question,

Statement 1: No of Grapes that are not oranges is 18.

As shown here, No of Grapes that are not oranges is 9 + 4 + 5 = 18.

Hence, Statement 1 is True.

Statement 2: Total numbers in 'long' are 31.

 

As shown, Total numbers in 'long' are 3 + 9 + 11 + 8 = 31.

Hence, Statement 2 is correct.

Now we have to answer the incorrect statements.

Hence, Option (3) is correct.

Question 6

In a certain code language, 'Cars are white and blue' is coded as '@ # 9 at km', 'white red and' is coded as 'lp # km', 'cars great' is coded as 'at pr' goes. What is the code for 'great red' in this code language?

  1. AOption (a)

    at

  2. BOption (b)

    9 lp

  3. COption (c)

    pr km

  4. DOption (d)

    pr lp

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

pr lp

Why this answer is correct

According to the question.

"Cars are white and blue" has been written as "@ # 9 at km", "white red and" as "lp # km", and "cars great" as "@ pr".

If we compare "Cars are white and blue" and "Cars great", the common part is "Cars".

Now we will compare the codes of both above "@ # 9 at km" and "at pr", the common part is "at".

That means "Cars" has been coded as "at" and "grate" has been coded as "pr".

Now we will compare "Cars are white and blue" and "White red and", the common part is "White and".

We will compare the codes of both above "@ # 9 at km" and "lp # km", the common part is "# km".

That means "red" has been coded as "lp".

Now if we have to code the "great red", it will be as "pr lp".

 Hence, Option (4) is correct.

Question 7

In the following question, select the related words from the given alternatives.

Clerk : Office :: Doctor :?

  1. AOption (a)

    Nurse

  2. BOption (b)

    Hospital

  3. COption (c)

    Needle

  4. DOption (d)

    Treatment

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Hospital

Why this answer is correct

According to the question,

A clerk is related to an office.

We know that clerks work in offices.

Similarly,

A doctor works in a Hospital.

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

We will see some other examples of this as;

A gardener works in a Garden.

A Mechanic works in a Workshop.

Question 8

What answer figure will the paper look like after being folded, pierced and opened as shown in the question figures below?

  1. AOption (a)

  2. BOption (b)

  3. COption (c)

  4. DOption (d)

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Why this answer is correct

To solve this we have to unfold the above situation as-

The final answer is the same as Step 3.

Hence, Option (4) is correct.

Question 9

A + B means A is the father of B. A - B means A is the mother of B. A × B means A is the brother of B. A ÷ B means A is the sister of B. If P + Q × R - S ÷ T is given, which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

I. T is the son of R.

II. P is the Paternal grandfather of S.

  1. AOption (a)

    Neither I nor II

  2. BOption (b)

    Both I and II

  3. COption (c)

    Only II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only I

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Neither I nor II

Why this answer is correct

According to the given information-

A is
Symbol-+÷×
MeaningMotherFatherSisterBrother
Of B

 

Now, P + Q × R - S ÷ T will be shown as-

(1) T is the son of R → False → (We don't have gender information of T.)

(2) P is Paternal Grandfather of S → False (P is the maternal grandfather of S)

Hence, Option (1) is correct.

Question 10

A series is given, out of which one term is wrong. Choose the wrong term from the given alternatives.

MORGS, NRWNB, OUBUK, PXGBT, QALID

  1. AOption (a)

    QALID

  2. BOption (b)

    PXGBT

  3. COption (c)

    MORGS

  4. DOption (d)

    NRWNB

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

QALID

Why this answer is correct

The positions of the letters according to the English alphabet series:

The pattern follows;

 Here, QALID is wrong in the series.

Hence, Option (1), QALID is correct.

Question 11

Six boys P, Q, R, S, T, and U are sitting in a row facing towards north (not necessarily in the same order). Q is second to the right of S. P is fourth to the left of U. U is not sitting on the extreme ends of the row. R is second to the right of Q.

Who is sitting second to the right of P?

  1. AOption (a)

    U

  2. BOption (b)

    T

  3. COption (c)

    S

  4. DOption (d)

    Q

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

T

Why this answer is correct

Total boys are 6 as P, Q, R, S, T, and U.

Q is second to the right of S.

R is the second right of Q.

Now combining both statements-

 

P is fourth to the left of U. U is not sitting on the extreme ends of the row i.e. U should be placed between Q and R than only we can arrange P as 4th left of U.

Now Blank placed will be with boy T.

T is sitting second to the right of P.

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

Question 12

In the question below are given some statements followed by some conclusions based on those statements. Take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the given statements.

Statements:

I. Some B are N.

II. No C is N.

Conclusion:

I. Some C are B.

II. No N is B.

  1. AOption (a)

    Both conclusions I and II follow

  2. BOption (b)

    Only conclusion II follows

  3. COption (c)

    Only conclusion I follows

  4. DOption (d)

    None of the conclusions follow

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

None of the conclusions follow

Why this answer is correct

According to the Statements, The Venn Diagram is shoen below-

Conclusions:

(1) Some C is B → False → There is No true relation between B and C.

(2) No N is B → False → According to the Statement 1.

Hence, Option (4) is correct.

Question 13

The price comparison is done for six doors G1, G2, G3, G4, G5, and G6. No two doors have the same prices. The price of G3 is less than two doors only. The price of G1 is less than G3 but higher than G4. The price of G3 is less than that of G2. If the value of G6 is maximum, then which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about the G5 door?

I. Price of G1 is less than G5

II. Price of G4 is more than G5

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    Only I

  3. COption (c)

    Neither I nor II

  4. DOption (d)

    Both I and II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Neither I nor II

Why this answer is correct

According to the question, price order can be written as shown below-

  1. The price of G3 is less than two doors only.

_ > _ > G3 > _ > _ > _

  1. The price of G1 is less than G3 but higher than G4.

G3 > G1 > G4

The value of G3 is less than that of G2.

G2 > G3

If the value of G6 is maximum

G6 > _ > _ > _ > _ > _

After combining all the statements, we get 3 possibilities:

  1. G6 > G2 > G3 > G1 > G4 > G5
  2. G6 > G2 > G3 > G5 > G1 > G4
  3. G6 > G2 > G3 > G1 > G5 > G4

(1) Price of G1 is less than G5 → False → it is possible but not definite as per the above 3 cases.

(2) Price of G4 is more than G5 → False → it is possible but not definite as per the above 3 cases.

Hence, Option (3) is correct.

Question 14

How many purses are not black?

  1. AOption (a)

    17

  2. BOption (b)

    14

  3. COption (c)

    8

  4. DOption (d)

    6

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

6

Why this answer is correct

According to the question, we have find the no of purses which are not black i.e. we have to find the number which is only lies into the only in purse region.

We have shown below in the shaded part- 

Here, Only 6 no of purses which are not black.

Hence, Option (4) is correct.

Question 15

If 'A' means '+', 'B' means '-', 'C' means '×' and 'D' means '÷', then which of the following equation is not correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    15C5A11B27D3 = 67

  2. BOption (b)

    14A11B62C17D31 = -9

  3. COption (c)

    44D11A63C2B74 = 56

  4. DOption (d)

    36C7D9A11B12 = 27

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

15C5A11B27D3 = 67

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed is:

Decoding the information, 

SymbolsABCD
Meaning+-×÷

 

Option (1)

15C5A11B27D3 = 67

= 15 × 5 + 11 - 27 ÷ 3 = 67

= 15 × 5 + 11 - 9 = 67

= 75 + 11 - 9 = 67

= 86 - 9 = 67

= 77 ≠ 67

Option (2)

14A11B62C17D31 = 14 + 11 - 62 × 17 ÷ 31

= 14 + 11 - 2 × 17

= 14 +11 - 34

= 25 - 34 = -9

Option (3) 

44D11A63C2B74 = 44 ÷ 11 + 63 × 2 - 74 

= 4 + 63 × 2 - 74 

= 4 + 126 - 74

= 130 - 74 = 56

Option (4) 

36C7D9A11B12 = 36 × 7 ÷ 9 + 11 - 12

 = 4 × 7 + 11 - 12

= 28 + 11 - 12

= 39 - 12 = 27

Hence, Option (1) is correct.

Question 16

Sohan is facing towards north. He rotates by 145 degrees in clockwise direction. He again rotates by 290 degrees in anticlockwise direction. He again rotates by 345 degrees in anticlockwise direction. He finally rotates by 400 degrees in clockwise direction. In which direction is he facing now?

  1. AOption (a)

    West

  2. BOption (b)

    North-west

  3. COption (c)

    North-east

  4. DOption (d)

    East

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

West

Why this answer is correct

Net Rotation = Rotation in Anti-clockwise - Rotation in Clockwise

Net Rotation = (290 + 345) - (145 + 400)

Net Rotation = 90o in ACW.

Hence, Option (1) is correct.

Question 17

In the following question, select the related letter pair from the given alternatives.

MORP : WXTQ :: ?

  1. AOption (a)

    LROL : SUWP

  2. BOption (b)

    RAMP : WSEV

  3. COption (c)

    ST VB : ICYW

  4. DOption (d)

    LDMC : ISIP

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

LROL : SUWP

Why this answer is correct

The positions of the letters according to the English alphabet series:

The pattern for this code is as follows;

Now accorrding to the same logic is appear in-

Hence, Option (1) is correct.

Question 18

After interchanging which two signs, the value of the given equation will be '8'?

36 + 37 - 42 ÷ 14 × 3

  1. AOption (a)

    × and -

  2. BOption (b)
    • and +
  3. COption (c)
    • and ÷
  4. DOption (d)
    • and ÷
View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.
  • and +

Why this answer is correct

Checking options one by one;

Option (1) 

× and - 

36 + 37 × 42 ÷ 14 - 3 = 144

Option (2) 

  • and+

36 - 37 + 42 ÷ 14 × 3 = 8

Option (3) 

  • and ÷

36 ÷ 37 - 42 + 14 × 3 = 0.9729

Option (4)

  • and ÷

36 + 37 ÷ 42 - 14 × 3 = -5.11

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

Question 19

A series is given, out of which one term is wrong. Choose the wrong term from the given alternatives.

GLF, IOJ, KRM, MUR, OXV

  1. AOption (a)

    MUR

  2. BOption (b)

    KRM

  3. COption (c)

    IOJ

  4. DOption (d)

    GLF

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

KRM

Why this answer is correct

The positions of the letters according to the English alphabet series:

The pattern follows here is;

Here, Because of KRM the series order gets distrubed.

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

Question 20

In the following question, from the given alternatives, select the figure that comes in place of the question mark (?).

  1. AOption (a)

  2. BOption (b)

  3. COption (c)

  4. DOption (d)

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Why this answer is correct

This question is based on series addition pattern.

Step 1-

Here, an Extra term is added in the column.

Step 2-

After adding an extra term to the column in the above step, here they have another extra term in the row now.

Now this pattern will follow in the upcoming steps accordingly.

Step 3-

Now another term will be added in the column as shown-

This image is the same as shown in Option (2).

Hence, Option (2) is correct.

General Awareness (20 questions)

Question 21

Who won Padma Vibhushan 2021?

  1. AOption (a)

    P. Anita

  2. BOption (b)

    Bhuri Bai

  3. COption (c)

    Tarun Gogoi

  4. DOption (d)

    B. B. Lal

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

B. B. Lal

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is B. B. Lal.

  • B. B. Lal won Padma Vibhushan 2021.

Key Points

  • Braj Basi Lal, better known as B. B. Lal, is an Indian archaeologist.
  • He was the Director-General of the Archaeological Survey of India from 1968 to 1972 and has served as Director of the Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, Shimla.
  • Lal also served on various UNESCO committees.
  • He received the Padma Bhushan Award from the President of India in 2000.
  • And he was awarded India's second-highest civilian award the Padma Vibhushan in 2021.

Important Points

  • Padma Awards one of the highest civilian Awards of the country are conferred in three categories, namely, Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan and Padma Shri.
  • The Awards are given in various disciplines/ fields of activities,
  • Art, social work, public affairs, science and engineering, trade and industry, medicine, literature and education, sports, civil service, etc.
  • Padma Vibhushan is awarded for exceptional and distinguished service.
  • Padma Bhushan for distinguished service of a high order.
  • Padma Shri for distinguished service in any field.
  • The awards are announced on the occasion of Republic Day every year.
  • These awards are conferred by the President of India.
  • This year the President has approved the conferment of 119 Padma Awards.
  • The list comprises
  • 7 Padma Vibhushan
  • 10 Padma Bhushan
  • 102 Padma Shri Awards.
  • 29 of the awardees are women
  • 10 persons from the category of Foreigners/NRI/PIO/OCI
  • 16 Posthumous awardees
  • 1 transgender awardee.

Additional Information

  • 7 Padma Vibhushan:
NameFieldCountry/State
Shri Shinzo AbePublic AffairsJapan
Shri S P Balasubramaniam (Posthumous)ArtTamil Nadu
Dr. Belle Monappa HegdeMedicineKarnataka
Shri Narinder Singh Kapany (Posthumous)Science and EngineeringUnited States of America
Maulana Wahiduddin KhanSpiritualismDelhi
Shri B. B. LalArchaeologyDelhi
Shri Sudarshan SahooArtOdisha

Question 22

Which of the following pair is correct?

I. Stratosphere - second layer

II. Outer atmosphere - third layer

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    Neither I nor II

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    Both I and II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Only I

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Only I.

Key Points

  • The second layer of the atmosphere is found above the troposphere is Stratosphere.​  ​
  • Also, it protects life from harmful radiation from the sun.
  • It extends up to 50 km in height.
  • This layer is very dry as it contains little water vapour.
  • It provides some advantages for flight because it is above stormy weather and has steady, strong, horizontal winds.
  • The ozone layer is present in this layer.

Additional Information

  • An atmosphere is a blanket of gases that surrounds Earth.
  • The atmosphere contains the air that we breathe It also helps retain the sun’s heat and prevents it from escaping back into space.
  • Layers of Earth’s atmosphere are divided into five different layers as
  • ​​Troposphere (the lowest layer of Earth’s atmosphere)
  • Stratosphere (second layer)
  • Mesosphere (third layer)
  • Thermosphere (fourth layer)
  • Exosphere (outermost layer of the atmosphere)​

Question 23

Plant tissues are basically of ______ type.

  1. AOption (a)

    1

  2. BOption (b)

    4

  3. COption (c)

    3

  4. DOption (d)

    2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

2

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 2.

  • Plant tissues are basically of 2 types.

Key Points

  • A tissue is a cluster of cells, that are alike in configuration and work together to attain a specific function.
  • Different types of plant tissues include permanent and meristematic tissues
  • Meristematic tissue:
  • These tissues have the capability to develop by swift division.
  • They assist in the major growth of the vegetation. Growth in length and growth in diameter of the plant is carried about by these cells.
  • The Meristematic cells are cubical, living cells with a big nucleus.
  • These cells are meticulously crammed with no intercellular spaces.
  • Depending on the section where the meristematic tissues are existing, they are categorized as intercalary, lateral and apical meristems.
  • Permanent tissues:
  • These cells have lost their ability to distribute but are specialized to offer elasticity, flexibility and strength to the plant.
  • These tissues can be additionally categorized into:
  • Simple Permanent Tissue: They can be classified into sclerenchyma, collenchyma and parenchyma based on their purpose.
  • Complex Permanent Tissue: These tissues include phloem and xylem.
  • Xylem is valuable for the transportation of water and solvable constituents.
  • It is made up of xylem parenchyma, fibres, vessels and tracheids.
  • Phloem is valuable in the transportation of food particles.
  • Phloem consists of phloem parenchyma, phloem fibres, companion cells, sieve cells and sieve tubes.

Question 24

How many medals did India win in the 2018 Asian Games?

  1. AOption (a)

    73

  2. BOption (b)

    65

  3. COption (c)

    61

  4. DOption (d)

    69

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

69

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 69.

Key Points

  • India’s final tally at the 18th Asian Games in Jakarta and Palembang, Indonesia.
  • 69 medals – 15 gold, 24 silver and 30 bronze to surpass the medal count from the 2010 Games in Guangzhou, China and match the gold medal tally from the first-ever Asian Games in 1951.
  • The games saw India create new national records, register some firsts –
  • The first medal in sepak takraw.
  • Rahi Sarnobat became the first Indian woman to win the Asian Games gold in shooting.
  • Vinesh Phogat became the first Indian woman to win gold in wrestling.
  • The Games got underway with Neeraj Chopra as the flag bearer at the opening ceremony.
  • Ravi Kumar and Apurvi Chandela winning the first medal, India.
  • The last and culminates on September 2 with Rani Rampal as the flag bearer at the closing ceremony.

Additional Information

  • The Asian Games, also known as Asiad, is a continental multi-sport event held every four years among athletes from all over Asia.
  • The Games were regulated by the Asian Games Federation from the first Games in New Delhi, India, until the 1978 Games.
  • Next Event: 2022
  • Last event: 2018 Asian Games in Jakarta-Palembang, Indonesia
  • First event: 1951 Asian Games in New Delhi, India
  • Motto 2018: Ever Onward
  • Motto 2022: Heart to Heart, @Future
  • Occur every: Four years
  • Purpose: Multi-sport event for nations in Asia

Question 25

Prithviraj Chauhan ruled Delhi during ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    1210 - 1236

  2. BOption (b)

    1206 - 1210

  3. COption (c)

    1236 - 1240

  4. DOption (d)

    1175 - 1192

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

1175 - 1192

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 1175 - 1192.

  • Prithviraj Chauhan ruled Delhi during 1175 - 1192.

Key Points

  • Prithvirāja III, popularly known as Prithviraj Chauhan, was an Indian king from the Chahamana (Chauhan) dynasty.
  • From the very early years, Prithvi Raj showed his sharpness and brilliance by learning all military skills.
  • It was believed he mastered the skills of aiming the target based on its sound, known as the “Shabdbhedi” technique.
  • He succeeded to the throne of Ajmer at the age of thirteen, in 1179, after the demise of his father in a battle.
  • Prithviraj’s grandfather Angam, the ruler of Delhi, declared Prithviraj Chauhan the heir to the throne of Delhi.

Additional Information 

  • Prithviraj Chauhan’s Battles
  • ​As Prithviraj was still a minor when he ascended the throne, his mother, Karpuradevi, was his regent.
  • Prithviraj’s historical wars and victories over Chandela kings in 1182 A.D. were significant in fetching immense riches to his treasury.
  • Prithvi Raj battled against Mohammed Ghori the Afghan ruler in 1191 at the first battle of terrain and emerges victorious.
  • After capturing Prithviraj Chauhan, Muhammad of Ghor reinstated him as a Ghurid vassal.
  • This theory is supported by the fact that coins issued by Prithviraj after the battle of Tarain had his own name on one side and Muhammad’s name on the other.
  • During its peak, the empire of Prithviraj Chauhan extended from the foothills of the Himalayan in the north to the foothills of Mount Abu in the south.
  • Prithviraj Raso was written by Chand Bardai.

Question 26

Which article of Indian constitution is related to the special leave to appeal by the supreme court ?

  1. AOption (a)

    141

  2. BOption (b)

    136

  3. COption (c)

    154

  4. DOption (d)

    300 A

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

136

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 136.

  • Article 136 of the Indian constitution is related to the special leave to appeal by the supreme court.

Key Points

  • Article 136 Constitution of India: Special leave to appeal by the Supreme Court
  • Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Supreme Court may, in its discretion, grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence, or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any court or tribunal in the territory of India.
  • Nothing in clause (1) shall apply to any judgment, determination, sentence or order passed or made by any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces.

​

 

  • The Federal Court of India was created as per the Government of India Act 1935.
  • After independence, the Federal Court and the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council were replaced by the Supreme Court of India, which came into being in January 1950.
  • Including the CJI, there are 34 judges in the Supreme Court.
  • The Current Chief Justice of India (CJI) is Sharad Arvind Bobde.
  • There is only 1 Supreme Court in India. And, there are 25 High Courts.

​

Additional Information

  • Important Articles
Article 136Special leaves for the appeal to the Supreme Court (Part V - Union)
Article 141The decision of the Supreme Court binding on all the courts (Part V - Union)
Article 154Executive Powers of Governor (Part 6 - States)
Article 300ARight to property (Part 12 Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits)

Question 27

Which of the following pair of reproduction is correct?

  1. Asexual Reproduction: Budding
  2. Sexual Reproduction: Fragmentation
  1. AOption (a)

    Only 1

  2. BOption (b)

    Only 2

  3. COption (c)

    Both 1 and 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither 1 nor 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only 1

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Only 1.

  • Above the following pair, Only 1​ is correct.

Key Points

  • Asexual Reproduction:
  • It occurs in lower invertebrates and lowers chordates and plants with simple organizations.
  • It is always uni-parental.
  • Gametes are not formed.
  • No fertilization or fusion of gametes occurs.
  • It involves only mitosis.
  • Daughter organisms are genetically identical to the parent.
  • Multiplication occurs rapidly, of which prokaryotes such as bacteria are good examples.
  • Since there is no variation, so it does not contribute to the evolution of the species.
  • There are several methods of asexual reproduction such as

fragmentation, budding, spore formation and vegetative propagation.

Additional Information

  • Sexual Reproduction:
  • It occurs almost in all types of animals and mostly in higher plants.
  • It is bi-parental.
  • Sexual reproduction involves the fusion of male and female gametes
  • Gametes are always formed.
  • Fertilization takes place.
  • It involves both meiosis and mitosis.
  • Daughter organisms are genetically different from their parents.
  • Multiplication is not as rapid as in asexual reproduction.
  • Since there are variations, so it contributes to the evolution of the species.

Question 28

Which of the following combination of player-game is correct?

  1. Mohamed Salah - Football
  2. Dhanraj Pillay - Hockey
  1. AOption (a)

    Both 1 and 2

  2. BOption (b)

    Only 2

  3. COption (c)

    Only 1

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither 1 nor 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Both 1 and 2

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both 1 and 2.

Key Points

  • Mohamed Salah Hamed Mahrous Ghaly is an Egyptian professional footballer.
  • He plays as a forward for Premier League club Liverpool and captains the Egypt national team.
  • Considered one of the best players in the world, he is known for his finishing, dribbling, and speed.
  • Dhanraj Pillay Yadav is a retired Indian field hockey player and former captain of the Indian national team.
  • He also looks after the Air India Sports Promotion Board as a Joint Secretary based in Mumbai.
  • For the last 5 years, Dhanraj is overseeing the SAG Hockey Academy in Gujarat funded by the Gujarat Government.
  • from the above explanation, both the players and their fields are right.

Additional Information

  • International Sports Trophies and Cups:
Cups And TrophiesRelated SportsFounded in the Year
Colombo CupFootball (India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, and Myanmar )1952
Davis CupTennis (Men)1900
Merdeka CupFootball (Asian Cup)1957
Sultan Azlan Shah CupField Hockey (Men)1983
Thomas CupBadminton (Men)1949
Uber CupBadminton (Women)1957
The AshesTest Crickets (England & Australia)1882

Question 29

Who wrote the book Inglorious Empire?

  1. AOption (a)

    Karan Singh

  2. BOption (b)

    Arun Shourie

  3. COption (c)

    Shashi Tharoor

  4. DOption (d)

    Kiran Bedi

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Shashi Tharoor

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Shashi Tharoor.

  • The book Inglorious Empire was written by Shashi Tharoor.

Key Points

  • Inglorious Empire arose from a speech given by Dr. Shashi Tharoor in May 2015 at the Oxford Union in support of the motion Britain Owes Reparations to Her Former Colonies, focusing on British exploitation of India.
  • Shashi Tharoor is an Indian politician, writer, and former international diplomat.
  • He has been serving as a Member of Parliament, Lok Sabha from Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, since 2009.
  • He was formerly Under-Secretary-General of the United Nations and contested for the post of Secretary-General in 2006.
  • He has also written hundreds of columns in many famous publications like
  • The New York Times
  • The Washington Post
  • In 2019, Dr. Shashi Tharoor got the Sahitya Academy Award for his book 'An Era of Darkness' in a non-fiction category in the English language.
  • His books provide an insight into the Indian culture, its position in modern society, and how it evolved into one of the largest democracies in the world.

Additional Information

WriterBooks
Shashi TharoorThe great Indian Novel, Riot, India Shastra: Reflections on the Nation in our Time, An Era of Darkness, The British Empire in India, The Paradoxical Prime Minister.
Karan SinghHumanity at the Crossroads, Hinduism, Wisdom of the Rishis: The three
Kiran BediIt's Always possible, Creating Leadership.
Arun ShourieTwo Saints: Speculation Around, Only Fatherland, Eminent Historians.

Question 30

______ is the ratio of the value of the domestic currency to the foreign currency.

  1. AOption (a)

    Marginal Exchange Rate

  2. BOption (b)

    Effective Exchange Rate

  3. COption (c)

    Real Exchange Rate

  4. DOption (d)

    Nominal Exchange Rate

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Real Exchange Rate

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Real Exchange Rate.

  • The Real Exchange Rate is the ratio of the value of the domestic currency to the foreign currency.

Key Points

Real Exchange Rate- It compares the relative price of two countries' consumption baskets. - You may be interested in getting more information than the relative price of two currencies, or the nominal exchange rate. - The real rate tells us how many times more or fewer goods and services can be purchased abroad (after conversion into a foreign currency) than in the domestic market for a given amount. - In practice, changes in the real exchange rate rather than its absolute level are important.
Marginal Exchange Rate- It is the rate of tax paid on the last part of a person's or organization's income in a particular period. - The law would have lowered the top marginal rate on income earned in the city.
Effective Exchange Rate- The real effective exchange rate (REER) compares a nation's currency value against the weighted average of the currencies of its major trading partners. - It is an indicator of the international competitiveness of a nation in comparison with its trade partners
Nominal Exchange Rate- The nominal exchange rate E is defined as the number of units of the domestic currency that can purchase a unit of a given foreign currency. - A decrease in this variable is termed nominal appreciation of the currency. - (Under the fixed exchange rate regime, a downward adjustment of the rate Eis termed revaluation.)

Question 31

Which pair of an Article of Indian Constitution - Content is correct?

  1. Article 18 - Abolition of titles
  2. Article 53 - Executive power of the Union
  1. AOption (a)

    Both 1 and 2

  2. BOption (b)

    Only 1

  3. COption (c)

    Neither 1 nor 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Only 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Both 1 and 2

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both 1 and 2.

  • Both 1 and 2 pair of an Article of Indian Constitution - Content is correct.

Key Points

  • Article 18 in The Constitution Of India 1949
  • ​Abolition of titles:
  • No title, not being a military or academic distinction, shall be conferred by the State No citizen of India shall accept any title from any foreign State.
  • No person who is not a citizen of India shall, while he holds any office of profit or trust under the State, accept without the consent of the President any title from any foreign State.
  • No person holding any office of profit or trust under the State shall, without the consent of the President, accept any present, emolument, or office of any kind from or under any foreign State Right to Freedom
  • Article 53 in The Constitution Of India 1949
  • ​The executive power of the Union:
  • The executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with this Constitution.
  • Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the supreme command of the Defence Forces of the Union shall be vested in the President and the exercise thereof shall be regulated by law.
  • Nothing in this article shall be deemed to transfer to the President any functions conferred by any existing law on the Government of any State or other authority
  • prevent Parliament from conferring by law functions on authorities other than the President.
  • So both the option is correct regarding the articles of Indian Constitution.

Question 32

Which of the following pair of instrument types is correct?

I. Veena – Tata Vadya

II. Flute – Sushira Vadya

  1. AOption (a)

    Neither I nor II

  2. BOption (b)

    Only I

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both I and II.

  • Veena – Tata Vadya and Flute – Sushira Vadya pair of instruments is correct.

Key Points             

  • Tata Vadya (String Instruments) or Chordophones are Stringed instruments.
  • The tata vadya is a group of musical instruments in which sound is made by the vibration of a chord or a string.
  • The vibrations are made by plucking a string or bowing on a string that has been stretched or pulled tight.
  • The pitch of the note produced depends on the length of the vibrating wire or string, the degree of tightening of the string.
  • The duration for which the sound lasts also marginally depends on the vibrating string’s length.
  • Examples of string instruments
  • Tanpura or Tambura, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Santoor, Surbahar, and Rabab.
  • ​Sushira Vadya (Wind Instruments)
  • ​ Now also known as Aerophones, these instruments have various holes in which the air is blown and resonated or vibrates creating different tones or sounds.
  • A very common example of such kind is a Flute which was also the favourite of Krishna.
  • According to Sangita Damodara, these were also liked by Gandharvas.
  • The frequency of the sound and the tone can be controlled by the pressure of air blown in it.
  • Examples of aerophones.
  • Shehnai, Nadaswaram, Magudi, Alghoza, Kombu or Shringa and Harmonium
  • ​That is why both the options are correct.

Question 33

Which of the following pair of an endangered animal and a national park?

  1. Lion - Corbett National Park
  2. Rhinoceros - Kaziranga National Park
  1. AOption (a)

    Only 1

  2. BOption (b)

    Both 1 and 2

  3. COption (c)

    Only 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither 1 nor 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Only 2

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Only 2.

Key Points

  • Kaziranga National Park is a protected area in the northeast Indian state of Assam.
  • Spread across the floodplains of the Brahmaputra River, its forests, wetlands, and grasslands are home to tigers, elephants, and the world’s largest population of Indian one-horned rhinoceroses.
  • Ganges River dolphins swim in the park’s waters.
  • It’s visited by many rare migratory birds, and gray pelicans roost near Kaziranga village.
  • 'Project Rhino' started in 1987.
  • Rhinoceros are protected in Kaziranga national park of Assam.
  • Manas sanctuary of Assam.

Additional Information

  • Jim Corbett National Park is a forested wildlife sanctuary in northern India’s Uttarakhand State.
  • Rich in flora and fauna, it’s known for its Bengal tigers.
  • Animals, including tigers, leopards, and wild elephants, roam the Dhikala zone.
  • On the banks of the Ramganga Reservoir, the Sonanadi zone is home to elephants and leopards, along with hundreds of species of birds.
  • Lion is protected in Gir national park in Junagarh of Gujarat.
  • Indian wild ass sanctuary also known as the wild ass wildlife sanctuary is located in the little rann of Kutch in Gujarat.

Question 34

From which language the word India was originated?

  1. AOption (a)

    Greek

  2. BOption (b)

    Persian

  3. COption (c)

    Sanskrit

  4. DOption (d)

    French

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Sanskrit

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Sanskrit.​

Key Points

  • By the time the Persians conquered both, the then Indian subcontinent and Greece in the 5th century BCE, 'Sindhu' became 'Hindus' to mark the 'land of Hindus'.
  • From the Greek Herodotus (4th century BC) 'Hindus' evolved to 'Indos' and made its first-ever appearance in Old English in the 9th century.
  • Finally, in the 17th century as 'Indos' made way to Modern English the name 'India' came into existence.
  • Although the name was inspired by the Indus, the river now runs mostly through Pakistan, Jammu & Kashmir in India and western Tibet.

Additional Information

  • When the first Constitution of India came into existence on 26th January 1950 Bharat was thought to be the other official name of the Republic of India.
  • Derived from the Sanskrit term 'Bharata' that means 'the cherished', this name dates back to the ancient 'Hindu Puranas' (Hindu scriptures) that tell the story of the legendary Emperor Bharata.
  • The first conqueror of the entire Indian subcontinent and the Republic of India.
  • Bharata is believed to be the founder of the famous Bharata dynasty.
  • Therefore, after he conquers the Indian land where he and his descendants dwelt.
  • It started to be known as 'Bharatavarsa,' where varsa meant 'land' or 'continent'.
  • The other popular name of India is Hindustan.
  • ​This is yet another name that has historical significance.
  • Hind is the Persian equivalent of Iranian Sindh that refers to the Indo-Aryans while 'stan' in Persian means 'land' or 'country,' much like 'sthana' in Sanskrit that means 'place'.
  • During the British Raj in India, the term 'Hind' was widely used for the north and northwestern subcontinents of India where Indo-Aryan culture was strongly based.
  • Today, Hindustan is no longer the official name of India, but it is a popularly used term for India.

Question 35

Which of the following is NOT an Indirect tax?

I. Sales Tax

II. Custom Duty

III. Gift Tax

IV. Excise Tax

  1. AOption (a)

    Only III

  2. BOption (b)

    I and IV

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and IV

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only III

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Only III.

  • Among all the given taxes Gift Tax is not an Indirect tax.

Key Points

  • A gift tax is a federal tax applied to an individual giving anything of value to another person.
  • For something to be considered a gift, the receiving party cannot pay the giver full value for the gift, though they may pay an amount less than its full value.
  • Hence, the gift tax is not an indirect tax.
  • The taxation system in India is such that the taxes are levied by the Central Government and the State Governments.
  • Some minor taxes are also levied by the local authorities such as the Municipality and the Local Governments.

​

Additional Information

  • Broadly taxes are divided into two categories:
Tax TypeDescriptionExamples
Direct TaxA direct tax can be defined as a tax that is paid directly by an individual or organization to the imposing entity (generally government). A direct tax cannot be shifted to another individual or entity. The individual or organization upon which the tax is levied is responsible for the fulfilment of the tax payment. The Central Board of Direct Taxes deals with matters related to levying and collecting Direct Taxes and formulation of various policies related to direct taxes.A taxpayer pays a direct tax to a government for different purposes, Including real property tax, personal property tax, income tax or taxes on assets, FBT, Gift Tax, Capital Gains Tax, etc.
Indirect Tax
The term indirect tax has more than one meaning. In the colloquial sense, an indirect tax such as sales tax, a specific tax, value-added tax (VAT), or goods and services tax (GST) is a tax collected by an intermediary (such as a retail store) from the person who bears the ultimate economic burden of the tax (such as the consumer). The intermediary later files a tax return and forwards the tax proceeds to the government with the return. In this sense, the term indirect tax is contrasted with a direct tax which is collected directly by the government from the persons (legal or natural) on which it is imposed.Sales tax, Excise tax, value-added tax (VAT), and Goods and Services Tax (GST

 

  • Sales tax is an additional amount of money you pay based on a percentage of the selling price of goods and services that are purchased.
  • Excise duty is a form of tax imposed on goods for their production, licensing, and sale.
  • Excise Duty is a form of indirect tax which is generally collected by a retailer or an intermediary from its consumers and then paid to the government.
  • Customs duty is a form of indirect tax which is imposed at the time of both import and export of goods and services.
  • The milestone goods and services tax (GST), which was launched on 1st July 2017.
  • And it is one indirect tax for the whole of India.

Question 36

Ayushman Bharat Day is celebrated on which day?

  1. AOption (a)

    April 30

  2. BOption (b)

    March 26

  3. COption (c)

    April 9

  4. DOption (d)

    April 21

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

April 30

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is April 30.

The Ayushman Bharat Diwas is celebrated on April 30 in India.

Key Points

  • The Ayushman Bharat Diwas is celebrated to achieve twin missions.
  • They are to promote health and wellness to the poor and also to provide insurance benefits to them.
  • The day aims to promote affordable medical facilities in remote areas of the country based on the Socio-Economic Caste Census database.
  • It will also promote health and wellness and provide insurance benefits to the poor.

Additional Information

Important Days:

DateName of the day
January 12National Youth Day (Birth anniversary of Swami Vivekananda)
January 15Army Day
February 28National Science Day
March 26Independence Day of Bangladesh
April 22World Earth Day
May 6National Nurses Day
May 31Anti-tobacco Day
June 5World Environment Day
August 29National Sports Day
September 16World Ozone Day
December 1World AIDS Day
December 10World Human Rights Day
December 23Kisan Divas (Farmers’ Day)

Question 37

Bharatnatyam is related to ______ state.

  1. AOption (a)

    Tamil Nadu

  2. BOption (b)

    Assam

  3. COption (c)

    Kerala

  4. DOption (d)

    Manipur

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Tamil Nadu

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Tamil Nadu.

Bharatnatyam is the classical dance of Tamilnadu.

Key Points

  • Bharatnatyam is the oldest Indian classical dance
  • It originated hundreds of years ago in the state of Tamilnadu.
  • This dance form expresses the religious themes and spiritual ideas of South India.
  • The ancient Tamil epic Silappatikaram contains the description of Bharatnatyam.

Additional Information

  • The Sangeet Natak academy currently confers classical status on eight Indian classical dance styles:
DanceOriginates
BharatnatyamTamilnadu
Kathak(North, West and Central India)
KathakaliKerela
KuchipudiAndhra Pradesh
OdissiOdisha
ManipuriManipur
MohiniattamKerela
SattriyaAssam

 

Important Points

  • Sangeet Natak Academy (India’s National Academy) recognizes only eight classical dances of India, however, the Ministry of Culture also considers Chhau Dance as a classical dance of India, making the total number of classical dances in India as nine.

Question 38

Who was the head of Awadh Kisan Sabha?

  1. Jawaharlal Nehru
  2. Baba Ramchandra
  1. AOption (a)

    Neither 1 nor 2

  2. BOption (b)

    Both 1 and 2

  3. COption (c)

    Only 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Only 1

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Both 1 and 2

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both 1 and 2.

Key Points

  • Awadh Kisan Sabha, also known as Awadh Kisan sabha, was formed by Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramachandra, and others.
  • It was formed to fight against the landlords and talukdars, who demanded exorbitant taxes and rents.
  • In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru began going around the villages in Awadh, talking to the villagers, and trying to understand their grievances.
  • By October, the Awadh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramchandra, and a few others.
  • Within a month, over 300 branches had been set up in the villages around the region.
  • Baba Ram Chandra (1864/1875 – 1950) was an Indian trade unionist who organized the farmers of Oudh, India into forming a united front to fight against the abuses of landlords in the 1920s and 1930s.

Additional Information

  • Jawahar Lal Nehru-
  • He was the first Prime Minister of India and an independence activist.
  • Baba Ramchandra-
  • He led a peasant movement in Awadh against Talukdars and Landlords.
  • He demanded a reduction of rent, abolition of Begar, and the boycott of landlords.

Question 39

Which gas is produced during photosynthesis?

  1. AOption (a)

    Helium

  2. BOption (b)

    Nitrogen

  3. COption (c)

    Oxygen

  4. DOption (d)

    Ozone

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Oxygen

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Oxygen.

Oxygen is released during the process of photosynthesis.

Key Points

  • Photosynthesis is the process by which green plants produce glucose.
  • It involves the conversion of carbon dioxide gas, water, and minerals the plants take in from their surroundings into sugar and gaseous oxygen.
  • Photosynthesis involves the intake of carbon dioxide and the release of oxygen.
  • The release of oxygen is due to the photolysis of water in order to fill the gap in the photosystem created by the excitement of electrons.

Additional Information

  • Oxygen is the chemical element with the symbol O and atomic number 8.
  • It is a member of the chalcogen group in the periodic table, a highly reactive nonmetal, and an oxidizing agent that readily forms oxides with most elements as well as with other compounds.
  • Helium is a chemical element with the symbol He and atomic number 2.
  • It is a colourless, odourless, tasteless, non-toxic, inert, monatomic gas, the first in the noble gas group in the periodic table.
  • It's boiling and melting point are the lowest among all the elements.
  • Nitrogen is the chemical element with the symbol N and atomic number 7.
  • It was first discovered and isolated by Scottish physician Daniel Rutherford in 1772.
  • Ozone (O3) is a highly reactive gas composed of three oxygen atoms.
  • It is both a natural and a man-made product that occurs in the Earth's upper atmosphere.
  • (the stratosphere) and lower atmosphere (the troposphere).

Question 40

Which of the following is a type of igneous rock?

I. Intrusive

II. Extrusive

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    Neither I nor II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only I

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both I and II.

  • Both Intrusive and Extrusive are a type of igneous rock.

Key Points

  • Rocks are formed naturally when the tiny grains of different minerals get compressed due to the pressure exerted on them.
  • The rock formation process is different for different types of rocks.
  • Sedimentary rocks are formed by the accumulation or deposition of mineral or organic particles at the Earth’s surface.
  • Metamorphic rocks are formed when watery hot fluids are subjected to high heat and pressure.
  • Igneous rocks are formed when lava cools and solidifies.​
  • ​Igneous rocks are defined as types of rocks that are formed when molten rock (rock liquefied by intense heat and pressure) cools to a solid-state.
  • ​Igneous rocks are two types
Rock TypeDescriptionExamples
Intrusive Igneous RockIntrusive igneous rocks are rocks that crystallize below the earth’s surface resulting in large crystals as the cooling takes place slowlyDiorite, granite, pegmatite
Extrusive Igneous RockExtrusive igneous rocks are rocks that erupt onto the surface resulting in small crystals as the cooling takes place quickly. The cooling rate for a few rocks is so quick that they form an amorphous glass.Basalt, Tuff, pumice

Arithmetic Ability (20 questions)

Question 41

A is 25% more than B. By what percent is B less than A?

  1. AOption (a)

    20

  2. BOption (b)

    15

  3. COption (c)

    25

  4. DOption (d)

    17.5

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

20

Why this answer is correct

Given:

A is greater than B = 25%

Concept:

If X is greater than Y by P% then,

X = {Y × (100 + P)/100}

Calculation:

⇒ A = B × (100 + 25)/100 = (125/100) × B = 5B/4

⇒ B is less than A in percentage = {(A - B)/A} × 100 = {(5B/4 - B)/(5B/4)} × 100 = (B/5B) × 100 = 20%

∴ The required result will be 20%.

Question 42

Figure 5 below shows the number of cars and bikes in the parking areas.

Which of the following statement(s) is/are not correct.

  1. The average number of cars per parking area is 222.5.
  2. The total number of bikes in P1 and P4 is 195.83 percent of the total number of cars in P2 and P5.
  1. AOption (a)

    Only 1

  2. BOption (b)

    Only 2

  3. COption (c)

    neither 1 nor 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Both 1 and 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Both 1 and 2

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Bikes in P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 respectively = 230, 195, 300, 40, 300

Cars in P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 respectively = 120, 80, 240, 250, 160

Concept:

Average = (The sum of all items)/(The total number of items)

Calculation:

From statement 1

⇒ The average of cars = (120 + 80 + 240 + 250 + 160)/5 = 850/5 = 170

⇒ Hence, the statement 1 is wrong

From statement 2

⇒ Total bikes in P1 and P4 = 230 + 40 = 270

⇒ Total cars in P2 and P5 = 80 + 160 = 240

⇒ The required percentage = (270/240) × 100 = 112.5%

⇒ Hence, statement 2 is wrong

∴ The required result will be "Both 1 and 2".

Question 43

The height of a cuboid is 4 cm less than its breadth and the length is 6 cm more than its breadth. If the length of the cuboid is 20 cm. What will be the volume of the cuboid?

  1. AOption (a)

    5040 cm3

  2. BOption (b)

    2800 cm3

  3. COption (c)

    2200 cm3

  4. DOption (d)

    3200 cm3

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

2800 cm3

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The length of cuboid = 20 cm

Concept:

The volume of cuboid = (Length) × (Breadth) × (Height)

Calculation:

⇒ Breadth of the cuboid = 20 - 6 = 14 cm

⇒ The height of the cuboid = 14 - 4 = 10

⇒ The volume of the cuboid = 20 × 14 × 10 = 2800 cm3

∴ The required result will be 2800 cm3.

Question 44

Table 4 below shows the number of books of two types: B1 and B2 on the shelves.

AlmiraNumber of Books
B1B2
A80112
B7278
C6442
D3294

 

G = Sum of number of B2 books in B and number of B1 books in D.

H = B2 Average number of books.

What is the value of G/H?

  1. AOption (a)

    1.35

  2. BOption (b)

    1.45

  3. COption (c)

    1.32

  4. DOption (d)

    1.67

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

1.35

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Number of B1 books in A, B, C, and D respectively = 80, 72, 64, 32

Number of B2 books in A, B, C, and D respectively = 112, 78, 42, 94

Concept:

The sum of A and B = A + B

The average = (The sum of all items)/(The total number of items)

Calculation:

⇒ G = 78 + 32 = 110

⇒ H = (112 + 78 + 42 + 94)/4 = 326/4 = 81.5

⇒ G/H = 110/81.5 = 1.3496 ≈ 1.35

∴ The required result will be 1.35.

Question 45

The simple interest received by a person on a principal amount of Rs. 2000 in 20 years is 50% of the principal. What is the annual rate of interest?

  1. AOption (a)

    25%

  2. BOption (b)

    10%

  3. COption (c)

    2.5%

  4. DOption (d)

    5%

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

2.5%

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The principle = 2000

Concept:

The simple interest = (Principle × Time × Rate)/100

Calculation:

Let be assume rate of interest is R

⇒ The simple interest = 2000 × (50/100) = 1000

⇒ 1000 = (2000 × 20 × R)/100

⇒ R = 5/2 = 2.5%

∴ The required result will be 2.5%.

Question 46

​Find the value of ;47+5{\frac{{; 4 }}{{\sqrt {7} + \sqrt{5}}}}.+ ;7+54{\frac{{; \sqrt7 + \sqrt5 }}{{4}}}

  1. AOption (a)

    ;9√7+7√52{\frac{{; 9√7 + 7√5 }}{{2}}}

  2. BOption (b)

    ;9√7−7√52{\frac{{; 9√7 - 7√5 }}{{2}}}

  3. COption (c)

    ;9√7+7√54{\frac{{; 9√7 + 7√5 }}{{4}}}

  4. DOption (d)

    ;9√7−7√54{\frac{{; 9√7 - 7√5 }}{{4}}}

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

;9√7−7√54{\frac{{; 9√7 - 7√5 }}{{4}}}

Why this answer is correct

Formula used:

(a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab

a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b)

Concept used:

Rationalizing the Denominator

Calculation:

;4√7+√5{\frac{{; 4 }}{{√ {7} + √{5}}}} + ;√7+√54{\frac{{; √7 + √5 }}{{4}}}

⇒ ;4√7+√5{\frac{{; 4 }}{{√ {7} + √{5}}}}× ;√7−√57−5{\frac{{; √7 - √5 }}{{\sqrt7-\sqrt5}}}+ ;√7+√54{\frac{{; √7 + √5 }}{{4}}}

⇒ ;4×(√7−√5)(√72−√52){\frac{{; 4 \times ( √7-√5)}}{({√ {7}^2 -√{5}^2) }}} + ;√7+√54{\frac{{; √7 + √5 }}{{4}}}

⇒ ;(4√7− 4√5)(2){\frac{{; (4 √7- \ 4√5)}}{({2) }}} + ;√7+√54{\frac{{; √7 + √5 }}{{4}}}

⇒ ;(8√7−8√5+√7+√5)4{\frac{{; (8√7 -8√5 + √7+√5)}}{{4}}}

⇒ ;9√7−7√54{\frac{{; 9√7 - 7√5 }}{{4}}}

∴ The required value is ;9√7−7√54{\frac{{; 9√7 - 7√5 }}{{4}}}.

Question 47

A alone can do a piece of work in 24 days. B alone can do the same work in 36 days. In how many days can they both do 3/8 of the work?

  1. AOption (a)

    31/7

  2. BOption (b)

    25/4

  3. COption (c)

    29/6

  4. DOption (d)

    27/5

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

27/5

Why this answer is correct

Given:

A alone can complete the work = 24 days

B alone can complete the work = 36 days

Concept:

Work = Time × Efficiency

Calculation:

Let be assume they complete the 3/8 of work in X days

⇒ The efficiency of A = 1/24

⇒ The efficiency of B = 1/36

⇒ X × (1/24 + 1/36) = 3/8

⇒ X × (3 + 2)/72 = 3/8

⇒ X = 27/5

∴ The required result will be 27/5 days.

Question 48

Three partners A, B and C invested a total of Rs. 39000 in a business. At the end of the year A gets Rs. 1440, B gets Rs. 1560 and C gets Rs. 1680 as share of profit. How much amount did B invest in the business?

  1. AOption (a)

    Rs. 12000 

  2. BOption (b)

    Rs. 14000 

  3. COption (c)

    Rs. 10000 

  4. DOption (d)

    Rs. 13000 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Rs. 13000 

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The total invested amount = 39000

Concept:

If time is same then the ratio of their profits is equal to ratio of its investments

Calculation:

⇒ The ratio of their profit A, B, and C respectively = 1440 : 1560 : 1680 = 12 : 13 : 14

⇒ The invested amount by B = {13/(12 + 13 + 14)} × 39000 = (13/39) × 39000 = 13000

∴ The required result will be 13000.

Question 49

Which of the following statement is correct?

  1. If the speed is increased by 20%, the time taken to cover the same distance is reduced by 25%.
  2. If the speed of a train is 45 km/h, it will take 16 seconds to cover 200 m.
  1. AOption (a)

    ना ही 1 ना ही 2

  2. BOption (b)

    केवल 1

  3. COption (c)

    केवल 2

  4. DOption (d)

    1 तथा 2 दोनों

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

केवल 2

Why this answer is correct

Given:

If speed increase by 20% then time decreased = 25%

If the speed of the train is 45 km/h then the time is taken to cover 200 m = 16 second

Concept:

Speed = Distance/Time

Calculation:

For statement l

Let be assume speed is S and time is T and distance is D

⇒ T = D/S     ---(1)

⇒ T = D/1.2S     ---(2)

⇒ The percentage difference in time = {(D/S - D/1.2S)/(D/S)} × 100 = {(1.2 - 1)/1.2} × 100 = (0.2/1.2) × 100 = 100/6 = 16.66%

⇒ The first statement is wrong

For statement ll

⇒ T = 200/(45 × 5/18) = (200 × 18)/(45 × 5) = 16 seconds

⇒ So, second statement is correct

∴ The required result will be "Only two".

Question 50

What is the value of 18+45×25+12÷36×620÷5×2+100÷25×20\dfrac{18+45\times25+12\div36\times6}{20\div5\times2+100\div25\times20}

  1. AOption (a)

    1140/11

  2. BOption (b)

    1145/88

  3. COption (c)

    1145/44

  4. DOption (d)

    1140/22

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

1145/88

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The mathematical expression is :

18+45×25+12÷36×620÷5×2+100÷25×20\dfrac{18+45\times25+12\div36\times6}{20\div5\times2+100\div25\times20}

Concept used:

Use BODMAS

Calculations:

 

18+45×25+12÷36×620÷5×2+100÷25×20\dfrac{18+45\times25+12\div36\times6}{20\div5\times2+100\div25\times20}

⇒18+1125+13×64×2+4×20\dfrac{18+1125+\dfrac{1}{3}\times6}{4\times2+4\times20}

⇒ 18+1125+28+80\dfrac{18+1125+2}{8+80}

⇒ 1145/88

Question 51

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

  1. 130 percent of 400 = 520
  2. 95 percent of 540 = 51.3
  1. AOption (a)

    Only 1

  2. BOption (b)

    both 1 and 2

  3. COption (c)

    neither 1 nor 2

  4. DOption (d)

    Only 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only 1

Why this answer is correct

Given:

130% of 400 = 520

95% of 540 = 51.3

Concept:

Percentage of gain marks = {(The gain marks)/(The total marks)} × 100

Calculation:

For statement 1

⇒ 400 × (130/100) = 520

⇒ Statement 1 is correct

For statement 2

⇒ 540 × (95/100) = 5.4 × 95 = 513

⇒ The statement 2 is wrong

∴ The required result will be "Only 1".

Question 52

What is the positive square root of 61 + 28√3?

  1. AOption (a)

    13 + 4√3

  2. BOption (b)

    7 + 2√3

  3. COption (c)

    8 + 2√3

  4. DOption (d)

    11 + √3

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

7 + 2√3

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The number = 61 + 28√3

Concept:

(a + √b)2 = a2 + (√b)2 + 2 × a × √b

Calculation:

⇒ 61 + 28√3 = 49 + 4 × (√3)2 + 2 × 7 × 2 × √3

⇒ (7 + 2√3)2 = 72 + (2 × √3)2 + 2 × 7 × 2 × √3

⇒ So, positive square root of (61 + 28√3) = 7 + 2√3

∴ The required result will be (7 + 2√3).

Question 53

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

  1. The greatest common factor of two consecutive even numbers is always even.
  2. The L.C.M. of two consecutive even numbers is always equal to the product of both the numbers.
  1. AOption (a)

    1 and 2 both

  2. BOption (b)

    neither 1 nor 2

  3. COption (c)

    Only 1

  4. DOption (d)

    Only 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Only 1

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Two consecutive even number

Concept:

HCF is the highest common factor of some given numbers. When we divide the numbers by their HCF, the quotients will be prime to each other.

LCM = HCF × Product of the quotients after dividing the numbers by the HCF

Calculation:

 From statement 1

⇒ The HCF of two consecutive even numbers is always multiple of 2 and is always even due to multiple of two HCF.

⇒ Hence, statement 1 is right

From statement 2

⇒ LCM of two consecutive even numbers is equal to the product of both numbers when both numbers have no common factor and if any two or more than two numbers have a common factor other than one then LCM can not calculate by the products of the number.

⇒ Hence, statement 2 is wrong

∴ The required result will be "Only 1".

Question 54

What is the average of the first 34 natural numbers?

  1. AOption (a)

    18

  2. BOption (b)

    17.5

  3. COption (c)

    10

  4. DOption (d)

    16.5

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

17.5

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The first natural number

Concept:

The average = (The sum of total number)/(The total number)

The sum of first n natural number = {n × (n + 1)}/2

Calculation:

⇒ The sum of first 34 natural number = {34 × (34 + 1)}/2 = (34 × 35)/2 = 17 × 35 = 595

⇒ The average of the number = 595/34 = 35/2 = 17.5

∴ The required result will be 17.5.

Question 55

A man travels by his office bus at the speed of 54 km/h and reaches 18 minutes early. If he goes at the speed of 36 km/h, he reaches 18 minutes late. What will be the speed of the bus to reach at normal time?

  1. AOption (a)

    289/5 km/h

  2. BOption (b)

    512/5 km/h

  3. COption (c)

    216/5 km/h

  4. DOption (d)

    192/5 km/h

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

216/5 km/h

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Speed of bus before = 54 km/h

Speed of bus after = 36 km/h

Concept:

Speed = Distance/Time

Calculation:

Let be assume distance is D and time is T

Before

⇒ T - 18/60 = D/54     ---(1)

After

⇒ T + 18/60 = D/36     ---(2)

⇒ By equation (1) and (2)

⇒ 54 × (T - 18/60) = 36 × (T - 18/60)

⇒ 6T - 18/10 = 4T - 18/15

⇒ 2T = 18/10 - 18/15 = 18 × (1/10 - 1/15) = 18 × (3 + 2)/(30) = 90/30 = 3

⇒ T = 3/2

⇒ D = (3/2 - 18/60) × 54 = {(90 - 18)/60} × 54 = (72 × 54)/60 = 648/10

⇒ The original speed of bus = (648/10) ÷ (3/2) = (648/10) × (2/3) = 216/5 km/h

∴ The required result will be 216/5 km/h.

Question 56

If the total surface area of ​​a cube is 1350 cm2, what will be the side of the cube?

  1. AOption (a)

    21 cm

  2. BOption (b)

    18 cm

  3. COption (c)

    12 cm

  4. DOption (d)

    15 cm

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

15 cm

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The total surface area of cube = 1350 cm2

Concept:

The total surface area of cube = 6 × (Side of the cube)2

Calculation:

Let be assume the side of the cube is a

⇒ 1350 = 6 × (a)2

⇒ a2 = 225

⇒ a = 15 cm

∴ The required result will be 15 cm.

Question 57

A sells an article for Rs. 4200 at 40 percent loss. B sells an article for Rs. 5400 for 20 percent profit. What is the ratio of cost prices of A and B?

  1. AOption (a)

    7 ∶ 3

  2. BOption (b)

    11 ∶ 5

  3. COption (c)

    14 ∶ 9

  4. DOption (d)

    9 ∶ 5

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

14 ∶ 9

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The selling price of A's item = 4200

The selling price of B's item = 5400

Concept:

Profit = (Selling price of the item) - (Cost price of the item)

Loss = (The cost price of the item) - (The selling price of the item)

Calculation:

Let be assume cost price of A and B is A and B respectively

⇒ A × (100 - 40)/100 = 4200

⇒ A = (4200 × 100)/60 = 7000

⇒ B × (120/100) = 5400

⇒ B = 4500

⇒ The ratio of their cost price = 7000/4500 = 14/9

∴ The required result will be 14 : 9.

Question 58

The given line figure 7 shows the quantity of milk sold by the shopkeepers.

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

  1. The sum of the maximum and minimum quantities of milk sold by a shopkeeper is 360.
  2. The ratio of total quantity of milk sold by R5 and R7 to that of R2 is 8 : 9.
  1. AOption (a)

    both 1 and 2

  2. BOption (b)

    neither 1 nor 2

  3. COption (c)

    only 1

  4. DOption (d)

    only 2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

neither 1 nor 2

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The graph shows the quantity of milk sold by 7 different shopkeepers R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7 respectively = 120, 240, 270, 180, 110, 240, and 160

Concept:

The sum of A and B = A + B

The ratio of A and B = A : B

Calculation:

From statement 1

⇒ The sum of the maximum and minimum quantity of sold milk = 270 + 110 = 380

⇒ Hence, statement 1 is wrong

From statement 2

⇒ Sum of sold milk by R5 and R7 = 110 + 160 = 270

⇒ Quantity of milk sold by R2 = 240

⇒ The ratio = 270/240 = 9:8

⇒ Hence, statement 2 is wrong

∴ The required result will be "Neither 1 nor 2".

Question 59

The ratio of the cost of the table and chair is 6 : 5. The cost of the table is Rs. 1220 more than the cost of the chair. What is the cost of the chair?

  1. AOption (a)

    Rs. 7320 

  2. BOption (b)

    Rs. 2440 

  3. COption (c)

    Rs. 1220 

  4. DOption (d)

    Rs. 6100 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Rs. 6100 

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The ratio of the cost price of table and chair = 6 : 5

Concept:

If A and B  are in the ratio a : b then, 

A = aX, and B = bX  where X is a constant

Calculation:

Let be assume cost price of the table and chair is 6X and 5X respectively

⇒ 6X - 5X = 1220

⇒ X = 1220

⇒ The cost price of chair = 5X = 5 × 1220 = 6100

∴ The required result will be 6100.

Question 60

What is the greatest common factor of 81, 243 and 54?

  1. AOption (a)

    36

  2. BOption (b)

    9

  3. COption (c)

    27

  4. DOption (d)

    54

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

27

Why this answer is correct

Given:

The numbers = 81, 243, 54

Concept:

HCF = Smallest power of the shared factors of given numbers

Calculation:

⇒ 81 = 34

⇒ 243 = 35

⇒ 54 = 33 × 2

⇒ There is shared factor is 3 and smallest power of three is 33

⇒ The HCF of (81, 243, 54) = 33 = 27

∴ The required result will be 27.

General English (20 questions)

Question 61

In the given question, four words are given out of which one word is incorrectly spelt . Choose the incorrectly spelt word.

  1. AOption (a)

    Luminossity

  2. BOption (b)

    Unilateral

  3. COption (c)

    Respectively

  4. DOption (d)

    Fellowship

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Luminossity

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Luminossity'.

Key Points

  • The marked option **'Luminossity' is incorrectly spelt here that means the state of producing or reflecting bright light
  • For e.g.- The luminosity of a star or sun is how bright it is.
  • The correct spelling of the word is- Luminosity
  • Words mentioned in options 2), 3) and 4) are correctly spelt.

Therefore, the correct answer is option 1.

Question 62

A sentence has been given with a blank to be filled with an appropriate word/words. Choose the correct alternative.

One must respect ______ elders without any complaints.

  1. AOption (a)

    ones

  2. BOption (b)

    his

  3. COption (c)

    one's

  4. DOption (d)

    their

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

one's

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'one's'.

Key Points

  • Unlike some personal pronoun(me, him, her) the form of 'one' is fixed-independent of whether it is used as a subject or object.
  • It has a possessive form, namely one's. It never carries gender pronoun. It is always followed by one's.
  • Unlike the possessive forms of the personal pronouns**, one's** is written with the apostrophe.
  • For example:
  • One's experiences shape one's expectations.
  • According to the above rule and example 'one's' will be used in the given blank.
  • Thus, option 3 is the correct answer.

 

Hence, the correct answer is: One must respect one's elders without any complaints.

Additional Information

  • 'Pronoun' is a word which is used in place of a noun.
  • For example:
  • She can be late today.
  • It is my opinion.

Question 63

Rearrange the parts of the sentence in the correct order.

P: China, after the 1949 revolution, gave official

Q: the classics and opera-based histories, as well as uplifting

R: support to lianhuanhua (literally, “connected images”) to retell

S: revolutionary stories, in a highly refined, classically derived style

  1. AOption (a)

    QRPS

  2. BOption (b)

    RQPS

  3. COption (c)

    SRPQ

  4. DOption (d)

    PRQS

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

PRQS

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'PRQS'.

Key Points

  • While arranging the part of the passage, we should find some grammatical or contextual connections between them-
  • Part P starts with the noun 'China'. Hence it will be put in the first place.
  • Part R further initiates the statement of what did 'China' give to lianhuanhua (literally, “connected images”) after 1949 revolution. It will be put in second place.
  • Part Q concludes the above mentioned statement regarding the support to lianhuanhua (literally, “connected images”). Hence it will be the 3rd sentence.
  • The last part is S as it provides the concluding part.
  • Thus, the correct order is: China, after the 1949 revolution, gave official support to lianhuanhua (literally, “connected images”) to retell the classics and opera-based histories, as well as uplifting revolutionary stories, in a highly refined, classically derived style.

Question 64

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If no substitution is required, select No improvement.

It can be considered a branch of either philosophy and education.

  1. AOption (a)

    none

  2. BOption (b)

    both

  3. COption (c)

    No improvement

  4. DOption (d)

    neither

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

both

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'both'.

Key Points

  • Here 'both' should be used instead of 'either'.
  • Some conjunctions given below are used in a pair known as correlative conjunctions:
  • Whether...or, either...or, both...and, though...yet, etc.
  • Example:
  • He is both intelligent and hardworking.
  • The conjunction 'both...and' is used to relate two nouns, two adjectives, and two verbs respectively.
  • Since the sentence talks about the branch which is related with both philosophy and education.
  • Thus, option 2 is the correct answer of the given question.

 

Hence, the correct sentence is: It can be considered a branch of both philosophy and education.

 

Additional Information

  • Let's look at some more correlative conjunctions and their example:
  • As well as, not only...but also, and.
  • Examples:
  • Ram as well as his friends is coming.
  • He cheated not only his friends but also his parents.

Question 65

In the following question, out of the given four alternatives, select the alternative which best expresses the meaning of the Idiom/Phrase.

To rain cats and dogs

  1. AOption (a)

    To fill one with terror

  2. BOption (b)

    To retract one’s statement

  3. COption (c)

    A time of plenty

  4. DOption (d)

    To rain very heavily

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

To rain very heavily

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'To rain very heavily.'

Key Points

  • To rain cats and dogs means to rain very heavily.
  • For e.g.- I had to stay home because it was raining cats and dogs.
  • Thus, it is clear from all the given options, option 4th is correct and therefore the answer.

Additional Information

  • The idiom was derived from the early phenomenon of cats and dogs drowning when it rained heavily, making it appear as if they had fallen down with the rain.

Question 66

Find the part of the given sentence that has an error in it. If there is no error, choose ‘No error’.

No wonder she is (1) / beautiful but can (2) / be irritating sometimes. (3) / No error (4)

  1. AOption (a)

    be irritating sometimes.

  2. BOption (b)

     No error

  3. COption (c)

    No wonder she is

  4. DOption (d)

    beautiful but can

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

beautiful but can

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'beautiful but can'.

Key Points

  • The error is in part second of the sentence.
  • As subject 'she' is missing in the given sentence.
  • Conjunction requires a subject, here can is a conjunction, so we need a subject before it, so we would place 'she' before it.
  • And can should replaced by 'may' as it is talking about a possibility not ability.
  • 'Can' is used for ability and 'may' is used for possibility.

 

Hence, the correct sentence is: No wonder she is beautiful but she may be irritating sometimes.

Question 67

Choose the word that is opposite in meaning to the given word.

Aromatic

  1. AOption (a)

    obloquy

  2. BOption (b)

    odiferous

  3. COption (c)

    Savoury

  4. DOption (d)

    Putrid

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Putrid

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Putrid'.

Key Points

  • Aromatic means having a pleasant and distinctive smell.
  • For e.g.- The plant is strongly aromatic​
  • Putrid means decaying or rotting and emitting a fetid smell.
  • For e.g.- A putrid smell drove us from the room
  • ​Thus according to the above-mentioned definition, it is clear that both words Aromatic and Putrid are antonyms of each other.

Additional Information

Let's see the meaning of the other words:

  • obloquy - strong public condemnation.
  • odiferous - having or emitting an odour, esp a fragrant one.
  • Savoury - Something savory is full of flavor, delicious and tasty

Question 68

In the given question, four words are given out of which one word is correctly spelt. Choose the correctly spelt word.

  1. AOption (a)

    Subbstitution

  2. BOption (b)

    Substtitution

  3. COption (c)

    Substitution

  4. DOption (d)

    Substitutionn

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Substitution

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Substitution'.

Key Points

  • The marked option 'Substitution'' means the action of replacing someone or something with another person or thing.
  • ​For e.g.- We use saccharin in substitution for sugar.
  • Words mentioned in options 1), 2) and 4) are all misspelt.

Therefore, the correct answer is option 3)

Question 69

A sentence has been given with a blank to be filled with an appropriate word. Choose the correct alternative.

When he reached the construction ______ everything was messed up.

  1. AOption (a)

    cite

  2. BOption (b)

    position

  3. COption (c)

    sight

  4. DOption (d)

    site

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

site

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'site'.

Key Points

  • 'Site' is a noun which means 'location'.
  • 'Site' is used for the place where a structure or group of structure is to be located. It is the place or setting of something.
  • A 'site' is most commonly used as a noun to mean the position or location of something especially the exact place where something will be located.
  • For example:
  • They decided to visit the old construction site to find some building materials.
  • Thus, according to the above explanation 'site' will be used in the given blank.

 

Hence, the correct sentence is: When he reached the construction site everything was messed up.

Additional Information

Let's look at the uses and examples of other given options:

  • Cite: It is a verb which means to mention or to make reference to.
  • For example:
  • She cited the journal of atmospheric sciences in her paper.
  • Position: it means the place where people are sent in order to carry out a course of action.
  • For example:
  • The troops took up their battle positions at the front line.
  • Sight: it is both a noun and a verb that refers to seeing. It can also be something that is seen.
  • For example:
  • After the laser treatment, her sight was perfect.

Question 70

Choose the word that can substitute the given sentence.

A thin and homeless child

  1. AOption (a)

    Aplomb

  2. BOption (b)

    Torrent

  3. COption (c)

    Traunt

  4. DOption (d)

    Waif

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Waif

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Waif'.

Key Points

  • Let's explore the options:
  • Aplomb: means self confidence or assurance, especially when in demanding situation.
  • Torrent: means a sudden large or too large amount, especially one that seems to be uncontrolled.
  • Truant: means a child who stays away from school without permission.
  • Waif: means a small thin person, usually a child, who seems to have nowhere to live.
  • Thus, from the above meanings correct one word substitution for the given question is 'Waif'.

Question 71

Find the part of the given sentence that has an error in it. If there is no error, choose ‘No error’.

Science has made it clear the adverse impacts that climate (1) / change and continued ecosystem (2) / degradation poses for the physical world. (3) / No error (4)

  1. AOption (a)

    Science has made it clear the adverse impacts that climate

  2. BOption (b)

     No error

  3. COption (c)

    change and continued ecosystem

  4. DOption (d)

    degradation poses for the physical world. 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

degradation poses for the physical world. 

Why this answer is correct

The erroneous part is 'degradation poses for the physical world'.

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, 'that' is a conjunction so it makes its own clause and has its own subject and verb. In the clause, the subject of the sentence is 'climate change' and 'continued ecosystem degradation' hence, there are two subjects so the verb should be a plural form.
  • So we need to use "pose for" instead of "poses for."
  • The meaning of pose is- to set forth or offer for attention or consideration or to come to attention as.

Hence, the correct sentence is: Science has made it clear the adverse impacts that climate change and continued ecosystem degradation pose for the physical world.

Question 72

In the following question, out of the given four alternatives, select the alternative which best expresses the meaning of the Idiom/Phrase.

A drop in the ocean

  1. AOption (a)

    To talk uselessly and be tired

  2. BOption (b)

     A sudden misfortune

  3. COption (c)

    A quantity too small to make an impact

  4. DOption (d)

    To be in love with

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

A quantity too small to make an impact

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'A quantity too small to make an impact'.

Key Points

  • Idiom 'A drop in the ocean' means a very small amount which is unimportant compared to the cost of other things or is so small that it has very little effect on something.
  • For example:
  • His fee is a drop in the ocean compared with the real cost of broadcasting.
  • Thus, option 3 will be the correct answer.

Additional Information

  • An idiom has been used in the sentence.
  • An idiom is a phrase or expression that typically presents a figurative, non literal meaning to the phrase.
  • Let's take a look at some common idioms:

 

IdiomsMeanings
A bird in the handUsed to say that it is better to hold onto something one has than to risk losing it by trying to get something better.
Beat around the bushAvoid saying what you mean, usually because it is uncomfortable.

Question 73

Choose the word that means the same as the given word.

Advocate

  1. AOption (a)

    Intimidate

  2. BOption (b)

    Spur

  3. COption (c)

    Support

  4. DOption (d)

    Deny

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Support

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Support.'

Key Points

  • Advocate means to speak or write in favor of; support or urge by argument; recommend publicly
  • For e.g.- He advocated higher salaries for teachers.
  • Support - approve of and help someone or something​
  • For e.g.- The government gives £2,500 million a year to support the voluntary sector
  • ​Thus according to the above-mentioned definition, it is clear that both words Advocate and Support are synonyms of each other.

Additional Information

Let's see the meaning of the other words:

  • Intimidate - to frighten or threaten somebody, often in order to make him/her do something.
  • Spur - to encourage an activity or development, or to cause something to develop faster
  • Deny - state that one refuses to admit the truth or existence of

Question 74

Rearrange the parts of the sentence in correct order.

The prolonged storage of coffee

P: where moulds and parasites may develop and cause damage

Q: especially in the warm and humid coastal regions

R: for that reason, coffee from those areas is exported as quickly as possible

S: in the producing countries presents problems

  1. AOption (a)

    QPRS

  2. BOption (b)

    RQPS

  3. COption (c)

    RPQS

  4. DOption (d)

    SQPR

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

SQPR

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'SQPR'.

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage, we should find some grammatical or contextual connections between them-
  • Part S initiates the statement 'storage of coffee' in producing countries that presents problems. It will be put in first place.
  • Part Q concludes the above mentioned statement regarding storage of coffee that presents problems in warm and coastal regions. It will be put in second place.
  • Part P will be put in third place as it talks about the region where moulds and parasites can cause damage.
  • Part R will be the last part as in warm and coastal regions moulds and parasite can develop damage so coffee is exported as quickly as possible from those areas.
  • Thus, the correct order is: The prolonged storage of coffee in the producing countries presents problems especially in the warm and humid coastal regions where moulds and parasites may develop and cause damage for that reason, coffee from those areas is exported as quickly as possible.

Question 75

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If no substitution is required, select No improvement.

There's little evidence available of to what exactly makes this more threatening

  1. AOption (a)

    on to

  2. BOption (b)

    into

  3. COption (c)

    as to

  4. DOption (d)

    No improvement

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

as to

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'as to'.

Key Points

  • Here 'as to' will be used instead of 'of'.
  • 'As to' means with regard to or about, with respect to, concerning.
  • The phrase 'as to' indicates the relationship between the question that was asked and the response.
  • For example:
  • As to your earlier question, I don't think i know the answer.
  • Similarly in the given sentence 'There is little evidence available as to what exactly makes this more threatening' means that there is little evidence with respect to something that makes this more threatening.
  • Thus, option 3 will be the correct answer.

Hence, the correct sentence is: There's little evidence available as to what exactly makes this more threatening.

Additional Information

Let's look at the uses and examples of other given options:

  • On to: In the case of 'on to' the word 'on' is actually part of the verb. this is called a phrasal verb since it involves more than one word.
  • For example:
  • It took me forever to catch on to the joke.
  • Into: it is a preposition that means to a position in or inside something, in the direction of something.
  • For example:
  • He threw the letter into the fire.

Direction: Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions.

Fortunately, the WHO reports that some countries have continued to have major declines in T B cases; in Cambodia alone, the T B prevalence fell by about 50 percent. Due to diagnostic and treatment efforts, about 37 million lives were saved between 2000 and 2013. However, maintaining this success has mostly been complicated by HIV, MDR, XDR, the inefficacy of the BCG vaccine, false-positive screening tests, non-compliance to treatment regimens, the complexity of MT B, and the stall in developing novel therapeutics.

In some countries, like India, China, and Russia, T B rates are only dropping slowly and still remain high. To address this concern, an additional treatment regimen is undergone by patients called directly observed therapy short-term (DOT S), which closely monitors treatment adherence and completion, with the goal of efficiency and cost-effectiveness. With the emergence of MDR-T B, DOT S-plus was initiated as a more rigorous treatment strategy. The WHO drafted a Stop T B Strategy, which outlines six aims to be implemented by all countries to reduce T B on both local and national scales, with the overall goal of enhancing T B treatment, health care experiences, and research. It is the world's hope that at least some of these aims will be achieved in the near future.

In this race to combat a disease that knows no boundaries, it is necessary to have a conceptual and clear understanding of T B overall. T his can only be enforced if collaborative efforts among research, public health officials, primary care professionals, and the general public continue to push the boundaries of our current knowledge, mitigating the global burden of T B.

Question 76

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Which of the following is NOT true about DOTS treatment ?

  1. AOption (a)

    It’s an efficient treatment.

  2. BOption (b)

    It is more rigorous than DOT S plus.

  3. COption (c)

    It is cost effective.

  4. DOption (d)

    It thoroughly monitors the completion of treatment.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

It is more rigorous than DOT S plus.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'It is more rigorous than DOT S plus'.

Key Points

  • The answer can be decided looking at the lines: To address this concern, an additional treatment regimen is undergone by patients called directly observed therapy short-term (DOT S), which closely monitors treatment adherence and completion, with the goal of efficiency and cost-effectiveness. With the emergence of MDR-T B, DOT S-plus was initiated as a more rigorous treatment strategy.
  • According to the above lines it can be deduced that Directly observed treatment, short course is the name given to the tuberculosis control strategy. It is the most cost effective way to stop the spread of TB in communities. It is the best curative method for TB.
  • Thus, option 2 will be the correct answer.

Question 77

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Which of the following statements is definitely true about the Stop T B strategy?

  1. AOption (a)

    It is implemented to reduce T B on local scale without any hindrance.

  2. BOption (b)

    Stop T B strategy has outlined 6-7 aims to be implemented in near future.

  3. COption (c)

    It has to be implemented by few countries, whose methods in controlling T B are not successful.

  4. DOption (d)

    WHO has drafted this strategy to enhance the treatment of T B and provide good medical care experience to the T B patient.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

WHO has drafted this strategy to enhance the treatment of T B and provide good medical care experience to the T B patient.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'WHO has drafted this strategy to enhance the treatment of T B and provide good medical care experience to the T B patient'.

Key Points

  • Let's explore the options:
  • Option 1: it is not true. The correct statement is stop TB strategy is implemented to reduce TB on both local and national scales.
  • Option 2: it is not true. The correct statement is  six aims to be implemented by all countries to reduce TB.
  • Option 3: it is not true. The correct statement is it has to be implemented by all countries to reduce TB.
  • Option 4: its definitely true as it has been mentioned in the passage that The WHO drafted a Stop T B Strategy, which outlines six aims to be implemented by all countries to reduce T B on both local and national scales, with the overall goal of enhancing T B treatment, health care experiences, and research.
  • Thus, option 4 will be the correct answer.

Question 78

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

What can be the suitable title for the given passage?

  1. AOption (a)

    How to cure T B?

  2. BOption (b)

    T B at its worst

  3. COption (c)

    Control of T B: Achievements, DOT S, Stop T B Strategy

  4. DOption (d)

    Stop T B strategy

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Stop T B strategy

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Stop TB strategy'.

Key Points

  • Let's explore the options:
  • Option 1: it cannot be the suitable title for the given passage as it has not been mentioned in the passage that how to cure TB.
  • Option 2: it cannot be the suitable title for the given passage as the WHO reports that some countries have continued to have major declines in T B cases.
  • Option 3: it cannot be the suitable title for the given passage as achievements have not been mentioned in the passage.
  • Option 4: going by the flow it is the best fit as it has been mentioned in the passage that The WHO drafted a Stop T B Strategy, which outlines six aims to be implemented by all countries to reduce T B on both local and national scales, with the overall goal of enhancing T B treatment, health care experiences, and research.
  • Thus, option 4 will be the correct answer.

Question 79

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Which of the following words best expresses the synonym of the word ‘adherence’?

  1. AOption (a)

    Perseverance

  2. BOption (b)

    Separate

  3. COption (c)

    Release

  4. DOption (d)

    Attachment

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Attachment

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Attachment'.

Key Points

  • 'Adherence' means the act, action, or quality of adhering, steady or faithful attachment, the following of a custom, rule, or law.
  • For example:
  • He was noted for his strict adherence to the rules.
  • 'Attachment' means the state of being personally attached, a feeling of strong or constant regard for and dedication to someone, a feeling of love or strong connection to someone or something.
  • For example:
  • She is unlikely to give up her lifelong attachment to feminist ideas.
  • According to the above explanation 'adherence and attachment' are same in their meanings, thus, make a synonym pair.
  • Thus, option 4 will be the correct answer.

Additional Information

Let's look at the meanings of other given options:

  • Perseverance: means the quality that allows someone to continue trying to do something even though it is difficult.
  • Separate: means not the same or shared, not physically attached to another unit.
  • Release: means to set free from restraint, confinement, or servitude, to relieve from something that confines, burdens, or oppresses.

Question 80

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Which of the following has never been a hindrance in maintaining the success of controlling T B?

  1. AOption (a)

    DOTS

  2. BOption (b)

    XDR

  3. COption (c)

    MDR

  4. DOption (d)

    HIV

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

DOTS

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'DOTS'.

Key Points

  • The answer can be decided looking at the lines: To address this concern, an additional treatment regimen is undergone by patients called directly observed therapy short-term (DOT S), which closely monitors treatment adherence and completion, with the goal of efficiency and cost-effectiveness. With the emergence of MDR-T B, DOT S-plus was initiated as a more rigorous treatment strategy.
  • According to the above lines it can be deduced that DOTS help patient finish TB therapy as quickly as possible without unnecessary gaps. It is the most cost effective way to stop the spread of TB in communities. It never been a hindrance in maintaining the success of controlling TB.
  • Thus, option 1 will be the correct answer.

General Hindi (20 questions)

Question 81

दिए गए वाक्य में उपयुक्त विराम चिह्न का चयन कीजिए।

आप उदयपुर से कब आए

  1. AOption (a)

    ?

  2. BOption (b)

    :-

  3. COption (c)

    ।

  4. DOption (d)

    ;

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

?

Why this answer is correct

आप उदयपुर से कब आए - इस वाक्य में 'कब' शब्द हमें किसी से प्रश्न पूछने की जिज्ञासा का बोध करवाता है, अतः (?) प्रश्नवाचक चिन्ह सही विकल्प होगा। 

 प्रश्नवाचक चिन्ह (?) - जिस वाक्य में किसी विषय पर कुछ सवाल करने या जानने या पूछने के विषय में भाव उत्पन्न हो वहाँ इस चिन्ह का प्रयोग होता है।

Key Points

 

विराम चिन्ह – भाषा के लिखित रूप में विशेष स्थानों पर रुकने का संकेत करने वाले चिन्हों को विराम चिन्ह कहते हैं।

विराम चिन्ह का  नामपरिभाषाउदाहरण
पूर्ण विराम चिन्ह (।)जहाँ एक बात पूरी हो जाये या वाक्य समाप्त हो जाये वहाँ पूर्ण विराम ( । ) चिन्ह लगाया जाता है।बाजार खुल गया।
अर्द्ध विराम चिन्ह  (;)जहाँ अल्प विराम से कुछ अधिक ठहरते हैं तथा पूर्ण विराम से कम ठहरते हैं, वहाँ अर्द्ध विराम का चिन्ह ( ; ) लगाया जाता है।मुख्य अतिथि आ गए हैं; वह शीघ्र चले जाएंगे।
अल्प विराम चिन्ह (,)वाक्य में जहाँ थोड़ा रुकना हो या अधिक वस्तुओं, व्यक्तियों आदि को अलग करना हो वहाँ अल्प विराम (,) चिन्ह का प्रयोग किया जाता है।राकेश, मोहन, शीतल और पंकज ने यह चित्र बनाया है।
प्रश्नवाचक चिन्ह (?)बातचीत के दौरान जब किसी से कोई बात पूछी जाती है अथवा कोई प्रश्न पूछा जाता है, तब वाक्य के अंत में प्रश्नसूचक-चिन्ह का प्रयोग किया जाता है।तुम्हारी माताजी का नाम क्या है ?
विस्मयादिबोधक  चिन्ह (!)इसका प्रयोग हर्ष, विवाद, विस्मय, घृणा, आश्रर्य, करुणा, भय, संबोधन इत्यादि का बोध कराने के लिए इस चिन्ह का प्रयोग किया जाता है।वाह! कितना सुंदर दृश्य है।
लाघव चिन्ह (०)किसी बड़े तथा प्रसिद्ध शब्द को संक्षेप में लिखने के लिए उस शब्द का पहला अक्षर लिखकर उसके आगे शून्य (०) लगा देते हैं। यह शून्य ही लाघव-चिन्ह कहलाता है।डॉक्टर – डॉ०, प्रोफेसर – प्रो०

Question 82

सही कारक होगा-

ईश्वर _____ सारी सृष्टि _____ निर्माण किया है'।

  1. AOption (a)

    के, को

  2. BOption (b)

    की, ने

  3. COption (c)

    के; के लिए

  4. DOption (d)

    ने ; का

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

ने ; का

Why this answer is correct

यहाँ पर रिक्त स्थानों पर 'ने, का' सही विकल्प होगा, अन्य विकल्प अनुचित है।

Key Points

  • ईश्वर ने सारी सृष्टि का निर्माण किया है'।

 

परसर्ग - ये वे अक्षर हैं जो किसी शब्द के बाद आते हैं और कोई विशेषता लाते हैं। जैसे - का, की, रे, ने, द्वारा, से आदि।
कारक - संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के जिस रूप से वाक्य के अन्य शब्दों के साथ उसके सम्बन्ध का बोध होता है, उसे कारक कहते हैं।
विभक्तिकारकचिन्ह/ परसर्ग
प्रथमकर्ता कारकने
द्वितीयकर्म कारकको
तृतीयकरण कारकसे, के द्वारा
चतुर्थीसम्प्रदान कारकको, के लिए (देने का भाव)
पंचमीअपादान कारकसे, (अलग होने के लिए)
षष्ठीसंबंध कारकका, की, के, रा, री, रे
सप्तमीअधिकरण कारकमें, पर
अष्टमीसंबोधनहे ! ओ ! अरे !

Additional Information

  • कारक के आठ भेद होते हैं- कर्म कारक, कर्ता कारक, सम्बन्ध कारक, अधिकरण कारक, संबोधन कारक, आपदान कारक, सम्प्रदान कारक, करण कारक।
  • जो शब्द क्रिया के साथ सम्बन्ध प्रकट करते हैं वे कारक कहलाते अथवा कारक चिन्हों को परसर्ग या विभक्ति कहते हैं।

Question 83

निम्नलिखित शब्द का पर्यायवाची कौनसा हैं, ज्ञात कीजिए।

अनूठा

  1. AOption (a)

    अनल

  2. BOption (b)

    पावक

  3. COption (c)

    दहन

  4. DOption (d)

    अतुल

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

अतुल

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए विकल्पों में सही उत्तर विकल्प 4 ‘अतुल’ है। अन्य विकल्प इसके अनुचित उत्तर हैं। 

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प:

शब्दपर्यायवाची
अनूठाअनोखा, अपूर्व, निराला, अभूतपूर्व, अनुपम
आगअग्नि, अनल, पावक, दहन, ज्वलन, धूमकेतु, कृशानु, हुताशन, वैश्वानर, शुचि, ज्वाला

 

Additional Information

शब्दपरिभाषाउदाहरण
पर्यायवाची/ समानार्थी शब्दएक ही अर्थ में प्रयुक्त होने वाले शब्द जो बनावट में भले ही अलग हों, पर्यायवाची या समानार्थी शब्द कहलाते हैं।आग-अनल, पावक, दहन। हवा-समीर, अनिल, वायु।

Question 84

दिए गए शब्द युग्म का सही शब्द युग्म ज्ञात कीजिए।

गिरीश : गिरि

  1. AOption (a)

    पर्वत : शिव

  2. BOption (b)

    पुराना : हिमालय

  3. COption (c)

    गिरना : पर्वत

  4. DOption (d)

    हिमालय : पर्वत

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

हिमालय : पर्वत

Why this answer is correct

दिए गये विकल्पों में गिरीश : गिरि का सही शब्द युग्म 'हिमालय : पर्वत' होगा।

  • गिरीश का अर्थ पर्वतो का राजा हिमालय होता है।
  • गिरि का अर्थ पर्वत होता है।

Key Points 

अन्य विकल्प:

  • पुराना - प्राचीन।
  • गिरना - अधोगति की क्रिया।

Additional Information

समश्रुत शब्दकुछ शब्द ऐसे होते हैं जिनमें स्वर, मात्रा अथवा व्यंजन में थोड़ा-सा अन्तर होता है। वे बोलचाल में लगभग एक जैसे लगते हैं, परन्तु उनके अर्थ में भिन्नता होती है। ऐसे शब्द 'समश्रुत/श्रुतिसम भिन्नार्थक शब्द' कहलाते हैं।
उदाहरणजैसे- घन और धन दोनों के उच्चारण में कोई खास अन्तर महसूस नहीं होता परन्तु अर्थ में भिन्नता है। घन-बादल, धन-सम्पत्ति

Question 85

निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में से मिश्र वाक्य ज्ञात कीजिए।

  1. AOption (a)

    मेरे वहाँ पहुँचते ही वह भाग गया।

  2. BOption (b)

    वह बाजार गया और फल खरीदे।

  3. COption (c)

    ज्यों ही मैं वहाँ पहुँचा त्यों ही वह भाग गया।

  4. DOption (d)

    मेरे पहुँचते ही और वह भाग गया।

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

ज्यों ही मैं वहाँ पहुँचा त्यों ही वह भाग गया।

Why this answer is correct

ज्यों ही मैं वहाँ पहुँचा त्यों ही वह भाग गया। - यह वाक्य मिश्र वाक्य का उदाहरण है।

Key Points 

अन्य विकल्पों का विश्लेषण:

  • मेरे वहाँ पहुँचते ही वह भाग गया। - यह वाक्य सरल वाक्य का उदाहरण है
  • वह बाजार गया और फल खरीदे। - यह वाक्य संयुक्त वाक्य का उदाहरण है
  • मेरे पहुँचते ही और वह भाग गया। - यह वाक्य अशुद्ध वाक्य है

Additional Information

सरल वाक्यऐसे वाक्य जिनमें एक ही क्रिया एवं एक ही कर्ता होता है या जिस वाक्य में एक ही उद्देश्य एवं एक ही विधेय होता है, वे वाक्य सरल वाक्य कहलाते हैं। इसमें कर्ता एक से अधिक हो सकते हैं लेकिन मुख्य क्रिया एक ही होगी।मैं वहाँ नहीं गया।
मिश्र वाक्यजिस वाक्य में एक से अधिक वाक्य मिले हों, किन्तु एक प्रधान उपवाक्य तथा शेष आश्रित उपवाक्य हों, मिश्रित वाक्य कहलाता है।मैं खाना खा चुका, तब वह आया।
संयुक्त वाक्यजिस वाक्य में दो या दो से अधिक उपवाक्य मिले हों, परन्तु सभी वाक्य प्रधान हो तो ऐसे वाक्य को संयुक्त वाक्य कहते है।मैंने खाना खाया और घूमने निकल गया।

Question 86

कौन सा शब्द स्त्रीलिंग है?

  1. AOption (a)

    विधुर

  2. BOption (b)

    क्षत्रिय

  3. COption (c)

    तेल

  4. DOption (d)

    कल्पना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

कल्पना

Why this answer is correct

'कल्पना' शब्द स्त्रीलिंग का उदाहरण है। 

जैसे - कल्पना चावला एक अंतरिक्ष यात्री थी।

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प - 

  • विधुर का स्त्रीलिंग विधवा होता है।
  • क्षत्रिय शब्द का स्त्रीलिंग क्षत्राणी होता है।
  • तेल शब्द पुल्लिंग है।

विशेष -

लिंगपरिभाषाउदाहरण
पुल्लिंगजिन शब्दों से पुरुष जाति का बोध होता है उन्हें पुल्लिंग शब्द कहते हैं ।जैसे - पिता, भाई, लड़का, पेड़, सिंह शिव, हनुमान, बैल आदि।
स्त्रीलिंगजिन शब्दों से स्त्री जाति का बोध होता है उन्हें स्त्रीलिंग शब्द कहते हैं ।जैसे - माता, बहन, यमुना, गंगा, कुरसी, छड़ी, नारी बुआ, लड़की, लक्ष्मी, गाय आदि।

Question 87

दिए गए शब्दों में शुद्ध वर्तनी का चयन कीजिए।

  1. AOption (a)

    रसायनीक

  2. BOption (b)

    रासाय्निक

  3. COption (c)

    रासायनिक

  4. DOption (d)

    रसायनिक

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

रासायनिक

Why this answer is correct

रासायनिक’ शब्द शुद्ध है। अतः इसका सही उत्तर विक��्प 3 ‘रासायनिक’ होगा। अन्य विकल्प इसके सही उत्तर नहीं हैं क्योंकि अन्य में वर्तनीगत एवं व्याकरणिक त्रुटियाँ हैं।

Key Points

  • रासायनिक शब्द का अर्थ - जो क्रिया रसायन से सम्बंधित हो।
  • रसायन + इक = रासायनिक।

Additional Information

वर्तनीलिखने की रीति को वर्तनी कहते हैं। ‘वर्तनी’ शब्द का अर्थ उच्चारित होने वाले शब्द के लेखन  में प्रयोग होने वाले लिपि चिह्नों के व्यवस्थित रूप को वर्तनी कहा जाता है।

Question 88

दिए गए शब्द युग्म का सही शब्द युग्म ज्ञात कीजिए।

अनु : अणु

  1. AOption (a)

    कठिन : हाथ 

  2. BOption (b)

    एक उपसर्ग : सूक्ष्म कण

  3. COption (c)

    सूक्ष्म : कण

  4. DOption (d)

    सूक्ष्म कण : एक उपसर्ग

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

एक उपसर्ग : सूक्ष्म कण

Why this answer is correct

अनु : अणु का सही शब्द युग्म 'एक उपसर्ग : सूक्ष्म कण'  होगा।

 ध्यान देना चाहिए कि ‘अनु’ का अर्थ ‘एक उपसर्ग ’, तथा ‘अणु’ का अर्थ  ‘सूक्ष्म कण’ है। शेष सभी विकल्पों में दिए गए अर्थ या उनके क्रम गलत हैं।

Key Points

  • श्रुतिसम भिन्नार्थक शब्द (परिभाषा) : जिन शब्दों का उचारण समान तथा अर्थ भिन्न हो उन्हें ‘श्रुतिसम भिन्नार्थ’, ‘समध्वनि भिन्नार्थक’ या समोच्चारित भिन्नार्थक’ कहते हैं।

अन्य शब्द युग्म (श्रुतिसम भिन्नार्थक शब्द)

शब्दअर्थ
अंचल-आँचलकिसी क्षेत्र का पार्श्व-कपड़े का छोर
चंट-चंड़चतुर-क्रोधी
डाँट-डाटफटकार-टेक
तरणि-तरणीसूर्य-नौका

Question 89

रिक्त स्थान में उत्तम छाँटकर लिखिए।

बंदर ने कहा, ______ पेड़ तक ले चलो। वही ______ तुम्हे कुछ खाने के लिए फल दे दूँगा।

  1. AOption (a)

    तुम्हें; मैं

  2. BOption (b)

    मुझे; मैं

  3. COption (c)

    मुझे; हम

  4. DOption (d)

    मैं; उसके

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

मुझे; मैं

Why this answer is correct

दिए हुए वाक्य में रिक्त स्थानों पर 'मुझे, मै' सही विकल्प होगा।

Key Points

सर्वनाम - संज्ञा के स्थान पर प्रयुक्त होने वाले शब्दों को सर्वनाम कहते हैं। जैसे - मैं, वह, वे, उन्हें, अपने तुम, हम, मैं, तू, आप, यह, वह, जो, सो, कोई, कुछ, कौन, क्या’

सर्वनाम के छः भेद हैं –निश्चयवाचक, पुरुषवाचक (व्यक्तिवाचक), निजवाचक,

Additional Information

निश्चयवाचकजो सर्वनाम शब्द किसी व्यक्ति, वस्तु आदि का निश्चयपूर्वक बोध कराते हैं वे निश्चयवाचक सर्वनाम कहलाते हैं।वे, यह, वह
अनिश्चयवाचकजिन सर्वनाम शब्दों से वस्तु, व्यक्ति, स्थान आदि की निश्चितता का बोध नही होता वे अनिश्चयवाचक सर्वनाम कहलाते हैं।कुछ, कोई
निजवाचकजहाँ स्वयं के लिए 'आप, अपना, अपने आप' शब्दों का प्रयोग हो।अपने आप, स्वतः
पुरुषवाचक (व्यक्तिवाचक)जिस सर्वनाम का प्रयोग वक्ता द्वारा स्वयं के लिए या अन्य व्यक्ति के लिए किया जाता है।मैं, हम, मुझे, तू, तुम, तुझे, तुम्हारा, वह, वे, उसने

Question 90

निम्नलिखित प्रश्न में, दिए गए चार विकल्पों में से, उस विकल्प का चयन करें जो दिए गए मुहावरे के अर्थ को सर्वश्रेष्ठ रूप से व्यक्त करता है।

एक ही थैली के चट्टे-बट्टे होना

  1. AOption (a)

    एक ही प्रकार के लोग

  2. BOption (b)

    बहकाना

  3. COption (c)

    कोई कसर न रखना

  4. DOption (d)

    मूर्ख बनाना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

एक ही प्रकार के लोग

Why this answer is correct

एक थै���ी के चट्टे - बट्टे होना’ मुहावरे का सही अर्थ है – एक ही प्रकार के लोग। अन्य विकल्प असंगत हैं। अतः सही विकल्प 1 ‘एक ही प्रकार के लोग’ है।

Key Points

मुहावरेअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
एक ही थैली के चट्टे-बट्टे होनाएक ही प्रकार के लोगवो तीनों दोस्त एक ही थैली के चट्टे बट्टे हैं।

Additional Information

मुहावरेअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
उल्टी पट्टी पढ़ानाबहकानातुम मैच खेल रहे थे और मुझे उल्टी पट्टी पढ़ा रहे हो कि स्कूल बन्द था और मैं स्कूल से दोस्त के घर चला गया था।
कोई कसर न रखनाअपनी ओर से पूरा-पूरा प्रयत्न करना,उन्होंने हमारी इज़्जत मिट्टी में मिलाने के लिए अपनी तरफ़ से कोई कसर नहीं छोड़ी।
उल्लू बनानामूर्ख बनानारमेश ने दिनेश को उल्लू बनाकर अपना काम निकाल लिया।

Question 91

निम्नलिखित प्रश्न में, दिए गए चार विकल्पों में से, उस विकल्प का चयन करें जो दिए गए मुहावरे के अर्थ को सर्वश्रेष्ठ रूप से व्यक्त करता है।

अच्छे दिन आना

  1. AOption (a)

    बहुत मेहनत करना

  2. BOption (b)

    भाग्योदय होना

  3. COption (c)

    वश में करना

  4. DOption (d)

    महत्वहीन समझना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

भाग्योदय होना

Why this answer is correct

‘अच्छे दिन आना’ मुहावरे का सही अर्थ है – भाग्योदय होना। अन्य विकल्प असंगत हैं। अतः सही विकल्प 2 ‘भाग्योदय होना’ है।

Key Points

मुहावरेअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
अच्छे दिन आनाभाग्योदय होनाघबराओ मत कभी तुम्हारे भी अच्छे दिन आएँगे।

Additional Information

मुहावरेअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
खून पसीना एक करनाबहुत मेहनत करनाआजकल किसान अपने खेतो में खून पसीना एक कर रहे है।
उँगलियों पर नचानावश में करनाइब्राहीम की पत्नी तो उसे अपनी उँगलियों पर नचाती है।
ककडी खीरा समझनामहत्वहीन समझनावे गरीब है तो क्या हुआ, आदमी तो है, उन्हें तुम ककड़ी खीरा मत समझा करो।

Question 92

दिए गए वाक्य में उपयुक्त विराम चिह्न का चयन कीजिए।

रीना ने स्पष्ट किया वह बीमारी के कारण नहीं आई थी।

  1. AOption (a)

    अर्द्धविराम

  2. BOption (b)

    निर्देशक

  3. COption (c)

    लाघव

  4. DOption (d)

    प्रश्नवाचक

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

निर्देशक

Why this answer is correct

रीना ने स्पष्ट किया वह बीमारी के कारण नही आई थी।  इस वाक्य में निर्देशक चिन्ह की आवश्यकता है।

Key Points

  • रीना ने स्पष्ट किया - वह बीमारी के कारण नहीं आई थी।

 

चिन्हपरिभाषाउदाहरण
निर्देशक चिन्हकिसी बात पर विशेष बल देने के लिए संवादात्मक लेखों के लिए निर्देश चिन्ह का प्रयोग होता है।जैसे – जीवन में सफलता के लिए आवश्यक है – कठोर परिश्रम।

Additional Information

विराम चिन्ह – भाषा के लिखित रूप में विशेष स्थानों पर रुकने का संकेत करने वाले चिन्हों को
विराम चिन्�� कहते हैं। विराम चिन्ह के भेद –
विराम चिन्ह का नामविराम - चिन्ह
पूर्ण विराम - जैसे - बाजार खुल गया।।
अर्ध विराम चिन्ह - जैसे – मुख्य अतिथि आ गए हैं; वह शीघ्र चले जाएंगे।;
अल्प विराम चिह्न - जैसे – राकेश, मोहन, शीतल और पंकज ने यह चित्र
बनाया है।
,
प्रश्न सूचक चिन्ह – जैसे – तुम्हारी माताजी का नाम क्या है ??
विस्मय सूचक या आश्चर्य चिह्न – जैसे – वाह ! कितना सुंदर दृश्य है।!
संयोजक या योजक चिन्ह - जैसे – मैं दिन–रात यही सोचता रहा।-
निर्देशक चिन्ह – जैसे – श्री जितेंद्र जी ने कहा _ सत्य के मार्ग पर चलना
चाहिए।
_
अवतरण चिन्ह या उद्धरण चिन्ह – जैसे – गांधी जी ने कहाँ था "अहिंसा
परम धर्म है”
‘….’ “…”
कोष्ठक चिन्ह – जैसे – दशहरे के दिन दशानन (रावण) का दहन किया जाता
है।
[ {()} ]
उप विराम (अपूर्ण विराम) - जैसे - विज्ञान: वरदान या अभिशाप:
विवरण चिन्ह - जैसे - निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों का उत्तर दीजिये :-:-
पुनरुक्ति सूचक चिन्ह„ „

Question 93

निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में से शुद्ध वाक्य का चयन कीजिए।

  1. AOption (a)

    चोर दुम दबाकर चला गया।

  2. BOption (b)

    दुम दबाकर चोर चला गया।

  3. COption (c)

    चोर दबाकर दुम दौड़ रहा था।

  4. DOption (d)

    चोर दुम दबाकर भाग गया।

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

चोर दुम दबाकर भाग गया।

Why this answer is correct

चोर दुम दबाकर भाग गया। - यह वाक्य व्याकरण रीति अनुसार सही वाक्य है। 

अन्य सभी विकल्पों में वाक्य के क्रम में गलती है। 

Key Points

  • वाक्य सम्प्रेषण की सबसे महत्वपूर्ण और सार्थक इकाई होती है। अतः वाक्यगत अशुद्धियाँ को शुद्ध रूप में लिखना सम्प्रेषण को अधिक सरल बनाता है।​
  • वाक्य में, संज्ञा, सर्वनाम, लिंग, वचन, क्रिया-विशेषण, क्रिया, विशेषण आदि संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ हो सकती हैं।

Important Points

  • भाषा का सौंदर्य मूलतः दो बातों पर निर्भर है। एक तो वक्ता अथवा लेखक के पास विपुल शब्द–भंडार हो और दूसरे उसे शब्दार्थ का सम्यक् ज्ञान हो।
  • इसके अभाव में भाव अथवा अभिप्राय सही ढंग से व्यक्त नहीं किया जा सकता।
  • व्याकरण ही भाषा को व्यवस्थित करने का साधन है, लेकिन केवल व्याकरण के नियमों को हृदयंगम करने मात्र से हम भाषा में शुद्धता और सुंदरता नहीं ला सकते।
  • भाषा को परिमार्जित, सशक्त और आकर्षक बनाने के लिए यह आवश्यक है कि हम प्रत्येक शब्द की आत्मा को समझें और उस पर अधिकार कर उसे अपनी अभिव्यक्ति का सशक्त माध्यम बना लें।

Question 94

जिस संज्ञा शब्दों में पदार्थों के नापतौल का बोध होता हैं उन्हें क्या कहते हैं?

  1. AOption (a)

    द्रव्यवाचक संज्ञा

  2. BOption (b)

    व्यक्तिवाचक संज्ञा

  3. COption (c)

    जातिवाचक संज्ञा

  4. DOption (d)

    परिमाणवाचक संज्ञा

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

द्रव्यवाचक संज्ञा

Why this answer is correct

नापतौल का बोध 'द्रव्यवाचक संज्ञा' में होता है। 

  • द्रव्यवाचक ही आएगा क्योंकि परिमाणवाचक संज्ञा ऐसा कोई भेद नही होता, यह सिर्फ परिमाणवाचक विशेषण होता है।

Key Points

संज्ञा - किसी प्राणी, वस्तु, स्थान, गुण या भाव के नाम को संज्ञा कहते है। संज्ञा के प्रकार -
संज्ञापरिभाषाउदाहरण
व्यक्तिवाचकजो किसी व्यक्ति, स्थान या वस्तु के नाम का बोध कराती है।मोहन, गोदावरी, रामायण
जातिवाचकजो संज्ञा एक ही प्रकार की वस्तुओं की पूरी जाति का बोध कराती हैबाजार, गली, पहाड़
द्रव्यवाचकजिस संज्ञा शब्द से उस सामग्री या पदार्थ का बोध होता है जिससे कोई वस्तु बनी है।सोना, चाँदी, पानी
समूहवाचकजो संज्ञा शब्द किसी एक व्यक्ति का वाचक न होकर पूरे समूह या समुदाय का वाचक हो।वर्ग, झुंड, सेना
भाववाचकजो संज्ञा किसी भाव, गुण, दशा आदि का बोध कराती है।क्रोध, मिठास, यौवन

Question 95

निम्नलिखित में से कौन-सा शब्द विदेशज नहीं है?

  1. AOption (a)

    फ़कीर

  2. BOption (b)

    ईंमारत

  3. COption (c)

    नतीजा

  4. DOption (d)

    जगमग

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

जगमग

Why this answer is correct

जगमग शब्द सही विकल्प है, अन्य सभी विकल्प विदेशी शब्दों के उदाहरण है। 

जगमग का अर्थ है - चमकदार। 

Key Points

  • फ़कीर शब्द अरबी भाषा का शब्द है।
  • इमारत शब्द अरबी भाषा का शब्द है।
  • नतीजा शब्द अरबी भाषा का शब्द है।

Additional Information

शब्दपरिभाषाउदाहरण
देशज़हिन्दी शब्दावली मे देश के विभिन्न भागों एवम लोकभाषाओँ से कुछ ऐसे शब्द आ गए है जिनके स्त्रोत्र का ठीक से पता नहीं चलता। वह शब्द देशज़ शब्द कहलाते है।पैसा ,रोड़ा ,खिचड़ी ,खटिया ,अटकल आदि।
विदेशजजो शब्द अन्य देशों से आये है उन्हें हम विदेशी शब्द कहते है।कमीशन ,अखबार ,कैंची ,चाय आदि।

निर्देशः निम्नलिखित गद्यांश को ध्यानपूर्वक पढ़ें और दिए गए प्रश्न के उत्तर दें।

रंगों का त्योहार होली, चार बड़े पर्वों में से एक पर्व है। यह पर्व फाल्गुनी पूर्णिमा को होलिका दहन के पश्चात्‌ चैत्र कृष्ण प्रतिपदा में मनाया जाता है। वसन्त ऋतु को ऋतुराज के नाम से भी जाना जाता है। इसी प्रकार फाल्गुन का महीना भी अपने मादक सौन्दर्य तथा वासन्ती पवन से लोगों को हर्षित करता है। इन दिनों रबी की फसल पकने की तैयारी में होती है। होली का त्योहार पूरे भारत में हर्ष तथा उल्लास के साथ-साथ नेपाल, बांग्लादेश, अमेरिका, ऑस्ट्रेलिया, कनाडा जैसे कई देशों में भी मनाया जाता है। भारत में होली का उत्सव अलग-अलग प्रदेशों में अलग अलग तरीके से मनाया जाता है। आज भी ब्रज की लठमार होली सबसे प्रसिद्ध है, जो कि बरसाने में मनाई जाती है। महाराष्ट्र में कुछ जगहों पर होली को शिगमा तथा गोवा में शिगमोत्सव कहा जाता है व मणिपुर में होली को छ: दिन तक मनाई जाती है। बंगाल में रंग बनाने के लिए सिंगार के फूल को पूरे साल रखा जाता है व इस पर्व का विशेष धार्मिक, पौराणिक व सामाजिक महत्व है। होली का पावन पर्व यह संदेश लाता है कि मनुष्य अपने ईर्ष्या, द्वेष तथा परस्पर वैमनस्य को भुलाकर समानता व प्रेम का दृष्टिकोण अपनाएँ। मौज-मस्ती व मनोरंजन के इस पर्व में हँसी-खुशी सम्मिलित हों तथा दूसरों को भी सम्मिलित होने हेतु प्रेरित करें। यह पर्व हमारी संस्कृतिक विरासत है। हम सभी का यह कर्तव्य है कि हम मूल भावना बनाए रखें जिससे आने वाली पीढ़ियाँ गौरवान्वित हो सकें।

Question 96

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

ऋतुराज किसे कहा जाता है?

  1. AOption (a)

    ग्रीष्म ऋतु

  2. BOption (b)

    वर्षा ऋतु

  3. COption (c)

    वसंत ऋतु

  4. DOption (d)

    शरद् ऋतु

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

वसंत ऋतु

Why this answer is correct

वसंत ऋतु को 'ऋतुराज' कहा जाता है। 

Key Points 

अन्य विकल्प:

  • ग्रीष्म ऋतु, वर्ष की छह ऋतुओं में से एक ऋतु है, जिसमें वातावरण का तापमान प्रायः उच्च रहता है।
  • गर्मी के कारण ही अनाज पकता है और खाने योग्य बनता है। ग्रीष्म ऋतु में गर्मी के कारण विषैले कीटाणु नष्ट हो जाते हैं। इस ऋतु में आम, लीची आदि अनेक रसीले फल भी होते हैं।
  • वर्षा ऋतु - वर्षा ऋतु, वर्ष की एक ऋतु है, जिसमें वातावरण का तापमान तथा आर्द्रता प्रायः उच्च रहते हैं।
  • शरद ऋतु  भारत की प्रमुख 4 ऋतुओं में से एक ऋतु है। मानसून के पीछे हटने या उसका प्रत्यावर्तन हो जाने से आसमान एकदम साफ़ हो जाता है और तापमान में पुनः वृद्धि होने लगती है।  भारत में यह स्थिति 'क्वार की उमस' अथवा 'अक्टूबर की गर्मी' के रूप में जानी जाती है।

Question 97

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

रंगों का त्योहार किसे कहा जाता है?

  1. AOption (a)

    होली

  2. BOption (b)

    क्रिसमस

  3. COption (c)

    गुरुपर्व

  4. DOption (d)

    दीपावली

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

होली

Why this answer is correct

रंगों का त्योहार 'होली' को कहा जाता है।   

  • होली का त्योहार फाल्गुन मास की पूर्णिमा को मनाया जाता है।

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प:

  • क्रिसमस - बड़ा दिन, ईसा का जन्मदिवस (25 दिसम्बर)।
  • गुरुपर्व - गुरु नानक का प्रकाश उत्सव कार्तिक पूर्णिमा को मनाया जाता है। तलवंडी अब ननकाना साहिब के नाम से जाना जाता है। इस दिन को सिख धर्म के अनुयायी गुरु पर्व के रूप में मनाते हैं।
  • दीपावली - दीपावली" का शाब्दिक अर्थ है दीपों (मिट्टी के दीप) की पंक्तियां। यह हिंदू कलेन्‍डर का एक बहुत लोकप्रिय त्‍यौहार है।

          भारत के सभी त्‍यौहारों में सबसे सुन्‍दर दीवाली प्रकाशोत्‍सव है। गलियां मिट्टी के दीपकों की पंक्तियों से प्रकाशित की जाती हैं तथा घरों को रंगों व मोमबत्तियों से सजाया जाता है।

Question 98

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

इन दिनों में कौन- सी फसलें पकने की तैयारी में होती है?

  1. AOption (a)

    तिलहनी फसलें

  2. BOption (b)

    जायद फसलें

  3. COption (c)

    खरीफ फसलें

  4. DOption (d)

    रबी फसलें

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

रबी फसलें

Why this answer is correct

इन दिनों में 'रबी फसले' पकने की तैयारी में होती है। 

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प:

रबी फसले - रबी फसलें वे फसलें हैं जिन्हें जाड़ों के मौसम में उगाया जाता है। रबी फसल मार्च अप्रैल में तैयार हो जाती हैं और तब इनकी कटाई होती है। 

जायद फसले - इस वर्ग की फसलों में तेज गर्मी और शुष्क हवाएँ सहन करने की अच्छी क्षमता होती हैं। उत्तर भारत में ये फसलें मूख्यतः मार्च-अप्रैल में बोई जाती हैं। .

खरीफ फसले - यह फसले बारिश में बोई जाती है और अक्टूबर महीने में काटी जाती है। 

तिलहनी फसले - जिन फसलों से तेल की प्राप्ति की जाती है, उन्हें तिलहन फसलों के अन्तर्गत रखा जाता है। जैसे - मूंगफली । .

Question 99

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

महांराष्ट्र में होली को क्या कहा जाता है?

  1. AOption (a)

    द्वेष

  2. BOption (b)

    शिगमा

  3. COption (c)

    शिष्म

  4. DOption (d)

    शुग्म

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

शिगमा

Why this answer is correct

महाराष्ट्र में होली को 'शिगमा' कहा जाता है। .

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प: 

द्वेष - राग का विरोधी भाव, वैमनस्यता, शत्रुता, वैर।

Question 100

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

उपर्युक्त गद्यांश का उपयुक्त शीर्षक क्या होगा?

  1. AOption (a)

    होली का त्योहार

  2. BOption (b)

    मूल भावना

  3. COption (c)

    ऋतुराज का त्योहार

  4. DOption (d)

    ईर्ष्या व द्वेष

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

होली का त्योहार

Why this answer is correct

इस गद्यांश में अधिकतर बातों का जिक्र 'होली के त्योहार' से जुड़ा हुआ है, अतः 'होली का त्योहार' सही विकल्प है।

  • होली का त्योहार फाल्गुन पूर्णिमा को मनाया जाता है, यह रंगों के त्योहार के नाम से प्रसिद्ध है।

Key Points

अन्य विकल्प:

  • मूल भावना - हर वस्तु की गहराई में रही हुई भावना
  • ऋतुराज का त्योहार - बसंत ​ऋतु का त्योहार
  • ईर्ष्या व द्वेष - राग का विरोधी भाव, वैमनस्यता, विरोध, शत्रुता, वैर।

Discipline 1 (20 questions)

Question 101

Who propounded the concept of 'Geographical Pivot of History'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Peter Kropotkin

  2. BOption (b)

    Jean Brunhes

  3. COption (c)

    Albrecht Penck

  4. DOption (d)

    Halford J. Mackinder

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Halford J. Mackinder

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Halford J. Mackinder.

Key Points

  • In "The Geographical Pivot of History," published in 1904, Halford J. Mackinder proposed the concept of the "Geographical Pivot of History" which is often referred to as "Heartland Theory".
  • The theory argues that the key to controlling the world is to control the interior of Eurasia, known as the Heartland.

Thus "The Geographical Pivot of History."  was propounded by Halford j. Mackinder

Additional Information The Heartland Theory is a geographical theory proposed by British geographer Halford J. Mackinder in 1904. It is also known as the "Geographical Pivot of History" theory

Mackinder postulated the following, which became known as the Heartland Theory:

  • ​Who rules Eastern Europe commands the Heartland
  • Who rules the Heartland commands the World-Island
  • Who rules the World-Island commands the world

Question 102

The Gangetic Gulf now known as the Bay of Bengal was first charted by _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Strabo

  2. BOption (b)

    Ptolemy

  3. COption (c)

    Aryabhata

  4. DOption (d)

    Al-Masoodi

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Ptolemy

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Ptolemy

Key Points

  • Ptolemy was a Greco-Egyptian writer known for his work in geography, among other fields.
  • His work in mapping and detailing various parts of the world laid foundational stones for understanding geographical spaces during his time.
  • his well-documented efforts in ancient cartography, including descriptions of India and its surrounding areas, support the assertion that he had significant contributions to early geographical knowledge of the region.

Additional Information 

Strabo:

  • Strabo was a Greek geographer, philosopher, and historian who lived approximately between 64 BC and 24 AD.
  • His work, "Geographica," is an important source of historical geography, providing valuable insights into the world as known to the ancient Greeks and Romans.
  • However, his explorations and descriptions did not specifically chart the Bay of Bengal.

Aryabhata:

  • Aryabhata was one of the first in the line of great mathematician-astronomers from the classical age of Indian mathematics and astronomy.
  • His works include the Aryabhatiya and the Arya-siddhanta.
  • While his contributions to mathematics and astronomy are profound, including the approximation of pi, there is no record of him charting geographical locations like the Bay of Bengal.

Al-Masoodi:

  • Al-Masudi was an Arab historian and geographer, known for his extensive travels and for his work "The Meadows of Gold and Mines of Gems," a comprehensive history and geography of the world known in the 10th century.
  • Although his contributions to geography and history are significant, the charting of the Bay of Bengal predates his explorations and works, making him an incorrect choice for the first to chart the Gangetic Gulf.

Question 103

Given below are two statements, one labeled as Assertion (A) and the other labeled as Reason (R):

Assertion (A): Pragmatism is a modified form of functionalism.

Reason (R): Applied geography recognizes geographical space as a combination of knowledge and error.

In the context of the above two statements, which of the following is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    Both (A) and (R) are wrong.

  2. BOption (b)

    (A) is correct, but (R) is wrong.

  3. COption (c)

    (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

  4. DOption (d)

    Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

(A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct. 

Key PointsAssertion (A): Pragmatism is a modified form of functionalism

  • Pragmatism and functionalism are related in the sense that both focus on the practical application of ideas and their usefulness.
  • Functionalism is a theoretical perspective in the social sciences that argues that social institutions and practices have a function or purpose that contributes to the overall stability and functioning of society.

Pragmatism  

  • Pragmatism is a philosophy that asserts that meaning and knowledge can only be defined in terms of their role in the experience. 
  • Pragmatism is a modified form of positivism. Like positivism, pragmatism advocates the use of the scientific method. The only difference is that this movement tries to find solutions to human problems.

Hence, Assertion (A): Pragmatism is a modified form of functionalism is not correct.​

Key Points

Reason (R): Applied geography recognizes geographical space as a combination of knowledge and error.

  • Applied geography, as a subfield of geography, is also focused on understanding and solving real-world problems.
  • It recognizes that geographical space is a combination of knowledge and error, meaning that our understanding of the world is not always accurate and that there is room for improvement.

Hence, the Assertion is wrong but the reason is correct.

Question 104

The name of Alexander von Humboldt is associated with which water current?

  1. AOption (a)

    El Nino Current

  2. BOption (b)

    California Current

  3. COption (c)

    Alaskan Current

  4. DOption (d)

    Peru Current

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Peru Current

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Peru Current.

Key Points 

  • The Peru Current, also known as the Humboldt Current, is a cold ocean current that flows along the western coast of South America.
  • It is named after the German geography and explorer Alexander von Humboldt, who was one of the first scientists to study and describe the current and its effects on the marine ecosystem and the climate of the region.
  • During his expeditions to South America in the late 18th and early 19th centuries,
  • Humboldt observed the cold and nutrient-rich waters of the current and the unique marine life it supported,
  • Humboldt studied the relationship between the current and weather patterns in the region, including the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon.
  • Humboldt current (speeds to 20 cm per sec) is a stream carrying the relatively cold (15°-20°C) waters of the temperate latitudes from the West Wind Drift to the equator.

 

Additional InformationEl Nino

  • El Nino is a warm ocean current that flows along the coast of South America.
  • It is associated with the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon, which is a climate pattern characterized by the warming of the surface waters of the tropical Pacific Ocean.

California Current 

  • The California Current is a cold ocean current that flows along the coast of North America,
  • specifically, the west coast of the United States and Canada, starting from southern British Columbia to the southern tip of Baja California.

Alaskan Current

  • The Alaskan Current is a cold ocean current that flows along the coast of Alaska, from the Gulf of Alaska to the Bering Sea.
  • The Alaskan Current is a part of the North Pacific Current, which flows from the Gulf of Alaska to the Bering Sea.
  • It is driven by the prevailing westerly winds and the outflow of cold, low-salinity water from the Arctic Ocean.

Question 105

On an average, the density of the earth's interior is ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    3.4

  2. BOption (b)

    5.5

  3. COption (c)

    2.6

  4. DOption (d)

    4.7

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

5.5

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: 5.5

 Key Points

  • The average density of Earth's interior is approximately 5.5 grams per cubic centimeter.
  • This value is derived by calculating the total mass of the Earth and dividing it by its total volume.
  • The value indicates that Earth is made of denser materials than just the rocks seen at the surface.

Additional Information

  • Earth's interior is composed of several layers, each with its own distinct properties and materials.
  • The crust, being the lightest and least dense, has an average density of about 2.6 to 3.0 grams per cubic centimeter.
  • Beneath the crust lies the mantle, which is denser and makes up a significant volume of the Earth.
  • The core, divided into the liquid outer core and solid inner core, is composed of iron and nickel, making it extremely dense with densities ranging from about 10 to 13 grams per cubic centimeter.
  • When averaged out, including the dense core and lighter crust, the overall density comes to approximately 5.5 grams per cubic centimeter, reflecting the composition and distribution of materials within the Earth.

Question 106

The region extending between continental shelf and deep sea plain is known as _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Deeps

  2. BOption (b)

    Guyots

  3. COption (c)

    Mid-Oceanic Ridge

  4. DOption (d)

    Continental Slope

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Continental Slope

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Continental Slope

 Key Points

  • The Continental Slope is the region that extends from the outer edge of the continental shelf down to the deep-sea plain or the ocean floor.
  • It marks the boundary between the shallow continental shelf and the deep ocean floor.
  • The slope is relatively steep compared to the shelf and the rise.
  • The Continental Slope is the region extending between the continental shelf and the deep-sea plain.
  • It acts as a significant boundary in the ocean's topography, transitioning from the relatively shallow continental shelf to the much deeper ocean floor.

Additional Information 

  • Deeps:  The ocean has deep areas known as trenches, but "deeps" is not the correct term for the region between the continental shelf and the deep-sea plain.
  • Guyots: These are flat-topped seamounts or underwater mountains, usually found in the deep ocean. They are not related to the area between the continental shelf and the deep-sea plain.
  • Mid-Oceanic Ridge: This is a continuous underwater mountain range that exists in various oceans around the world, formed by tectonic plate movements. While significant, it does not describe the area between the continental shelf and the deep-sea plain.

Question 107

Who was the first scholar who divided the world landmass into three continents-Europe, Asia and Libya(Africa)?

  1. AOption (a)

    Posidonius

  2. BOption (b)

    Anaximander

  3. COption (c)

    Herodotus

  4. DOption (d)

    Hipparchus

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Herodotus

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Herodotus.

Herodotus is credited with being the first person to divide the world's landmass into three continents: Europe, Asia, and Libya (Africa).

Key Points

  • The ancient Greek philosopher and geographer, Herodotus, is credited with being the first person to divide the world's landmass into three continents: Europe, Asia, and Libya (Africa).
  • He did this in his work "Histories," which was written in the 5th century BCE.
  • In this work, Herodotus described his travels and the customs and cultures of the people he encountered.
  • He also provided the first known geographical and ethnographical description of the world as known to the Greeks of his time.
  • He used the terms
  • "Europe" refers to the lands north of the Mediterranean Sea and the Aegean Sea,
  • "Asia" refers to the lands east of the Aegean Sea and
  • "Libya" refers to the African continent.

​

Question 108

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct with reference to the contribution of Varenius to the development of geography?

I. He was the first geographer to divide geography into 'general or universal geography'.

II. He was mainly interested in the study of physical geography.

III. He was the only scholar who believed that geography is indispensable for the development of human society.

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

The correct option is I and II.

  • He was the first geographer to divide geography into 'general or universal geography'.
  • He was mainly interested in the study of physical geography.

Key Points 

  • Varenius, in his book "Geographia Generalis," published in 1650,
  • He was the first geographer to divide geography into two parts:
  • "General or Universal geography
  • "Special or Particular geography."
  • He defined general geography as the study of the Earth's physical features, including climate, topography, and natural resources.
  • Varenius was mainly interested in the study of physical geography and his work focused on describing the Earth's physical features and their distribution.
  • He made a significant contribution to the development of physical geography by describing the Earth's climate zones, and the distribution of plants and animals.
  • While Varenius recognized the importance of geography for the development of human society, it is not correct to say that he was the only scholar who believed in this. Many other geographers and scholars prior to him and after him also acknowledged the importance of geography for human society. Therefore III statement is not correct.

In conclusion, Varenius made significant contributions to the development of geography through his division of geography into two parts and his focus on physical geography.

Question 109

Who among the following was the first geographer to put forth the idea of the periodic nature of the monsoon?

  1. AOption (a)

    Roman

  2. BOption (b)

    Greeks

  3. COption (c)

    American

  4. DOption (d)

    Arab

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Arab

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Arab.

Arabs were the first geographer to put forth the idea of the periodic nature of the monsoon.

 Important Points

  • The first geographer to put forth the idea of the periodic nature of the monsoon was the Arab geographer Al-Masudi,
  • Who lived in the 10th century.
  • In his work "Muruj al-Dhahab wa-Ma'adin al-Jawhar," also known as "The Meadows of Gold and Mines of Gems,"
  • He described the monsoon winds that affected the countries of the Indian Ocean and the Arabian Sea.
  • He observed that these winds blew from the southwest in the summer and from the northeast in the winter, and he was the first to describe this as a periodic phenomenon.
  • Al-Masudi was an accomplished geographer and historian of his time,
  • He traveled extensively and compiled a comprehensive description of the known world.
  • He described the monsoon winds in the context of his observations of the climate, agriculture, and trade in the Indian Ocean region.
  • His work is considered one of the most important early sources on the monsoon and its effects on human society.

Question 110

Who is universally accepted as the founder of human geography?

  1. AOption (a)

    William Morris Davis

  2. BOption (b)

    Marco Polo

  3. COption (c)

    V. V. Dokuchaev

  4. DOption (d)

    Friederich Ratzel

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Friederich Ratzel

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Friederich Ratzel.

Key PointsHuman Geography:

Human geography or anthropogeography is the branch of geography that studies spatial relationships between human communities, cultures, economies, and their interactions with the environment, examples of which is studied in schools are urban sprawl, urban redevelopment etc.

Friederich Ratzel

  • Friedrich Ratzel, (born Aug. 30, 1844, Karlsruhe, Baden—died Aug. 9, 1904, Ammerland, Ger.), German geographer and ethnographer and a principal influence in the modern development of both disciplines.
  • He  universally accepted as the founder of human geography.

Question 111

The Pacific Ocean is connected to Arctic Ocean through _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Bering Strait

  2. BOption (b)

    Magellan Strait

  3. COption (c)

    Indonesian Archipelago

  4. DOption (d)

    Hawaiian Islands

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Bering Strait

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Bering Strait:

 Key Points

  • This strait connects the Pacific Ocean to the Arctic Ocean.
  • It lies between Russia and Alaska, USA.
  • The Bering Strait is relatively shallow and narrow, making it a crucial geographical feature for marine and air navigation between the two oceans.
  • Due to its location, it also plays a significant role in controlling the water exchange between the Pacific and Arctic Oceans.

 

Additional Information 

Magellan Strait:

  • it is located at the southern tip of South America, connecting the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.
  • It is far from the Arctic Ocean and does not serve as a connection to it.

Indonesian Archipelago:

  • it refers to a group of islands located between the Indian and Pacific Oceans.
  • It is situated in a tropical region, far from the Arctic Ocean, and does not provide a direct connection between the Pacific and Arctic Oceans.

Hawaiian Islands:

  • they are located in the central Pacific Ocean.
  • They do not connect the Pacific Ocean to any other ocean, let alone the Arctic Ocean.
  • The Hawaiian Islands are an isolated group of volcanic islands, serving as a popular tourist destination rather than a navigational route between oceans.

Question 112

The boundary known as 'Weichert-Gutenberg Discontinuity' lies between which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Upper crust and lower mantle

  2. BOption (b)

    Upper crust and lower crust

  3. COption (c)

    Lower mantle and upper core

  4. DOption (d)

    Upper mantle and lower core

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Lower mantle and upper core

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Lower mantle and upper core

 Key Points

  • The Weichert-Gutenberg Discontinuity is a boundary within the Earth that separates the lower mantle from the upper core.
  • This discontinuity is significant because it marks a change in the materials and the physical properties of the Earth's internal structure.
  • At this depth, seismic waves are observed to slow down, indicating a transition from solid mantle to the liquid outer core.

Additional Information

  • Upper crust and lower mantle: The correct boundary that separates the crust from the mantle is known as the Mohorovicc discontinuity, not the Weichert-Gutenberg Discontinuity.
  • Upper crust and lower crust: This option refers to the boundary within the Earth's crust itself. Conrad discontinuity separates this region.
  • Upper mantle and lower core: Repiti discontinuity separates this region.

Question 113

The period of 'Great Age of Discovery' began after ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Nineteenth Century

  2. BOption (b)

    Eighteenth Century

  3. COption (c)

    Fifteenth Century

  4. DOption (d)

    Seventeenth Century

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Fifteenth Century

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Fifteenth Century.

Key Points

  • The Age of Discovery or the Age of Exploration, part of the early modern period and largely overlapping with the Age of Sail, was a period from approximately the 15th century to the 17th century in European history, during which seafaring Europeans explored, colonized, and conquered regions across the globe.
  • The extensive overseas exploration, with the Portuguese and Spanish at the forefront, later joined by the Dutch, English, and French, emerged as a powerful factor in European culture, most notably the European colonization of the Americas.
  • It also marks an increased adoption of colonialism as a government policy in several European states.
  • As such, it is sometimes synonymous with the first wave of European colonization.
  • European exploration outside the Mediterranean started with the maritime expeditions of Portugal to the Canary Islands in 1336.
  • And later with the Portuguese discoveries of the Atlantic archipelagos of Madeira and Azores,
  • The coast of West Africa in 1434, and the establishment of the sea route to India in 1498 by Vasco da Gama, which initiated the Portuguese maritime and trade presence in Kerala and the Indian Ocean.

Question 114

Which of the following collectively make up the group called Jovian planets?

  1. AOption (a)

    Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars

  2. BOption (b)

    Mars, Jupiter, Uranus and Neptune

  3. COption (c)

    Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune

  4. DOption (d)

    Venus, Earth, Mars and Jupiter

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer : Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune

Key Points

  • Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune  are collectively known as the Jovian planets.
  • These planets are characterized by their large sizes and gaseous compositions, often referred to as "gas giants" (Jupiter and Saturn) and "ice giants" (Uranus and Neptune).
  • They are located in the outer part of the Solar System, beyond the asteroid belt.
  • They have numerous moons, ring systems, and lack a solid surface, distinguishing them from the terrestrial planets.

 

Question 115

What is the shape of the Atlantic Ocean?

  1. AOption (a)

    O-shape

  2. BOption (b)

    S-shape

  3. COption (c)

    V-shape

  4. DOption (d)

    U-shape

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

S-shape

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is S-shape.

Key Points

  • The shape of the Atlantic Ocean is of an 'S’ shaped basin.
  • It extends between Europe and Africa to the east and the Americas to the west.
  • The Atlantic Ocean is the second-largest ocean in the World after the Pacific Ocean.

  

Additional Information

  • Atlantic Ocean, body of salt water covering approximately one-fifth of Earth’s surface and separating the continents of Europe and Africa to the east from those of North and South America to the west.
  • The ocean’s name, derived from Greek mythology, means the “Sea of Atlas.”. It is second in size only to the Pacific Ocean.
  • The most remarkable feature of the Atlantic Ocean is the Mid-Atlantic Ridge which runs from north to the south paralleling the ‘S’ shape of the ocean. The ridge has an average height of 4 km and is about 14,000 km long.

Question 116

Which seismic wave causes vibrations at right angles in the direction of wave movement?

  1. AOption (a)

    P Waves

  2. BOption (b)

    Rayleigh Wave

  3. COption (c)

    Love Waves

  4. DOption (d)

    S Waves

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

S Waves

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: S Waves

 Key Points

  • S Waves, also known as secondary waves or shear waves, cause particles in the material they pass through to move perpendicular to the direction of wave propagation.
  • This means that if the wave is traveling horizontally, the particles move up and down or side to side, creating a shearing effect.
  • S Waves can only travel through solids, as liquids and gases cannot support the shear stresses that these waves produce.

Additional Information 

  • P Waves: These are primary or pressure waves that are the fastest seismic waves. They cause particles in the material they pass through to compress and expand in the same direction the wave is traveling, essentially moving back and forth along the path of the wave. P Waves can travel through both solids and liquids.
  • Rayleigh Waves: Rayleigh waves travel along the surface of the earth rather than through its interior. The particles in the material move in an elliptical motion, rolling similarly to ocean waves. This motion occurs in the plane that is in the direction of the wave propagation.
  • Love Waves: Love waves also travel along the surface of the Earth and cause horizontal shaking perpendicular to the direction of wave propagation. Unlike Rayleigh waves, Love waves do not involve vertical movement. They are typically faster than Rayleigh waves and also only move through solids.

Question 117

Match List-I of scholars with their respective titles in List-II and select the correct answer from the given alternatives.

List-IList-II
aAnaximanderi.Father of exceptionalism
bImmanuel Kantii.Father of cosmology
cStraboiii.Father of history
dHerodotusiv.Father of regional geography
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - ii, c - iii, d - iv

  2. BOption (b)

    a - iii, b - i, c - iv, d - ii

  3. COption (c)

    a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii

  4. DOption (d)

    a - i, b - iv, c - ii, d - iii

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii. 

Key Points

Famous GeographersTheir works
Anaximander- Anaximander is considered the "Father of cosmology" as he was one of the first philosophers to propose a systematic explanation of the universe and the origins of the world.
Immanuel Kant- Immanuel Kant is considered the "Father of exceptionalism" as he is credited with developing the concept of exceptionalism, which refers to the idea that certain individuals or groups possess unique characteristics or abilities that set them apart from others.
Strabo- Strabo is considered the "Father of regional geography" as his work, "Geography," is considered one of the most important works on regional geography in the ancient world.
Herodotus- Herodotus is considered the "Father of history" as he is often credited as the first historian due to his work "The Histories," which is considered the first work of history in Western literature.

Question 118

'Salmalidwipa' one of the continents recognised during Puranic period derived its name from _____.

  1. AOption (a)

    Salt Ocean

  2. BOption (b)

    Poa Grass

  3. COption (c)

    Crescent Flower

  4. DOption (d)

    Silk Cotton Tree

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Silk Cotton Tree

Why this answer is correct

Silk Cotton Tree

Key Points

  • 'Salmalidwipa' is named after the Silk Cotton Tree.
  • The Silk Cotton Tree is known for its significance in various mythological and ancient texts, including the Puranas.
  • This tree is often identified with the "Salmali" tree, hence the name 'Salmalidwipa'.

Additional Information 

  • Salt Ocean: This option might relate to the geographical features surrounding the continents or islands but has no direct relation to the naming of 'Salmalidwipa'.
  • Poa Grass: While flora is a common source for naming places in ancient texts, there is no direct connection between Poa Grass and the naming of 'Salmalidwipa'.
  • Crescent Flower: Like Poa Grass, the Crescent Flower does not have a documented influence on the naming of 'Salmalidwipa' in ancient texts or Puranic literature.

The name 'Salmalidwipa' is thus directly derived from the 'Salmali' or Silk Cotton Tree, reflecting the ancient practice of naming places after predominant natural features or flora found in the area.

Question 119

The term 'landscape' was introduced in the field of geography by who among the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Ferdinand Magellan

  2. BOption (b)

    Albert Dimanjian

  3. COption (c)

    Christopher Columbus

  4. DOption (d)

    Carl O. Sauar

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Carl O. Sauar

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Carl O. Sauer. 

Key Points

  • The term "cultural landscape"  was introduced in the field of geography by Carl O. Sauer
  • Carl O. Sauer is considered one of the founders of cultural geography.
  • He is known for introducing the term "cultural landscape" to refer to human-altered environments, including fields, roads, houses, and towns, which are shaped by human culture and history.
  • Carl O. Sauer Carl Ortwin Sauer (December 24, 1889 – July 18, 1975) was an American geographer.
  • Sauer was a professor of geography at the University of California at Berkeley

 

Additional Information

Cultural geography as defined by Sauer include:

  • It is a branch of geography that studies the relationship between human culture and the natural environment.
  • It examines how human culture shapes the environment and how the environment shapes human culture.
  • It focuses on the cultural aspects of a place such as its language, religion, customs, and economic activities.
  • It also explores how human communities have interacted with the environment over time, including how they have used and transformed natural resources.
  • Cultural geography also includes the study of human-made features such as cities, towns, and landscapes.

Question 120

In the T-O maps, introduced during the period of Christian Europe, the stem of the 'T' represented ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    The Mediterranean

  2. BOption (b)

    The Black Sea

  3. COption (c)

    The Aegean

  4. DOption (d)

    The Nile River

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

The Mediterranean

Why this answer is correct

The Mediterranean

Key Points

  • The stem of the 'T' in T-O maps represents the Mediterranean Sea. T-O maps were a medieval European symbol that depicted the world as a circle (the 'O') divided by a 'T' into three continents known as the tripartite division of the world.
  • These maps were centered on Jerusalem and oriented with east at the top, following the Christian tradition.
  • The Mediterranean Sea, being a significant body of water that separates Europe from Africa, is represented by the stem of the 'T', indicating its crucial role in dividing these landmasses.

 Additional Information

  • The Black Sea is not represented by the stem of the 'T' in T-O maps. While the Black Sea is an important body of water connected to the Mediterranean via the Bosporus, it is not the primary division depicted in these maps. The focus is more on the broader division of continents rather than specific regional details.
  • The Aegean Sea, like the Black Sea, is a significant body of water in the Mediterranean region. However, it does not represent the main division in T-O maps. The Aegean Sea, located between the Greek peninsula and Asia Minor, is too specific a region to be depicted as the primary division in these symbolic representations of the world.
  • The Nile River, while an important river in history and geography, especially in relation to the African continent, is not depicted as the stem of the 'T' in T-O maps. The Nile is more associated with the division of the African continent itself rather than the division of the whole world into three parts.

Hence, T-O maps are a representation of the world from a medieval Christian European perspective, focusing on the division of the known world into three parts: Europe, Asia, and Africa. The Mediterranean Sea, being a major geographical feature that separates these landmasses, is fittingly represented by the stem of the 'T'.

Discipline 2 (20 questions)

Question 121

Which of the following is a warm ocean stream?

  1. AOption (a)

    Gulf Stream

  2. BOption (b)

    South Atlantic Drift

  3. COption (c)

    Falkland Stream

  4. DOption (d)

    Labrador Stream

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Gulf Stream

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Gulf Stream

 Key Points

  • This is a powerful, warm, and swift Atlantic ocean current that originates at the tip of Florida, following the eastern coastlines of the United States and Newfoundland before crossing the Atlantic Ocean.
  • As a major warm ocean stream, it influences the climate of the east coast of North America, the west coast of Europe, and is crucial for shipping routes.
  • It is known for its role in moderating the climate of regions it flows past, making them warmer in winter and cooler in summer than they would otherwise be.

 

Additional Information

  • South Atlantic Drift:

It is a west-to-east ocean current that flows around the southern tip of South America and along the southern Atlantic Ocean. It contributes to the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation but doesn't have the same warming influence on nearby landmasses as the Gulf Stream.

  • Falkland Stream:

it is a cold current in the South Atlantic Ocean, flowing northward along the coast of Argentina. It is known for its cooling effect on the climate of the region, contrasting the warming effect of the Gulf Stream.

  • Labrador Stream:

It refers to the Labrador Current, a cold current in the North Atlantic Ocean. It flows southward from the Arctic Ocean, along the coast of Labrador and Newfoundland, carrying cold Arctic waters that significantly affect the climate of Eastern Canada, cooling it further.

In summary, the Gulf Stream is the correct answer because it is the only warm ocean stream among the options provided, known for its significant impact on the climate of adjacent land areas and its role in the global ocean circulation system.

Question 122

Which of the following process releases energy?

  1. AOption (a)

    Melting

  2. BOption (b)

    Evaporation

  3. COption (c)

    Sublimation

  4. DOption (d)

    Condensation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Condensation

Why this answer is correct

Condensation:

 Key Points

  • This process involves the change of water from its gaseous form (vapor) into liquid water.
  • This phase change is exothermic, meaning it releases energy to the surroundings.
  • This is because when gas molecules condense into a liquid, the potential energy of the molecules decreases as they move closer together, and this decrease in energy is released as heat.

 Additional Information

  • Melting:

Melting is the process where a solid turns into a liquid. This process is endothermic, requiring an input of energy to overcome the forces holding the solid together.

  • Evaporation:

Evaporation is the process where liquid water turns into water vapor, which is a gas. This process requires energy to allow the molecules to escape the liquid phase and enter the gas phase, thus it absorbs energy from its surroundings.

  • Sublimation:

Sublimation is the transition of a substance directly from the solid to the gas phase without passing through the intermediate liquid phase. Like evaporation, sublimation is an endothermic process that requires energy for the molecules to overcome the forces holding them in the solid state.

Question 123

Ground that stays frozen for at least two years in a row is called ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Glacier

  2. BOption (b)

    Ice shelf

  3. COption (c)

    Ice pack

  4. DOption (d)

    Permafrost

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Permafrost

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Permafrost.

Key Points 

  • Permafrost refers to ground (soil or rock and including ice or organic material) that remains at or below 0o C  (32o F) for at least two consecutive years.
  • It is a key feature of the Earth's cryosphere and is found in regions where the temperature is sufficiently low to maintain the ground in a frozen state over long periods.
  • The presence of permafrost has significant implications for the environment, affecting soil processes, vegetation, hydrology, and the carbon cycle.

Additional Information

  • A glacier is a large, persistent mass of ice that forms on land by the accumulation, compaction, and recrystallization of snow.
  • Glaciers move slowly over time, driven by gravity.
  • Glaciers are primarily ice and are dynamic, flowing entities.
  • An ice shelf is a thick, floating platform of ice that forms where a glacier or ice flows down to a coastline and onto the ocean surface.
  • An ice pack refers to an area of sea ice that is not attached to the coastline but floats freely in the ocean.

Question 124

During 132 AD, who was the first person to devise an instrument used to estimate the direction of the epicenter of earthquakes and to detect non-feeling waves?

  1. AOption (a)

    P.C. Mahalanobis

  2. BOption (b)

    A. Holmes

  3. COption (c)

    Chang Hang

  4. DOption (d)

    James Maxwell

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Chang Hang

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Chang Hang.

Key Points

  • The instrument which is used to measure earthquake is known as Seismograph.
  • The earliest Seismograph was invented by the Chinese philosopher Chang Heng in 132 CE.
  • It consisted of a large urn on the outside of which were eight dragon heads facing the eight principal directions of the compass.
  • Below each dragon head was a toad with its mouth opened toward the dragon.
  • When an earthquake occurred, one or more of the eight dragon-mouths would release a ball into the open mouth of the toad sitting below.
  • The direction of the shaking determined which of the dragons released its ball.
  • The instrument is reported to have detected an earthquake 400 miles away that was not felt at the location of the seismoscope.

Question 125

Which type of low cloud is responsible for continuous precipitation?

  1. AOption (a)

    Stratus

  2. BOption (b)

    Nimbostratus

  3. COption (c)

    Altocumulus

  4. DOption (d)

    Stratocumulus

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Nimbostratus

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is Nimbostratus.

Key Points

  • The name Nimbostratus is derived from the Latin word, "nimbus" which means rain and  "stratus" which means spread out.
  • The Nimbostratus is generally found in low altitudes at 0 to 2 km ( 0 to 6500 ft.).
  • This cloud is often found very close or even touching the ground.
  • These clouds are classified as clouds of extreme vertical development.
  • These clouds appear dark, thick, amorphous and solid.

Additional Information

  • The name Stratus is derived from the Latin word "stratus", flattened or spread out.
  • Stratus clouds are low-altitude (0-1200 ft) clouds seen as white and grey in appearance.
  • The name Altocumulus is derived from the Latin word, "altum" which means height and "cumulus" which means heap.
  • Altocumulus clouds are found in the middle altitude (7000-18000 ft) and are seen as white or grey with shade in appearance.
  • The name Stratocumulus is derived from the Latin word,  "stratus" which means flattened and "cumulus" which means heap.
  • Stratocumulus clouds are found in medium altitudes (1200-6500 ft) and are seen as cumuliform "lump" at the base

Question 126

Who propounded the tidal hypothesis to explain the origin of the earth in 1919?

  1. AOption (a)

    Sir James Jeans

  2. BOption (b)

    Para Laplace

  3. COption (c)

    R. S. Morgan

  4. DOption (d)

    T. C. Chamberlin

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Sir James Jeans

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Sir James Jeans.

Key Points

  • British scientist Sir James Jeans proposed the tidal hypothesis of the origin of the earth in 1919.
  • This hypothesis explains the origin of the Earth and the solar system.
  • The Solar system is formed from the sun and intruding star.
  • The intruding star was much bigger than the primitive sun.
  • In the beginning, the Sun was a big incandescent gaseous mass of matter.
  • The primitive Sun was stationary and rotating on its axis while intruding star came nearer to the primitive Sun.
  • According to James Jeans, Due to the massive gravitation force of the intruding star huge amount of matter was ejected from the primitive sun which later on became the building material of future planets.

Additional Information

  • Laplace was associated with the Nebular Hypothesis of the origin of the solar system proposed in 1796 in his book "Exposition of the world system"
  • The nebular hypothesis was first given by Kant and its modify by Laplace.
  • R.S. Morgan is a geomorphologist and author of the book "An Outline of Geomorphology".
  • T.C. Chamberlin and Moulton proposed their hypothesis of the origin of solar system formation in 1900, popularly known as the Planetesimal hypothesis or Binary theory of Chamberlin"

Question 127

When air pressure and water vapour content _______, then fog forms.

  1. AOption (a)

    are unsaturated

  2. BOption (b)

    are constant

  3. COption (c)

    are above dew point

  4. DOption (d)

    vary regularly

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

are constant

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is are constant.

 Key Points

  • When air pressure and water vapor content are constant then fog forms.
  • If humidity (Water vapour) increases the pressure decreases.
  • Fog forms when the air parcels of the lower earth's surface become saturated due to cooling, adding moisture, or mixing with another air parcel.

Additional Information

  • The dew point is the condition in which water droplets start to condense at certain atmospheric temperatures.
  • Unsaturated air is the condition of an air parcel that does not contain the maximum amount of water vapour at a certain temperature.

Question 128

Fjords is a landform created by ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Glacial erosion

  2. BOption (b)

    Marine erosion

  3. COption (c)

    Wind deposition

  4. DOption (d)

    Mountain weathering

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Glacial erosion

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is Fjords.

Key Points

  • Fjords are created by glacial erosion.
  • This process involves glaciers cutting deep valleys as they move slowly over the land.
  • When the glaciers melt, these valleys are often flooded by the sea, forming the steep-sided, deep inlets known as fjords.
  • This characteristic makes fjords distinct, with their deep, narrow, and elongated sea or lake drains with steep land on three sides.

Additional Information

  • Marine Erosion Refers to the wearing away of rock by sea waves or currents.
  • Wind deposition Involves the accumulation of material (like sand) carried by the wind. This process is responsible for features such as dunes.
  • Mountain weathering describes the breakdown of rocks in situ at high elevations, primarily due to temperature fluctuations, water, and biological activity.

Question 129

The process through which wind transfers warm or cool air horizontally from one place to another is known as _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Convection

  2. BOption (b)

    Conduction

  3. COption (c)

    Absorption

  4. DOption (d)

    Advection

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Advection

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is Advection.

Key Points

  • Advection is the process through which wind transfers warm or cool air horizontally from one place to another.
  • It plays a crucial role in weather patterns and climate by moving heat and moisture around the globe.
  • This process can significantly influence local weather conditions, such as bringing warm air to cooler regions or vice versa.

Additional Information

  • Convection refers to the vertical movement of heat and moisture in the atmosphere.
  • This process is essential for the formation of clouds and precipitation but does not describe the horizontal transfer of air.
  • Conduction is the process of heat transfer through a material without the movement of the material itself.
  • It occurs when two objects at different temperatures come into direct contact, and heat flows from the warmer object to the cooler one.
  • Absorption involves the uptake of one substance by another.
  • In atmospheric science, it can refer to the way gases or particles in the atmosphere absorb sunlight or other forms of electromagnetic radiation.

Question 130

Knickpoints can be identified in the course of a river by the presence of _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    malleable stones

  2. BOption (b)

    hard rocks

  3. COption (c)

    less waterfalls

  4. DOption (d)

    fungal growth

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

hard rocks

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Hard rocks

 Key Points

  • Knickpoints are abrupt changes in the slope or gradient of a river, often characterized by waterfalls or rapids.
  • These features can be created by the presence of hard rocks that are more resistant to erosion compared to the surrounding softer rock layers.
  • As the river flows, it erodes the softer rock more quickly, leaving behind the harder rock, which forms a steep or vertical drop, hence the knickpoint.

Additional Information 

  • Malleable stones: These would be more likely to erode rather than cause the formation of a knickpoint. Malleable materials, by definition, can be easily shaped or bent, making them less resistant to the erosive forces of flowing water.
  • Less waterfalls: Waterfalls can be a manifestation of a knickpoint rather than a cause. The presence or absence of waterfalls is a result of geological and hydrological factors, including the presence of hard rocks that create knickpoints.
  • Fungal growth: Fungi do not significantly impact the geological structure of a river. While biological factors can influence erosion to some extent, fungal growth is not directly related to the formation of knickpoints in rivers. Knickpoints are primarily a geological feature shaped by the composition and resistance of rock layers to erosion.

Question 131

Which of the following sedimentary rocks are organically formed?

  1. AOption (a)

    Gypsum

  2. BOption (b)

    Shell

  3. COption (c)

    Salt Rock

  4. DOption (d)

    Lime Stone

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Lime Stone

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer : Lime Stone

Key Points

  • Limestone  is organically formed from the accumulation of shell, coral, algal, and fecal debris. It can also be formed by the precipitation of calcium carbonate from lake or ocean water.
  • Limestone is primarily composed of the mineral calcite (calcium carbonate) and often contains fossils or shell fragments, making it a clear example of an organically formed sedimentary rock.

Additional Information 

  • Gypsum is a sedimentary rock formed through the evaporation of seawater as well as water from hot springs and volcanic vapors. It is primarily composed of the mineral gypsum (calcium sulfate with two molecules of water). It is not considered organically formed because its formation is largely chemical, not biological.
  • Shell is not a rock but rather a component of sedimentary rocks. Shells from organisms like mollusks can accumulate and contribute to the formation of sedimentary rocks such as limestone. Therefore, while shell material is organic, "Shell" itself is not classified as a rock.
  • Salt Rock, also known as rock salt or halite, forms through the evaporation of saline water from seas or lakes, leading to the precipitation of salts. This process is primarily chemical, not organic. Salt rock is composed mainly of sodium chloride and is not derived from the remains of living organisms.

In summary, limestone is the correct answer because it is a sedimentary rock that can form through organic processes involving the accumulation of biological debris.

Question 132

Given below are two statements, one labeled as Assertion (A) and the other labeled as Reason (R):

Assertion (A): Hundreds of tremors have been recorded by seismographs.

Reason (R): Seismographs help us to know the secrets of the earth's interior.

In the context of the above two statements, which of the following is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    (A) is correct, but (R) is incorrect.

  2. BOption (b)

    (A) is incorrect, but (R) is correct.

  3. COption (c)

    Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

  4. DOption (d)

    Both (A) and (R) are incorrect.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explain (A).

Key Points

  • The seismograph records the movement of the shaking of the Earth's surface during the earthquake.
  • The earlier name of the Seismograph was Seimoscope which was invented by Chang Heng in AD 132.
  • During the earthquake the seismograph hundreds of tremors have been recorded

Additional Information

  • Richter scale is used to measure the magnitude of the earthquake.
  • Richter scale device developed by Charles Richter.
  • The Mercalli scale is observed as the physical impact(intensity) of the earthquake.
  • Mercalli scale intensity was developed by Giuseppe Mercalli.

Question 133

Which of the following layers of the earth is in the correct order from the exterior to interior?

  1. AOption (a)

    The mantle, the crust, the core

  2. BOption (b)

    The core, the crust, the mantle

  3. COption (c)

    The crust, the mantle, the core

  4. DOption (d)

    The core, the mantle, the crust

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

The crust, the mantle, the core

Why this answer is correct

The Correct Answer is the Crust, the mantle, the core.

Key Points 

  • The correct order of the exterior to the interior of the earth is the crust, mantle and core
  • Outermost the Crust is the outer most layer of the earth made with Silica(Si) and Aluminium(Al).
  • The Conrad discontinuity is the boundary between the hydrosphere and crust.
  • The mantle is situated between the crust and core.
  • Mantle made with Silica(Si) and Magnesium(Ma).
  • The core is the innermost layer of the earth.
  • The core is made up of Nickel(Ni) and iron(Fe)

Additional Information 

  • A Discontinuity is the transition zone between two zones.
  • There are five discontinuities in the earth.
  • Conard discontinuity is situated between the Upper and lower crust.
  • Moho discontinuity is situated between the lower crust and the upper mantle.
  • Repetti discontinuity is situated between the upper and lower mantle.
  • Gutenberg discontinuity separates the lower mantle and upper core.
  • Lehman discontinuity separates the upper and lower core.

Question 134

Which of the following statements is correct about the Binary Star Hypothesis of Russell?

  1. AOption (a)

    This theory was postulated by Kant in 1950-60 and validated in 1972.

  2. BOption (b)

    This hypothesis explained the formation of the planets from the ejected matter of the companion star.

  3. COption (c)

    According to this theory, all matter in the universe existed in the form of dense and huge primordial matter.

  4. DOption (d)

    Russell was of the view that there were three stars revolving around the sun.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

This hypothesis explained the formation of the planets from the ejected matter of the companion star.

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: This hypothesis explained the formation of the planets from the ejected matter of the companion star.

Key Points

  • The Binary Star Hypothesis proposed by Russell suggests that the planets in our solar system were formed from materials ejected from a companion star to the Sun.
  • This theory is based on the observation of binary star systems, where two stars orbit around a common center of mass.
  • According to this hypothesis, in the early history of the solar system, the Sun had a companion star.
  • The interaction between the Sun and this companion star led to the ejection of material from the companion, which eventually coalesced to form the planets.

Additional Information

  • The Binary Star Hypothesis is one of several theories that have been proposed to explain the formation of the planets in the solar system.
  • It highlights the possibility of binary or multiple star systems contributing to planetary formation, a concept supported by observations of other star systems in our galaxy.
  • While the Binary Star Hypothesis offers an interesting perspective on planetary formation, it is not the prevailing theory today.
  • The Nebular Hypothesis, which suggests that the planets formed from a rotating disk of dust and gas around the young Sun, is more widely accepted.

Question 135

The origin of continental shelf is due to which of the following processes?

  1. AOption (a)

    Accumulation of black soil near the ocean

  2. BOption (b)

    Simple faulting along continental margins

  3. COption (c)

    Positive change in sea level

  4. DOption (d)

    Indented coast due to rise in sea level

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Simple faulting along continental margins

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Simple faulting along continental margins.

Key Points

  • Most continental shelves are broad, gently sloping plains covered by relatively shallow water.
  • Water depth over the continental shelves averages about 60 meters (200 feet).
  • Sunlight penetrates the shallow waters, and many kinds of organisms flourish—from microscopic shrimp to giant seaweed called kelp.
  • Ocean currents and runoff from rivers bring nutrients to organisms that live on continental shelves.​

Additional Information

  • ​Positive change in sea level is one of the reasons for climate change

Question 136

What is the name of the world's deepest freshwater lake?

  1. AOption (a)

    Lake Superior

  2. BOption (b)

    Lake Victoria

  3. COption (c)

    Lake Baikal

  4. DOption (d)

    Lake Pulicat

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Lake Baikal

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is Lake Baikal.

Key Points

  • Lake Baikal is the oldest and deepest lake in the world.
  • It is a freshwater lake situated in southeastern Siberia, Russia.
  • The lake Baikal is 1700 meters deep.

Additional Information

  • Lake Superior is the largest freshwater lake situated in the USA-Canada border
  • Lake Superior is the Third largest lake according to volume.
  • Lake Victoria is the largest lake in the African Great Lakes region.
  • Lake Pulicat is a saltwater lagoon situated in the Coromandel coast of Andhra Pradesh.

Question 137

Which of the following is in the soil group of azonal soil?

  1. AOption (a)

    Podzol soil

  2. BOption (b)

    Laterite soil

  3. COption (c)

    Alluvial soil

  4. DOption (d)

    Desert soil

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Alluvial soil

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Alluvial Soil.

Key Points

  • Alluvial soil is the younger soil that has not properly formed or gone through the soil formation process.
  • Azonal soil is soil which poorly constructed and has less organic matter.
  • Alluvial soil is light yellow in color and contains quartz and sand.
  • Alluvial soil is found in near the river river bed and banks.
  • Alluvial soil is highly fertile soil.
  • In alluvial soil rice, wheat, sugarcane, tobacco, cotton, pulses, oilseeds, jute, and maize are the major crops best suitable for this soil.
  • In Alluvial soil the contains a large number of minerals for example potash, phosphoric acid and lime.

Additional Information

  • Zonal soils are properly constructed soil.
  • Podzol soils are mountainous soil that contains humus in large quantities and appear dark in color.
  • Laterite soils contain iron so appear red in color and are mainly found in the eastern and western Ghat regions
  • Desert soil contains less rich organic materials and loose in upper horizons and contains silt in large numbers. This type of soil found in desert and semi-desert areas.

Question 138

In the north of the equator, the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the Atlantic ocean is known as _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Wyville Thompson Ridge

  2. BOption (b)

    Telegraphic Plateau

  3. COption (c)

    Challenger Rise She

  4. DOption (d)

    Dolphin Rise

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Dolphin Rise

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Dolphin Rise.

Key Points

  • The Mid-Atlantic Ocean is a submerged mountain range extending from Dolphin Rise to the north and Challenger Rise to the south.
  • The Mid-Atlantic Ocean extends in 'S' shape.
  • The mid-Atlantic ridge extended from Iceland in the north to Bouvet island in the south in 14,450 km length.

Additional Information

  • The Mid-Atlantic ridge is known as Wyville Thompson Ridge between Iceland to Scotland.
  • The mid-Atlantic ridge is known as the Telegraphic plateau between the south of Greenland to Iceland.
  • The mid-Atlantic ridge known as Challenger rises in the south of the equator.

Question 139

Which of the following factors affect the distribution of insolation?

  1. AOption (a)

    Distance between the earth and the moon

  2. BOption (b)

    Length of night

  3. COption (c)

    Landform of a region

  4. DOption (d)

    Sunspots

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Sunspots

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is Sunspots.

Key Points

  • Sunspots are the darker and cooler regions of the Sun's surface.
  • In solar cycle, the number of sunspots are sometime increase and sometime decrease.
  • The Sunspots varies from time to time, normally there are **11 year cycle.**​

Additional Information 

  • Insolation is the amount of solar radiation received by the earth.
  • Solar Insolation is measure in kWh/m2/ day
  • The factors other than sunspots that affect the Insolation are angle of the sun, duration of the day, distance from sun, transparency of the atmosphere, surface absorption or reflection of energy etc.
  • Sun rays takes 8 minutes and 20 seconds to reach Earth.
  • Pyranometer is used to measure global solar radiation of the earth.
  • Maximum solar radiation observed near the equator and minimum solar radiation observed in frigid polar regions.

Question 140

Which of the following is correctly matched?

I. Barysphere - 2780 Kilometres

II. Lithosphere - 100 kilometres

III. Pyrosphere - 200 kilometres

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only II

Why this answer is correct

Correct Match: Only II

Key Points

  • The lithosphere is the rigid outer layer of the Earth, encompassing both the crust and the upper part of the mantle
  • The thickness varies, but on average, it's around 100 kilometres, making option II the correct match.
  • The Lithosphere is the outermost layer of the Earth, consisting of the crust and the uppermost part of the mantle.
  • It is rigid and brittle in nature. The lithosphere is divided into tectonic plates, which float on the more plastic, or asthenospheric, layer beneath.
  • There are two types of lithosphere: oceanic lithosphere, which is thin and dense and makes up the ocean floors; and continental lithosphere, which is thicker and less dense, forming the continents.
  • The movement of these tectonic plates is responsible for many of the Earth's surface features and phenomena, such as earthquakes, volcanoes, and mountain-building processes

Additional Information 

  • "Barysphere" is less commonly used in contemporary geology but refers to the deep interior of the Earth, particularly focusing on its densest parts. The term comes from the Greek word "barys," meaning heavy, and "sphaira," meaning sphere. It essentially encompasses the Earth's core, which includes both the solid inner core and the liquid outer core. These layers are primarily composed of iron and nickel, making them significantly denser than the Earth's crust and mantle. The barysphere is critical in understanding the Earth's magnetic field and the dynamics of plate tectonics due to the flow of molten materials in the outer core.
  • "Pyrosphere" could be loosely interpreted to refer to the portions of the Earth's interior that are characterized by high temperatures. In a broader sense, it might encompass the mantle and core, which are regions where temperatures range from very high to extremely high, enough to melt rocks in the mantle and metal in the core. These high temperatures play a crucial role in phenomena like volcanic activity and the creation of magma and are also vital in maintaining the Earth's magnetic field through the movement of molten iron in the outer core. The concept of the "Pyrosphere," while not strictly defined in scientific literature, reminds us of the intense heat present within the deeper portions of the Earth.

Discipline 3 (20 questions)

Question 141

Based on their heights above the ground, which types of clouds can have a base of 10 km?

  1. AOption (a)

    Low clouds

  2. BOption (b)

    Middle Clouds

  3. COption (c)

    Clouds with great vertical extent

  4. DOption (d)

    High Clouds

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

High Clouds

Why this answer is correct

Answer: High Clouds:

 Key Points

  • These clouds typically form above 6,000 meters (about 20,000 feet) in the atmosphere.
  • A base at 10 km (approximately 33,000 feet) categorizes them as high clouds.
  • Examples include cirrus, cirrostratus, and cirrocumulus clouds.
  • They are composed mostly of ice crystals due to the cold temperatures at these altitudes.

 

Additional Information

Low Clouds:

  • These clouds form below 2,000 meters (about 6,500 feet).
  • Common types include stratus, stratocumulus, and nimbostratus.
  • A base at 10 km is too high for low clouds, making this option incorrect.

Middle Clouds:

  • These typically form between 2,000 and 6,000 meters (approximately 6,500 to 20,000 feet).
  • Altocumulus and altostratus clouds are examples.
  • A base at 10 km exceeds the altitude range for middle clouds, so this option is incorrect.

Clouds with Great Vertical Extent:

  • These clouds can span from low to high altitudes, such as cumulonimbus clouds.
  • While they can reach heights greater than 10 km, their base typically starts much lower, making this description not specifically accurate for a base at 10 km.

In summary, only high clouds characteristically have a base starting around 10 km above the ground, aligning with the properties of the atmosphere and the typical altitude ranges of different cloud types.

Question 142

In soil horizon, 'C' layer represents ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Organic debris

  2. BOption (b)

    Weathered parent material

  3. COption (c)

    Maximum silicate clay material

  4. DOption (d)

    Consolidated rock

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Weathered parent material

Why this answer is correct

Weathered parent material 

Key Points

  • The 'C' layer in soil horizon represents weathered parent material.
  • This layer is directly influenced by the underlying bedrock and consists of loose and unconsolidated material.
  • It is less affected by soil-forming processes and lacks the organic matter, organisms, and finer soil particles found in the upper layers.

 Additional Information

  • Organic debris: This is typically found in the 'O' horizon (if present) and the upper layers of soil, particularly the 'A' horizon, where organic matter accumulates and decomposes.
  • Maximum silicate clay material: High concentrations of silicate clay are more characteristic of the 'B' horizon, where minerals leached from the topsoil and organic layer accumulate, sometimes forming a dense, clay-rich layer.
  • Consolidated rock: While the 'C' horizon is influenced by the underlying bedrock, it is not itself consolidated rock. That description is more accurate for the bedrock layer beneath the 'C' horizon, which in soil science is often referred to as the 'R' layer.

In summary, the 'C' horizon is crucial for understanding the geological and environmental context of soil formation, as it provides insight into the types of parent material from which the soil has developed.

Question 143

If the amount of the salinity of an ocean is higher, then the ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    density will be lower

  2. BOption (b)

    temperature will be lower

  3. COption (c)

    evaporation rate will also be higher

  4. DOption (d)

    freezing point will be lower

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

freezing point will be lower

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: freezing point will be lower

Key Points

  • The salinity of ocean water affects its physical properties.
  • When the salinity is higher, it means there are more dissolved salts in the water.
  • This affects the freezing point of the water, causing it to lower.
  • Therefore, water with higher salinity will freeze at a lower temperature compared to less saline water.
  • This is because the dissolved salts disrupt the formation of the ice structure, requiring colder temperatures to freeze.

Additional Information

  • Density will be lower: This is incorrect because higher salinity actually increases the density of seawater. The more salts that are dissolved in the water, the denser it becomes.
  • Temperature will be lower: Salinity does not directly cause the temperature of the water to be lower. Temperature and salinity are independent factors affecting water properties, though they can influence each other indirectly through processes like evaporation and freezing.
  • Evaporation rate will also be higher: Higher salinity actually tends to decrease the rate of evaporation. This is because the presence of more dissolved salts in the water increases the boiling point and decreases the vapor pressure, making it harder for water molecules to escape into the air as vapor.

Question 144

Which of the following factors control the amount and distribution of salinity in the oceans?

I. Evaporation

II. Influx of freshwater from rivers

III. Atmospheric Pressure

IV. Precipitation

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II, III and IV

  3. COption (c)

    I and IV

  4. DOption (d)

    II, III and IV

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

I, II, III and IV

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: I, II, III and IV

Key Points

  • The factors that control the amount and distribution of salinity in the oceans include:

Evaporation: Increases salinity by removing water and leaving salts behind.

Influx of freshwater from rivers: Decreases salinity by adding fresh water, which dilutes the salt concentration.

Atmospheric Pressure: While not directly affecting salinity, changes in atmospheric pressure can influence evaporation rates and precipitation patterns, thus indirectly impacting salinity levels.

Precipitation: Decreases salinity by adding fresh water, similar to river influx, diluting the ocean's salt content.

 Understanding the complex interplay of these factors is essential for comprehending the variability of salinity across different parts of the ocean and how it affects marine ecosystems and ocean circulation patterns.

Question 145

On the basis of classification of mud by Murray, the colour of blue mud around the oceans is simply bluish-black due to the  ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    excessive amount of magnesium

  2. BOption (b)

    accumulation of green silicate

  3. COption (c)

    disintegration of rocks

  4. DOption (d)

    presence of iron sulphide

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

presence of iron sulphide

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: presence of iron sulphide

Key Points

  • The colour of blue mud found around oceans being bluish-black is attributed to the presence of iron sulphide.
  • In marine environments, blue muds are typically found in areas of slow accumulation under low oxygen conditions.
  • These conditions facilitate the formation of iron sulphide minerals, such as pyrite, which give the mud its characteristic bluish-black color.
  • The process generally involves the bacterial reduction of sulfate to sulfide in sediments, which then reacts with iron to form iron sulphide minerals.
  • Iron sulphide forms in environments where decaying organic matter uses up available oxygen, creating anoxic conditions.
  • In these oxygen-poor environments, sulphate-reducing bacteria thrive, utilizing sulphates (from seawater) and producing hydrogen sulphide as a byproduct.
  • The hydrogen sulphide then reacts with iron minerals to form iron sulphides, including pyrite (FeS2), contributing to the coloration of the mud.

 

Additional Information

  • The concept of mud classification by Murray is a reference to the categorization of different types of marine sediments based on their composition, origin, and depositional environment.
  • Marine sediments, including muds, are classified into several types such as terrigenous (originating from land), biogenic (composed of organisms), and authigenic (formed in place) sediments.
  • Blue mud is a type of sediment predominantly composed of fine clay and silt particles, along with organic matter, found in deep-sea environments and areas of reduced water flow where fine sediments can accumulate.

Key Takeaway: The bluish-black color of blue mud is specifically attributed to the presence of iron sulphide, which forms under the anaerobic conditions found in certain areas of the ocean floor. The other options, although relevant to the composition and coloration of marine sediments in a broader sense, do not directly account for the unique coloration of blue mud.

Question 146

The Cano Cristales River is also known by which name?

  1. AOption (a)

    Floating lake

  2. BOption (b)

    Liquid rainbow

  3. COption (c)

    Frying pan lake

  4. DOption (d)

    Boiling lake

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Liquid rainbow

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Liquid rainbow

 Key Points

  • The Cano  Cristales River in Colombia is famously known as the "Liquid Rainbow."
  • This nickname comes from its striking colors visible during a brief period between the wet and dry seasons.
  • Algae and mosses beneath the water bloom in bright hues of red, pink, blue, green, and yellow, creating a vibrant, natural tapestry that looks like a liquid rainbow.

Additional Information 

  • Floating lake: This term does not accurately describe any specific characteristic of the Cano  Cristales River. Floating lakes generally refer to bodies of water where significant amounts of vegetation or peat float on the surface, which is not a feature of CCano  Cristales River
  • Frying Pan Lake: Frying Pan Lake is located in Waimangu Volcanic Rift Valley, New Zealand. It is one of the world's largest hot springs, known for its high temperatures, not for vibrant colors or ecological phenomena similar to those found in Cano  Cristales River
  • Boiling Lake: The Boiling Lake is situated in Dominica and is famous for being one of the worlds largest hot springs. Its boiling water is a result of magma heating the water, making it fundamentally different from the colorful, temperate waters of Cano  Cristales River

Question 147

Which of the following forms of precipitation has a diameter about 5-50 mm?

  1. AOption (a)

    Snow

  2. BOption (b)

    Drizzle

  3. COption (c)

    Sleet

  4. DOption (d)

    Hail

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Hail

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Hail

Key Points

  • Hailstones have diameters ranging from 5 mm to more than 150 mm, fitting the category of precipitation with diameters of about 5-50 mm.
  • Hail is formed in strong thunderstorm clouds, particularly those with intense updrafts, high moisture content, and great vertical height.
  • Water droplets are carried upward by the updrafts into extremely cold areas of the atmosphere where they freeze and combine, growing until they are too heavy and fall to the ground as hail.

 

Additional Information

  • Snow: snow is made of ice crystals that combine to form snowflakes. These snowflakes are much smaller and lighter than hailstones, typically less than a few millimeters in diameter when they land on the ground. Snow forms in clouds when the air temperature is below freezing.
  • Drizzle: drizzle consists of very small, fine water droplets (less than 0.5 mm in diameter) that appear to float while following air currents. Unlike hail, drizzle falls slowly and does not cause damage. Drizzle typically forms under stratus clouds and is too fine to be considered in the same size category as hail.
  • Sleet: sleet refers to raindrops that freeze into ice pellets before hitting the ground, with a diameter less than 5 mm. Sleet occurs when rain falls through a layer of cold air near the ground and freezes. Sleet is smaller and forms under different atmospheric conditions compared to hail.

Question 148

Which of the following is the correct example of 'Bird-food delta'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Mississippi Delta in the United States

  2. BOption (b)

    Nile River Delta in Africa

  3. COption (c)

    Seine Delta in France

  4. DOption (d)

    Ganga delta in India

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Mississippi Delta in the United States

Why this answer is correct

Mississippi Delta in the United States

 Key Points

  • The Mississippi Delta in the United States is the classic example of a bird-foot delta.
  • This type of delta gets its name because its appearance resembles the foot of a bird, with narrow distributaries extending outwards into the sea or ocean, like the toes of a bird's foot.
  • The Mississippi River forms a bird-foot delta as it empties into the Gulf of Mexico.
  • The shape is primarily due to the sediment deposition patterns and the relatively steady flow of water that allows sediment to be deposited further out into the body of water it empties into, rather than spreading out widely

 

Additional Information

  • Nile River Delta in Africa: The Nile River Delta is an example of an arcuate delta, sometimes also called a fan-shaped delta. It has a more triangular or fan-like shape compared to the narrow distributaries of a bird-foot delta. The Nile Delta is characterized by branching, sediment-rich streams that spread out as they approach the Mediterranean Sea, forming a fertile land area in northern Egypt.
  • Seine Delta in France: The Seine River has an estuary rather than a well-defined delta of the sorts mentioned above. Estuaries are semi-enclosed coastal bodies of water which have a free connection with the open sea and within which sea water is measurably diluted with freshwater. It doesn’t exhibit the distinct shape characteristics of a bird-foot delta.
  • Ganga delta in India: The Ganga, or Ganges, Delta is the world's largest delta, and it is an example of an arcuate or fan-shaped delta. It is formed by the confluence of the Ganges, Brahmaputra, and Meghna rivers and their tributaries, spreading out into the Bay of Bengal. This delta is characterized by a wide area of fertile land, numerous rivers, and an intricate network of tributaries.

Question 149

Which of the following sources of underground water is derived from sedimentary rocks?

  1. AOption (a)

    Connate Water

  2. BOption (b)

    Meteoric Water

  3. COption (c)

    Juvenile Water

  4. DOption (d)

    Oceanic Water

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Connate Water

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer Connate Water

Key Points 

  • This type of underground water is trapped in the pore spaces of sedimentary rocks at the time of their deposition and lithification.
  • It is an integral part of the sedimentary rocks' formation process.
  • This water can be saline, reflecting the conditions under which the rock was formed.
  • It is also known as fossil water, as it has been in place since the formation of the rock.

Additional Information 

Meteoric Water:

This refers to water that originates from precipitation, including rain, snow, and sleet. Meteoric water percolates through the soil and rock layers, entering the groundwater system. Unlike connate water, it is not trapped during the rock's formation but is a more dynamic component of the hydrological cycle.

Juvenile Water:

Juvenile water comes from deep within the Earth's mantle and is introduced to the surface through volcanic activity. This type of water has not been part of the surface or near-surface hydrological cycle until it is released by a volcano or related process.

Oceanic Water:

As the name suggests, this refers to the water in the oceans. While it can interact with groundwater systems, especially in coastal areas through processes like infiltration and saltwater intrusion, it is not a source of underground water derived from sedimentary rocks in the context of this question.

In summary, connate water is the correct answer because it specifically refers to water that is trapped within sedimentary rocks at the time of their formation.

Question 150

The rate of evaporation does NOT depend on which of the following factors?

  1. AOption (a)

    Water vapour content of the atmosphere

  2. BOption (b)

    Temperature of air and surface

  3. COption (c)

    Availability of wind energy

  4. DOption (d)

    The availability of surface moisture

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Availability of wind energy

Why this answer is correct

Availability of wind energy

Key Points

  • The rate of evaporation primarily depends on several factors that influence how quickly a liquid turns into a gas.
  • These factors include:

​Water vapour content of the atmosphere: High levels of water vapor in the atmosphere can slow down evaporation because the air has a lower capacity to accept more water vapor. If the air is already saturated with moisture, evaporation will occur more slowly. 

Temperature of air and surface: Higher temperatures increase the kinetic energy of water molecules, making them more likely to break free from the liquid and evaporate. Therefore, warmer conditions typically speed up the rate of evaporation.

The availability of surface moisture: For evaporation to occur, there must be moisture available on the surface. Without it, there's nothing to evaporate. This factor is directly linked to the process of evaporation itself.

  • The incorrect statement among the options provided is the "Availability of wind energy".
  • Wind or air movement actually plays a significant role in the rate of evaporation. Wind moving over a surface can remove water vapor that has just evaporated, thereby lowering the local humidity right above the surface and allowing more water to evaporate.
  • This is because the gradient of humidity from the surface to the air is maintained or even enhanced, facilitating continued evaporation.
  • Therefore, saying that the rate of evaporation does not depend on the availability of wind energy is incorrect.

Question 151

Which salt is abundantly present in the sea water?

  1. AOption (a)

    Magnesium Chloride

  2. BOption (b)

    Calcium Carbonate

  3. COption (c)

    Potassium Sulphate

  4. DOption (d)

    Sodium chloride

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Sodium chloride

Why this answer is correct

Sodium chloride

Key Points

  • Sodium chloride is the primary salt present in abundance in seawater. It is responsible for the characteristic salty taste of seawater and contributes significantly to the ocean's salinity. Sodium chloride is formed by the combination of sodium (Na) ions and chloride (Cl) ions, which are abundantly dissolved in the water.

 

Additional Information

  • Magnesium Chloride: While magnesium chloride is indeed present in seawater, it is not the most abundant salt. It plays a role in the ocean's magnesium cycle and contributes to the overall mineral content of seawater, but its concentration is less compared to sodium chloride.
  • Calcium Carbonate: Calcium carbonate is found in seawater in the form of dissolved ions and as part of the skeletal structures of various marine organisms. It is crucial for the formation of coral reefs and shellfish but is not as abundant in dissolved form as sodium chloride.
  • Potassium Sulphate: Potassium sulphate is another salt found in seawater, but its concentration is much lower than that of sodium chloride. It participates in the biochemical cycles of the ocean, affecting the nutrient availability for marine life, yet it does not constitute a significant portion of seawater's overall salinity.

Question 152

Dobson unit is defined as a unit used for measuring _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Relative pressure

  2. BOption (b)

    Humidity in air

  3. COption (c)

    Ozone concentration

  4. DOption (d)

    Normal temperature of air

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Ozone concentration

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Ozone concentration 

Key Points

  • The Dobson unit is specifically defined as a unit used for measuring ozone concentration.
  • It quantifies the amount of ozone in a column of the atmosphere if it were compressed to a layer at standard temperature and pressure.
  • One Dobson Unit represents a layer of ozone that is 0.01 millimeters thick at 0 degrees Celsius and 1 atmosphere pressure.
  • This measurement is crucial for assessing the health of the ozone layer, which protects life on Earth from harmful ultraviolet radiation from the sun.

Additional Information

  • Relative Pressure: relative pressure refers to the pressure difference between the absolute pressure and the atmospheric pressure. It is not related to the measurement of ozone concentration.
  • Humidity in Air: Humidity measures the amount of water vapor in the air, not ozone. It's a critical factor in weather and climate but unrelated to the purpose of Dobson units.
  • Normal Temperature of Air: This refers to a standard or average temperature used for calculations or comparisons. It has no direct connection to measuring ozone concentration.

Question 153

Why did ancient seafarers call westerly winds 'Furious Fifties'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Westerly winds blow from south-westerly to north-easterly direction.

  2. BOption (b)

    Because they are stronger than the trade winds in both the Northern and Southern Hemispheres.

  3. COption (c)

    Westerly winds travel from subpolar high pressure belts to subpolar low pressure belts.

  4. DOption (d)

    Because westerly winds are stronger in the southern hemisphere between 40° to 60° south latitude.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Because westerly winds are stronger in the southern hemisphere between 40° to 60° south latitude.

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: 4. Because westerly winds are stronger in the southern hemisphere between 40° to 60° south latitude.

Key Points

  • The term "Furious Fifties" refers to the latitudes between 50undefined and 60undefined South, where sailors historically encountered very strong westerly winds.
  • This region is notorious for these intense winds due to the lack of significant landmasses at these latitudes in the Southern Hemisphere, which allows the winds to circulate around the globe with little obstruction.
  • This creates a band of powerful winds that can pose significant challenges to navigation and sailing.

Additional Information

Option 1: "Westerly winds blow from south-westerly to north-easterly direction."

This statement is incorrect as it simplifies the direction of westerly winds without accounting for their specific behavior in the Furious Fifties zone. Westerly winds generally move from the west towards the east; the description given does not accurately represent why these winds are particularly notable in the Furious Fifties.

Option 2: "Because they are stronger than the trade winds in both the Northern and Southern Hemispheres."

While it's true that the westerly winds can be stronger than trade winds, this statement does not specifically address why the term "Furious Fifties" is used. The unique strength of the winds in the Furious Fifties is due to geographic and atmospheric conditions specific to those latitudes, not just a general comparison to trade winds.

Option 3: "Westerly winds travel from subpolar high pressure belts to subpolar low pressure belts."

This option describes a general characteristic of westerly winds concerning their movement between pressure belts but fails to capture the unique intensity and challenges posed by the winds in the Furious Fifties region. The explanation does not directly relate to the specific conditions that earned the winds their name.

Question 154

Which pressure belt is also called horse latitude?

  1. AOption (a)

    Equatorial low pressure belt

  2. BOption (b)

    Polar high pressure belt

  3. COption (c)

    Sub-tropical high pressure belt

  4. DOption (d)

    Sub-polar low pressure belt

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Sub-tropical high pressure belt

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Sub-tropical high pressure belt

Key Points

  • The horse latitudes are areas of high pressure located at about 30 degrees north and south of the equator. They are characterized by calm winds and little precipitation.
  • These latitudes are called the "horse latitudes" because ships relying on wind power would often get stalled in these areas. Legend has it that sailors would throw horses overboard to conserve water when becalmed.
  • The high-pressure conditions are due to the descending air of the Hadley cell, which warms and dries as it descends, creating stable, anticyclonic conditions.

Additional Information

  • Equatorial low pressure belt: This is a region around the equator where the sun's heating causes air to rise, creating low pressure. It is characterized by abundant rainfall and is known as the Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), not the horse latitudes.
  • Polar high pressure belt: Found at the poles, these are areas of high pressure caused by the cold, dense air descending. They are associated with very cold and dry conditions, far removed from the concept of horse latitudes.
  • Sub-polar low pressure belt: Located around 60 degrees north and south of the equator, these are regions of low pressure where warm and cold air masses meet, leading to the formation of cyclonic systems. This is not related to the horse latitudes.

Question 155

Which layer of the atmosphere is characterized by auroras?

  1. AOption (a)

    Stratosphere

  2. BOption (b)

    Ionosphere

  3. COption (c)

    Mesosphere

  4. DOption (d)

    Troposphere

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Ionosphere

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: 2) Ionosphere

 Key Points

  • The Ionosphere is characterized by auroras, which are natural light displays predominantly seen in high-latitude regions around the Arctic and Antarctic.
  • These phenomena occur when solar wind particles collide with atoms and molecules in Earth's atmosphere, energizing them and causing them to emit light.

 

Additional Information

1) Stratosphere: This layer lies above the troposphere and below the mesosphere. It is known for its ozone layer, which absorbs and scatters the solar ultraviolet radiation. It does not feature auroras.

3) Mesosphere: Situated above the stratosphere and below the thermosphere, the mesosphere is the layer where most meteors burn up upon entering Earth's atmosphere. It is too low for auroras, which occur in higher layers.

4) Troposphere: This is the lowest layer of Earth's atmosphere, extending from the Earth's surface up to the stratosphere. It contains about 75% of the atmosphere's mass and is where weather phenomena occur. Auroras do not occur in this layer.

Question 156

When ______, then air is considered to be stable.

  1. AOption (a)

    Normal lapse rate of air = Non-adiabatic lapse rate

  2. BOption (b)

    Adiabatic lapse rate of air = Normal lapse rate of air

  3. COption (c)

    Adiabatic lapse rate of air > Normal lapse rate of air

  4. DOption (d)

    Normal lapse rate of air > Adiabatic lapse rate of air

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Adiabatic lapse rate of air > Normal lapse rate of air

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Adiabatic lapse rate of air > Normal lapse rate of air

 Key Points

  • Air is considered stable when the adiabatic lapse rate of air is greater than the normal lapse rate of air.
  • This means that the temperature of a parcel of air decreases more slowly as it rises in the atmosphere compared to the surrounding air.
  • As a result, the parcel of air becomes cooler and denser than its surroundings, making it less likely to continue rising.
  • This stability in the air inhibits vertical motion and can lead to calm weather conditions.

 Additional Information

Option 1 (Normal lapse rate of air = Non-adiabatic lapse rate): This option is incorrect because the stability of air is not determined by the equality of the normal lapse rate and a non-adiabatic lapse rate. The normal lapse rate refers to the average rate at which temperature decreases with altitude in the troposphere, while the non-adiabatic lapse rate could refer to any lapse rate that doesn't consider the adiabatic process. The comparison does not directly relate to air stability.

Option 2 (Adiabatic lapse rate of air = Normal lapse rate of air): This option incorrectly suggests stability is determined by the adiabatic lapse rate being equal to the normal lapse rate. While this scenario can indicate a neutral stability where air parcels neither sink nor rise spontaneously, it doesn't explicitly define stable conditions as described by the correct option.

Option 4 (Normal lapse rate of air undefined Adiabatic lapse rate of air): This option describes a condition where the ambient air temperature decreases faster with altitude than a rising parcel of air would cool adiabatically. This scenario typically leads to unstable conditions, where the air parcel is warmer and less dense compared to its surroundings, encouraging it to rise and potentially leading to cloud formation and precipitation.

Question 157

When the sun, the earth, and the moon come in the position of quadrature, then which tide is caused?

  1. AOption (a)

    Ebb tide

  2. BOption (b)

    Neap tide

  3. COption (c)

    Zenith tide

  4. DOption (d)

    Spring tide

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Neap tide

Why this answer is correct

Neap Tide

Key Points

  • Neap tides occur when the sun, the earth, and the moon form a right angle, which is referred to as the position of quadrature.
  • During this alignment, the gravitational forces of the sun and the moon partially cancel each other out.
  • As a result, the difference between high and low tides is less pronounced, leading to moderate tides.
  • Neap tides happen during the first and third quarter moon phases.

Additional Information 

Ebb Tide:

  • Ebb tide refers to the outgoing or falling tide phase, not a specific type of tide caused by celestial alignments.
  • It is the period when the water level decreases from high tide to low tide.
  • Incorrect because it is a phase of tide, not a type caused by the sun, earth, and moon's positions.

Zenith Tide:

  • There is no commonly recognized tide known as "Zenith tide" in oceanography or related disciplines.
  • This option does not correspond to a real phenomenon related to the positions of the sun, earth, and moon.

Spring Tide:

  • Spring tides occur when the sun, the earth, and the moon are in a straight line (either in full moon or new moon positions).
  • This alignment causes the gravitational forces of the sun and the moon to combine, leading to higher high tides and lower low tides.
  • Incorrect for this question because it describes the opposite scenario from quadrature; it's when the tidal range is at its greatest, not moderate.

Question 158

Which type of sand deposit is also called whalebacks?

  1. AOption (a)

    Sand dunes

  2. BOption (b)

    Sand shadow

  3. COption (c)

    Sand levees

  4. DOption (d)

    Sand drift

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Sand levees

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Sand levees

Key Points

  • Sand levees are unique geological formations created by the action of wind and water.
  • They resemble the backs of whales, which is why they are colloquially known as whalebacks.
  • These formations are typically found in areas with significant wind activity that shapes the sand into these distinctive, rounded forms.

 

Additional Information

  • Sand dunes: Although sand dunes are also shaped by the wind, they are more commonly recognized as large hills or ridges of sand found in deserts or near beaches. They do not specifically resemble the backs of whales and thus are not referred to as whalebacks.
  • Sand shadow: This term does not specifically refer to a recognized geological formation related to sand. Shadows in the context of sand usually relate to areas where wind patterns create a sheltered side, but this does not align with the concept of whalebacks.
  • Sand drift: Sand drift refers to the movement of sand from one place to another due to the wind. While it is a process that can contribute to the formation of various sand structures, including levees, it is not a term used to describe a specific type of sand deposit resembling whalebacks.

Question 159

Which of the following are correctly sequenced in descending order of their percentage in air?

  1. AOption (a)

    Oxygen, Nitrogen, Methane, Argon

  2. BOption (b)

    methane, nitrogen, oxygen, helium

  3. COption (c)

    Nitrogen, Oxygen, Argon, Carbon Dioxide

  4. DOption (d)

    carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen, methane

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Nitrogen, Oxygen, Argon, Carbon Dioxide

Why this answer is correct

Nitrogen, Oxygen, Argon, Carbon Dioxide

Key Points

  • The atmosphere is a mixture of gases, with Nitrogen (N2) being the most abundant, making up about 78% of the Earth's air by volume.
  • Oxygen (O2) comes next, constituting about 21%.
  • Argon (Ar), a noble gas, follows at a much smaller percentage of around 0.93%.
  • Carbon Dioxide (CO2), while crucial for life processes like photosynthesis and a significant greenhouse gas, makes up only about 0.04% (this can vary slightly due to human activities and natural processes).

 Additional Information

  • The composition of the Earth's atmosphere is a critical aspect of many scientific disciplines, including meteorology, environmental science, and climatology.
  • Understanding the proportion of various gases is crucial for studying processes such as weather patterns, greenhouse gas effects, and the Earth's heat balance.
  • Nitrogen and oxygen are the primary components of the atmosphere, supporting life and combustion processes, respectively.
  • Argon, while inert and not directly supporting life, and carbon dioxide, crucial for the photosynthesis process in plants and greenhouse effect, are present in much smaller amounts.
  • Methane is a potent greenhouse gas but is present only in trace amounts, despite its significant impact on climate change due to its high global warming potential.

Question 160

Which of the following are old folded mountains?

  1. AOption (a)

    Aravali

  2. BOption (b)

    Andes

  3. COption (c)

    Himalaya

  4. DOption (d)

    Rockies

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Aravali

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Aravali

Key Points

  • The Aravali Range is considered one of the oldest fold mountain systems in the world.
  • Formed approximately 2 billion years ago, these mountains have been subjected to a long period of weathering and erosion, leading to their low elevation in the present day.
  • The Aravalis extend across the Indian states of Gujarat, Rajasthan, Haryana, and Delhi.

Additional Information 

Andes: These are among the world's longest mountain ranges, running along the western edge of South America. The Andes are much younger than the Aravalis, formed from the tectonic activity associated with the subduction of the Nazca plate beneath the South American plate. They are an example of fold mountains but of a much more recent origin.

Himalaya: The Himalayas are the planet's highest mountain range and are relatively young geologically, having been formed by the collision of the Indian Plate with the Eurasian Plate around 50 million years ago. This ongoing tectonic activity makes the Himalayas one of the most seismically active regions in the world.

Rockies: The Rocky Mountains, located in North America, were formed from 80 to 55 million years ago during the Laramide orogeny, making them much younger than the Aravalis. Like the Andes and the Himalayas, the Rockies are a result of tectonic activity but are not considered old fold mountains.

In summary, the Aravali Range stands out as the oldest fold mountain range among the options given, with its formation dating back to the Precambrian era.

Discipline 4 (20 questions)

Question 161

Considering the productivity of ecosystem, Net Primary Production (NPP) is ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Total energy produced – Energy lost through respiration

  2. BOption (b)

    Gross Primary Production (GPP) + Total energy produced

  3. COption (c)

    Gross Primary Production (GPP) – Energy lost through respiration

  4. DOption (d)

    Gross Primary Production (GPP) / Total energy produced

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Gross Primary Production (GPP) – Energy lost through respiration

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Gross Primary Production (GPP) – Energy lost through respiration

Key Points

  • Net Primary Production (NPP) is defined as the difference between the total amount of energy that photosynthetic organisms (primary producers) in an ecosystem capture during photosynthesis (Gross Primary Production, GPP) and the energy these organisms expend during respiration.
  • Therefore, NPP = Gross Primary Production (GPP) - Energy lost through respiration. This makes option 3 the accurate representation of NPP.
  • Gross Primary Production (GPP) is the total amount of chemical energy (usually in the form of glucose) produced by the autotrophs in an ecosystem through photosynthesis.
  • Respiration refers to the process by which cells break down simple food molecules such as glucose and release the energy they contain. Both autotrophs and heterotrophs respire.
  • Net Primary Production (NPP) is the amount of chemical energy (biomass) that remains available for consumers (herbivores and decomposers) after the primary producers have utilized the necessary energy for their metabolic needs (respiration).
  • It is a critical measure because it represents the energy available to support the ecosystem's consumers and is a fundamental indicator of ecosystem productivity.

Question 162

A particular category of physical systems, consisting of organisms and inorganic components in a relatively stable equilibrium, open and of various sizes and kinds is defined as ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Ecosystem

  2. BOption (b)

    Biome

  3. COption (c)

    Biodiversity

  4. DOption (d)

    Ecosophy

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Ecosystem

Why this answer is correct

Ecosystem:

 Key Points

  • Definition: An ecosystem refers to a community of living organisms (plants, animals, and microbes) in conjunction with the nonliving components of their environment (things like air, water, and mineral soil), interacting as a system. These components are linked together through nutrient cycles and energy flows.
  • It is the correct answer because it precisely matches the definition given in the question, which describes systems consisting of organisms and inorganic components in a relatively stable equilibrium, open and of various sizes and kinds.

 Additional InformationBiome:

Definition: A biome is a large community of plants and animals that occupies a distinct region defined by its climate and vegetation. Biomes are larger geographic biotic units, which can house various ecosystems.

Biodiversity:

Definition: Biodiversity refers to the variety and variability of life on Earth. This concept encompasses diversity within species, between species, and of ecosystems.

Ecosophy:

Definition: Ecosophy, or ecological philosophy, is a philosophy of ecological harmony or equilibrium. It is a theoretical framework that attempts to develop a holistic worldview based on environmental interdependence.

Question 163

Which of the following statements is/are correct about the vertical sub-surface cross section of water areas?

I. The atmosphere is the uppermost region located just below the Earth's surface.

II. The surface separating the aerosphere from the saturated zone is called the groundwater level.

III. The limited watershed provides a major source of water in arid and semi-arid areas.

  1. AOption (a)

    II and III

  2. BOption (b)

    I and II

  3. COption (c)

    I, II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    Only III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

II and III

Why this answer is correct

Solution: II and III

 Key Points

  • II. The statement that "The surface separating the aerosphere from the saturated zone is called the groundwater level" is  correct. The groundwater level, more correctly known as the water table, is the surface where the soil and rock pores are fully saturated with water, separating the saturated zone below from the unsaturated zone above.
  • III. "The limited watershed provides a major source of water in arid and semi-arid areas" is correct. In arid and semi-arid regions, where precipitation is low, watersheds are critical for capturing the limited amount of water available through rainfall and runoff. This water supports both human needs and natural ecosystems. Water from watersheds is often stored in aquifers or used to replenish local water sources, making it a vital resource in these areas.

Additional Information

  • I. The statement that "The atmosphere is the uppermost region located just below the Earth's surface" is incorrect. The atmosphere is actually the layer of gases surrounding the Earth, not below its surface. This statement appears to confuse the terms, perhaps intending to refer to subsurface layers like soil or the groundwater zone, not the atmosphere.

Question 164

In the Californian Mediterranean biome, the shrub community is known by which name?

  1. AOption (a)

    Fynbos shrubs

  2. BOption (b)

    Maquis shrubs

  3. COption (c)

    Chaparral shrubs

  4. DOption (d)

    Malle shrubs

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Chaparral shrubs

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Chaparral shrubs

Key Points

  • The chaparral biome is characterized by dense, evergreen shrubs and is found in regions with a Mediterranean climate, which includes parts of California.
  • This biome is adapted to dry summers and wet winters, and the vegetation has evolved to be highly resistant to drought and occasional fires.

Additional Information 

Fynbos shrubs:

  • Found in the Western Cape of South Africa, fynbos is a unique and diverse shrubland biome, part of the Cape Floristic Region. Unlike chaparral, fynbos is known for its biodiversity, especially among floral species, and does not describe the shrub communities in California.

Maquis shrubs:

  • Maquis is a Mediterranean shrubland biome found primarily in southern Europe. It shares some characteristics with chaparral, such as adaptation to dry summers, but it is distinct and localized to the Mediterranean Basin, not California.

Mallee shrubs:

  • Mallee refers to a habitat found in Australia characterized by dwarf eucalyptus trees. These shrubs and the ecosystem they form are adapted to Australia's arid environments and are unrelated to the Mediterranean-type ecosystems found in California.

Question 165

Match List - I of mountains with List - Il of location and select the correct answer from the given options.

List-IList-II
aGreen MountainiNepal
bAma Dablam MountainiiSouth Africa
cTable MountainiiiUnited States of America
dRainbow MountainivChina
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - iv, c - ii, d - iii 

  2. BOption (b)

    a - i, b - ii, c - iii, d - iv

  3. COption (c)

    a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv

  4. DOption (d)

    a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv

Why this answer is correct

Option 3 : a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv. 

 Key Points

  • a. Green Mountain is in the United States of America. There are various "Green Mountains," but notably, the term is often associated with the range in Vermont, which is part of the broader Appalachian Mountains. Thus, it matches with iii (United States of America).
  • b. Ama Dablam Mountain is in Nepal. Ama Dablam is a well-known mountain in the Himalayas, located in the Khumbu region near Mount Everest. Its striking appearance makes it a recognizable peak for climbers and trekkers, fitting with i (Nepal).
  • c. Table Mountain is located in South Africa. It is a prominent landmark overlooking the city of Cape Town, with a flat plateaued top giving it its name, making it match with ii (South Africa).
  • d. Rainbow Mountain, known for its colorful mineral layers, is located in China (Zhangye Danxia Landform Geological Park) famous for its colorful rock formations.

Question 166

Given below are two statements, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R):

Assertion (A): Stratosphere layer of atmosphere is preferred to fly aeroplanes.

Reason (R): Stratosphere layer is relatively stable and characterized by vertical movement of air.

In the context of the above two statements, which of the following is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

  2. BOption (b)

    (A) is correct, but (R) is wrong.

  3. COption (c)

    Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

  4. DOption (d)

    Both (A) and (R) are wrong.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

Key Points

  • Assertion (A): The assertion that the stratosphere layer of the atmosphere is preferred for flying airplanes is correct.

The stratosphere is the second major layer of Earth’s atmosphere, located above the troposphere and below the mesosphere. The cruising altitude of most commercial jet airliners and cargo airplanes is in the lower to middle parts of the stratosphere. This preference is due to several factors including, but not limited to, the reduced atmospheric turbulence and lower density of air traffic.

  • Reason (R): The reason provided also holds true;

​the stratosphere is characterized by relatively stable atmospheric conditions, and a significant feature is the limited vertical movement of air. This stability is largely because, within the stratosphere, temperature actually increases with altitude due to the absorption of ultraviolet (UV) radiation by the ozone layer, which inhibits turbulence. This lack of vertical air movement and the associated stability are among the primary reasons why flying in the stratosphere is more efficient and smoother for aircraft.

In this context, the reason (R) correctly explains why the assertion (A) is a preferred practice in aviation, making option 3 the correct answer.

Question 167

In which of the following periods, the origin and colonization of plants on the land surface began?

  1. AOption (a)

    carboniferous period

  2. BOption (b)

    Silurian and Devonian periods

  3. COption (c)

    cretaceous period

  4. DOption (d)

    precambrian period

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Silurian and Devonian periods

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Silurian and Devonian periods

 Key Points

  • The Silurian and Devonian periods, spanning from approximately 443 million years ago to 359 million years ago, are recognized for the significant evolutionary milestone of the origin and colonization of land by plants.
  • This era marked the transition of plant life from aquatic environments to terrestrial habitats, leading to the establishment of the first complex ecosystems on land.
  • The Silurian and Devonian periods were crucial for the evolution of terrestrial ecosystems, with the first land plants likely being small, non-vascular plants similar to modern liverworts.
  • These periods saw the development of the first forests and the diversification of plant life, setting the stage for further evolutionary developments in terrestrial life.
  • The transition of plants to land was a pivotal event in Earth's history, leading to significant changes in the atmosphere, climate, and the evolution of other life forms, including the eventual rise of animals on land.

Additional Information 

  • Carboniferous Period: This period, occurring after the Devonian, from about 359 million to 299 million years ago, is known for the extensive forests of vascular plants that contributed to large coal deposits. While important for the evolution of plant life, it is not the period when plants first colonized land surfaces.
  • Cretaceous Period: Taking place much later, from about 145 million to 66 million years ago, this period is notable for the dominance of dinosaurs and the appearance of flowering plants (angiosperms). The colonization of land by plants had occurred long before this period.
  • Precambrian Period: This encompasses the vast span of time before the Cambrian period, ending around 541 million years ago. While life did exist during the Precambrian, it primarily consisted of simple, single-celled organisms with some multicellular organisms appearing towards its end. The colonization of land by plants did not occur until much later.

Question 168

Which of the following statements is/are correct about relative humidity?

I. It measures how close an air mass is to saturation at a particular temperature.

II. The lowest relative humidity occurs during the early morning.

III. It is the ratio of the mass of water vapor present in the unit mass of humid air.

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    Only I

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Only I

Why this answer is correct

Only I

Key Points

  • Statement I: It measures how close an air mass is to saturation at a particular temperature.
  • This statement is correct. Relative humidity is indeed a measure of how close the air is to being fully saturated with water vapor, expressed as a percentage.
  • When the relative humidity is 100%, the air is at its dew point and cannot hold any more moisture at that temperature, indicating saturation.
  • Statement II: The lowest relative humidity occurs during the early morning.
  • This statement is incorrect. The lowest relative humidity typically occurs in the late afternoon when temperatures are at their highest.
  • Relative humidity is inversely related to temperature; as the temperature increases, the air can hold more water vapor, which usually decreases the relative humidity if the amount of moisture remains constant.
  • Conversely, in the early morning, when temperatures are lower, the relative humidity is generally higher.
  • Statement III: It is the ratio of the mass of water vapor present in the unit mass of humid air.
  • This statement is incorrect. Relative humidity is not measured as the ratio of mass of water vapor to the mass of humid air. Instead, it is the ratio of the current absolute humidity to the highest possible absolute humidity (which depends on the current air temperature).
  • A more accurate description of the measurement similar to what's described in Statement III would be specific humidity or absolute humidity, but not relative humidity.

Therefore, the correct option is 4) Only I.

Question 169

Which of the following factors does NOT affect the horizontal distribution of the temperature of oceans?

  1. AOption (a)

    Lines of latitudes

  2. BOption (b)

    Amount of insolation

  3. COption (c)

    Shape of the sea

  4. DOption (d)

    Prevailing wind and ocean currents

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Lines of latitudes

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Lines of latitude

Key Points

  • Lines of latitude actually play a significant role in determining the distribution of ocean temperatures.
  • These imaginary lines run parallel to the equator and are used to measure distances north and south of the equator.
  • The amount of solar energy (insolation) a region receives varies with latitude, which directly influences ocean temperatures.
  • For example, areas closer to the equator receive more direct sunlight year-round, leading to warmer ocean temperatures compared to regions closer to the poles.
  • Therefore, stating that lines of latitude do not affect the horizontal distribution of ocean temperatures is incorrect.

Additional Information 

  • Amount of insolation: This is an incorrect choice because the amount of insolation, or incoming solar radiation, directly affects ocean temperatures. Regions that receive more insolation tend to have warmer ocean temperatures. Insolation varies with latitude, time of the year, and cloud cover, among other factors.
  • Shape of the sea: The shape of the sea or ocean basin can influence ocean temperatures by affecting circulation patterns, the mixing of water masses, and the exposure of water to atmospheric conditions. Narrow and shallow seas may warm up or cool down more quickly than deep, open oceans.
  • Prevailing wind and ocean currents: This option is incorrect because prevailing winds and ocean currents are major factors that influence the distribution of ocean temperatures. Winds can drive surface currents, mixing warm and cold water masses, and affecting heat distribution. Ocean currents, both warm and cold, play a key role in transferring heat across different parts of the ocean, thus affecting temperature distribution. For instance, the Gulf Stream carries warm water from the Gulf of Mexico into the North Atlantic, warming the surrounding regions.

In summary, lines of latitude are not the correct answer because they are crucial in determining the distribution of ocean temperatures through their effect on solar radiation distribution.

Question 170

Which of the following is the correct example of 'Intermontane plateau'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Tibetan Plateau

  2. BOption (b)

    Garhwal Plateau

  3. COption (c)

    Potwar Plateau

  4. DOption (d)

    Mahabaleshwar Plateau

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Tibetan Plateau

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Tibetan Plateau

 Key Points

  • The Tibetan Plateau is known as the "Roof of the World" due to its high elevation, averaging over 4,500 meters (14,800 ft).
  • It is the largest and highest plateau globally, making it a prime example of an intermontane plateau, which is a plateau located between mountain ranges.
  • Its vast area and elevation significantly influence the climate and weather patterns in Asia.

Additional Information

 

  • Garhwal Plateau: This is a smaller plateau located in the Garhwal region of Uttarakhand, India. While it is an elevated area, it does not match the scale or the specific geological characteristics of an intermontane plateau like the Tibetan Plateau.
  • Potwar Plateau: Situated in Pakistan, the Potwar Plateau is a significant plateau but it is more characterized by its undulating terrain and its importance as a petroleum-rich region. It does not share the same intermontane characteristics as the Tibetan Plateau.
  • Mahabaleshwar Plateau: Located in the Western Ghats of India, the Mahabaleshwar Plateau is known for its scenic beauty and is a popular tourist destination. It is not an intermontane plateau but rather part of the mountainous range that runs along the western edge of India.

Question 171

If out of 200 units of solar radiation reaching the outer atmosphere, 4 units are reflected by the albedo of the Earth, 38 units are absorbed within the atmosphere, 38 units are received as direct radiation, 46 units are diffused. is received in the form of radiation and 10 units are received in the form of diffuse radiation, then how many units of effective solar radiation has actually been absorbed by the atmosphere and land-sea surface of the Earth?

  1. AOption (a)

    132 units

  2. BOption (b)

    122 units

  3. COption (c)

    94 units

  4. DOption (d)

    126 units

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

132 units

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer 132 units

Key Points

  • The total solar radiation reaching the outer atmosphere is 200 units.
  • Out of these, 4 units are reflected by the albedo of the Earth, which means these units do not contribute to heating the Earth.
  • 38 units are absorbed within the atmosphere. These contribute to warming the atmosphere.
  • 38 units are received as direct radiation on the Earth's surface, contributing to the Earth's heating.
  • 46 units are received in the form of radiation (presumably diffused radiation), which also warms the Earth.
  • 10 units are received in the form of diffuse radiation, adding to the Earth's heating.
  • To find the effective solar radiation absorbed by the atmosphere and land-sea surface, we sum the radiation absorbed by the atmosphere and the radiation that warms the Earth's surface: 38 (atmosphere) + 38 (direct) + 46 (diffused) + 10 (diffuse) = 132 units.

 

Hence, 132 units of solar radiation are effectively absorbed by the atmosphere and land-sea surface of the Earth.

Question 172

Which of the following is the most extensive kingdom of all the floral kingdoms?

  1. AOption (a)

    Boreal Region

  2. BOption (b)

    Cape region

  3. COption (c)

    Paleotropical region

  4. DOption (d)

    Neotropical region

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Neotropical region

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer : Neotropical region

 Key Points

 

Neotropical Region: 

  • The Neotropical kingdom covers South America, Central America, the Caribbean, and southern parts of North America.
  • It is the most extensive of the floral kingdoms, featuring an incredibly diverse range of ecosystems from tropical rainforests (like the Amazon) to mountainous regions (like the Andes) and arid deserts.
  • The neotropical kingdom is known for its high biodiversity and endemism, housing many unique species of plants not found anywhere else in the world.
  • The neotropical region's extensive area and wide range of ecosystems make it the most extensive kingdom among all the floral kingdoms, contributing to its incredible plant biodiversity.

Additional Information

  • Boreal Region: This region is not considered a floral kingdom but rather a part of the Holarctic kingdom, specifically relating to the northern part of this kingdom encompassing much of the northern hemisphere, including parts of North America and Eurasia. It is characterized by cold-tolerant coniferous forests.
  • Cape Region: Officially known as the Cape Floristic Region, it is part of the smallest floral kingdom, the Cape Floristic Kingdom, located at the southwestern tip of South Africa. Despite its small area, it is incredibly rich in biodiversity, with a high degree of endemism. However, it is not the most extensive kingdom.
  • Paleotropical Region: This is not strictly a single floral kingdom but rather a term that can refer to the tropical areas of the Old World, encompassing several floral kingdoms such as the Afrotropical (or Ethiopian) and Indomalayan (or Oriental). These areas together cover a vast area but are not considered a single kingdom in biogeographic classifications.

Question 173

Which of the following types of animal dispersal involves mass release?

  1. AOption (a)

    Anthropogenic dispersion

  2. BOption (b)

    Rapid dispersion

  3. COption (c)

    Unnatural (forced) dispersion

  4. DOption (d)

    Seasonal dispersion

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Rapid dispersion

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Rapid dispersion

 Key Points

  • Rapid dispersion involves mass release where a large number of animals move from one location to another in a relatively short period.
  • This can be due to various factors including environmental changes, search for food, or breeding purposes.
  • The mass movement is often triggered by specific cues in their environment that indicate the right conditions for dispersal.

Additional Information 

  • Anthropogenic dispersion: This refers to the movement or spread of animals due to human activities. While human actions can indeed cause animals to disperse, it does not specifically imply a mass release which is a natural, often cyclical phenomenon.
  • Unnatural (forced) dispersion: Implies a scenario where animals are moved from their natural habitats due to external pressures or interventions, such as habitat destruction or relocation programs by humans. Although it may involve the movement of many animals, it is not a natural dispersal process and typically does not occur in a mass release format.
  • Seasonal dispersion: While this option closely relates to natural patterns of animal movement, it generally refers to regular, often predictable movements that occur in response to seasonal changes. It does not specifically denote the concept of mass release, which can be more abrupt and driven by immediate environmental cues.

Question 174

Which statement is correct regarding vertical distribution of salinity in the oceans?

  1. AOption (a)

    Salinity decreases with depth in high latitudes due to the presence of dense water at the bottom.

  2. BOption (b)

    There is a periodical trend of increase or decrease of oceanic salinity with depth.

  3. COption (c)

    Salinity of the oceans increases in mid-latitudes up to the certain limit and thereafter starts declining.

  4. DOption (d)

    Equatorial regions are characterised by high salinity due to excessive rainfall

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Salinity decreases with depth in high latitudes due to the presence of dense water at the bottom.

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Salinity decreases with depth in high latitudes due to the presence of dense water at the bottom.

Key Points 

  • Salinity, the total amount of solid materials, in grams, contained in one kilogram of sea water, is a key factor affecting the density of seawater, which in turn influences oceanic circulation patterns.
  • It is measured in parts per thousand (ppt).
  • The vertical distribution of salinity in the oceans varies based on several factors including temperature, evaporation, freshwater influx (from rivers, rain, and melting ice), and the mixing of water masses.

Additional Information

  • Salinity decreases with depth in high latitudes: In high-latitude regions, where the temperature is lower and ice melting is common, the surface waters tend to have lower salinity due to the dilution effect of the added freshwater. However, beneath the surface layer, salinity can initially increase due to processes like brine rejection during ice formation. But at greater depths, especially near the ocean floor, the presence of dense water masses originating from other regions can lead to lower salinity levels. These deep and bottom waters, especially in areas like the North Atlantic where thermohaline circulation originates, are cold and dense but not necessarily the saltiest due to their formation processes and mixing.
  • Periodical trend with depth: This statement is incorrect as the variation of salinity with depth does not follow a periodic trend. Instead, it is influenced by local conditions of evaporation, precipitation, freshwater influx, and water mass mixing. Mid-latitude increase then decline: While salinity can increase with depth in some mid-latitude regions, especially where evaporation rates are high, saying it follows a uniform pattern of increasing up to a certain limit and then declining simplifies the complex interactions and mixing processes that determine salinity profiles.
  • High salinity in equatorial regions: This statement is generally incorrect. Equatorial regions tend to experience a lot of rainfall, which dilutes ocean salinity. High evaporation rates in these warm waters could increase salinity, but the net effect often leads to moderate salinity levels, not the highest when compared globally. The highest salinities are typically found in subtropical regions where evaporation greatly exceeds precipitation.

 

 High latitudes often see decreased salinity with depth due to freshwater inputs and the dynamics of dense water formation, confirming the correctness of option 1.

Question 175

Match List - I of mountain building theories with List - Il of geographers and select the correct answer from the given options.

List-IList-II
aSliding Continent TheoryiKober
bThermal Contraction TheoryiiJeffreys
cGeosynclinal Orogen TheoryiiiDaly
dThermal Convection Current TheoryivHolmes
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - ii, c - iii, d - iv

  2. BOption (b)

    a - i, b - iv, c - iii, d - ii

  3. COption (c)

    a - iii, b - ii, c - i, d - iv

  4. DOption (d)

    a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

a - iii, b - ii, c - i, d - iv

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is a - iii, b - ii, c - i, d - iv.

All of these theories have been modified and refined over time, and none of them alone can fully explain the complex process of mountain building. Nowadays, scientists use a combination of these theories with plate tectonics theory to understand mountain building.

Key Points

TheoriesCharacteristic
Sliding continent theoryThe sliding continent theory, also known as the horizontal displacement theory, proposes that mountains are formed by the horizontal movement of continents, rather than by vertical uplift. This theory was first proposed by geographer Daly.
Thermal contraction theoryThe thermal contraction theory, also known as the shrinking earth theory, proposes that mountains are formed by the cooling and contraction of the Earth's crust. H. Jeffreys has presented a detailed discussion of his thermal contraction theory in his famous book, The Earth: Its origin history and physical constitution.
Geosynclinal Orogen TheoryThe geosynclinal orogen theory, also known as the geosynclinal theory, proposes that mountains are formed by the uplift and deformation of sedimentary rock layers in geosynclines, which are long, narrow, shallow basins that accumulate sediment. This theory was first proposed by geographer Kober.
The thermal convection current theoryThe thermal convection current theory, also known as the convection cell theory, proposes that mountains are formed by the upwelling of hot rock from the Earth's mantle, driven by thermal convection currents in the Earth's interior. This theory was first proposed by geographer Holms.

Question 176

Considering the distribution of fresh water on Earth, which of the following is/are correct?

(I) Ground water – 29.9 percent

(II) Glacier – 68.7 percent

(III) Lake – 2.5 percent

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    II and III

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

Solution: I and II

Key Points

  • Statement I: Ground water undefined 29.9 percent

This statement is correct. Groundwater accounts for a significant portion of Earth's fresh water. While the exact percentage can vary slightly depending on the source, it is widely accepted that groundwater makes up approximately 30% of the world's fresh water, making this statement accurate.

  • Statement II: Glacier undefined 68.7 percent

This statement is also correct. The vast majority of Earth's fresh water is stored in glaciers and ice caps, primarily in Greenland and Antarctica. Various sources confirm that about 68.7% of the fresh water on Earth is found in glaciers, making this statement accurate.

Hence, the correct answer is Option 1 (I and II), as both Statement I and Statement II are accurate descriptions of the distribution of fresh water on Earth.

Question 177

Which of the following is one of the biodiversity hotspots found in India?

  1. AOption (a)

    Eastern Ghats

  2. BOption (b)

    Deccan plateau

  3. COption (c)

    Plains of gujarat

  4. DOption (d)

    India-Burma

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

India-Burma

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: India-Burma

 Key Points

  • The India-Burma region is recognized as a biodiversity hotspot due to its exceptionally high levels of species richness and endemism.
  • This area encompasses parts of Northeast India, Myanmar, Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia.
  • It is home to a wide range of habitats, from tropical and subtropical moist forests to grasslands, which support an incredible diversity of life forms, including several endemic species.

 Additional Information

  • Eastern Ghats: While the Eastern Ghats of India are rich in biodiversity and home to many unique species, they are not classified as a biodiversity hotspot by the Conservation International criteria. The Eastern Ghats, however, play a crucial role in the ecological balance of the region and are important for their biodiversity.
  • Deccan plateau: The Deccan plateau, covering much of central and southern India, is known for its distinctive flora and fauna. Despite its ecological significance, it is not recognized as a biodiversity hotspot. The plateau's landscapes include scrub forests, grasslands, and some forested areas, which are important for biodiversity but do not have the same level of endemism or threat as the recognized hotspots.
  • Plains of Gujarat: The plains of Gujarat are important for various species, including migratory birds and the endangered Asiatic lion found in the Gir Forest. However, this region does not meet the criteria to be categorized as a biodiversity hotspot due to lower levels of species endemism and the specific threats required for such classification.

Question 178

Which of the following group of lakes is correctly ranked in ascending order of the amount of salinity present in them?

  1. AOption (a)

    Dead Sea, Great Salt Lake, Van Lake

  2. BOption (b)

    Great Salt Lake, Dead Sea, Van Lake

  3. COption (c)

    Van Lake, Dead Sea, Great Salt Lake

  4. DOption (d)

    Dead Sea, Van Lake, Great Salt Lake

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Great Salt Lake, Dead Sea, Van Lake

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: Great Salt Lake, Dead Sea, Van Lake

 Key Points

  • The salinity of a lake is a measure of the concentration of salts in its waters.
  • Salinity is often expressed in parts per thousand (ppt) or grams of salt per kilogram of water (g/kg).
  • The correct ranking in ascending order of salinity is: Great Salt Lake, Dead Sea, Van Lake.

Additional Information

  • Great Salt Lake: Located in the northern part of the U.S. state of Utah, it is one of the largest saltwater lakes in the Western Hemisphere. Its salinity can vary significantly but generally falls between 50 to 270 ppt depending on the location and season, due to its shallowness and the fact that it has no outlet.
  • Dead Sea: Borders Jordan to the east and Israel and the West Bank to the west. Known for being one of the world's saltiest bodies of water, its salinity exceeds 300 ppt. This high salinity prevents most life forms from thriving in it, hence the name "Dead Sea."
  • Van Lake: Located in eastern Turkey, it is a saline soda lake. It has unique properties due to its high pH levels but its salinity, while significant, does not surpass that of the Dead Sea. Its salinity is approximately 21.4 g/kg, which is less than the Dead Sea but more than typical freshwater lakes.

Question 179

Which of the following periods was characterised by the first appearance of vertebrate animals?

  1. AOption (a)

    Miocene period

  2. BOption (b)

    Cambrian period

  3. COption (c)

    Ordovician period

  4. DOption (d)

    Triassic period

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Ordovician period

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Ordovician period

 Key Points

  • The Ordovician period, which spanned from approximately 485 to 443 million years ago, marked a significant era in Earth's history where the first vertebrate animals, particularly early fish, began to appear.
  • This period is crucial for understanding the early evolution of vertebrates, as it set the stage for the diversification of fish and the eventual emergence of land vertebrates.

Additional Information

  • Miocene period: The Miocene, part of the Neogene period, lasted from about 23 to 5.3 million years ago. It's much later in the Earth's history compared to the Ordovician. This period is known for significant mammalian evolution and the expansion of grasslands, not the first appearance of vertebrates.
  • Cambrian period: The Cambrian period (about 541 to 485 million years ago) predates the Ordovician and is famous for the "Cambrian Explosion," a time of rapid evolutionary diversification of multicellular organisms, including the emergence of many major groups of animals. While it was a period of significant evolutionary development, the first vertebrates are not recognized until the following Ordovician period.
  • Triassic period: The Triassic period, ranging from about 252 to 201 million years ago, is known for the recovery of life following the Permian-Triassic extinction event, the rise of dinosaurs, and the first appearance of mammals and flying vertebrates. However, it is not characterized by the first appearance of vertebrate animals, as they had already been established millions of years prior.

Question 180

Which of the following statements is/are correct about Chinook winds?

I. These are local vertical winds and affect the weather conditions of locally affected areas more.

II. These winds are known as 'foen' in the United States.

III. Chinook winds are also called 'snow eater' because the sudden increase in temperature causes the snow on the ground surface to melt.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    I and III

  3. COption (c)

    I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

I and III

Why this answer is correct

I and III

Key Points

  • Statement I: These are local vertical winds and affect the weather conditions of locally affected areas more.
  • This statement is correct. Chinook winds are  vertical winds; they are a type of  wind, which are warm, dry winds that descend down the leeward side of mountains, warming as they compress in the lower atmosphere
  • Statement II: These winds are known as 'foen' in the United States.
  • This statement is incorrect. The term  'foen' is used in Europe, particularly in the Alps, to describe these warm, down-slope winds. In the United States, particularly in the Rocky Mountains, the term "Chinook" is used.
  • Statement III: Chinook winds are also called 'snow eater' because the sudden increase in temperature causes the snow on the ground surface to melt.
  • This statement is correct. Chinook winds are indeed known as "snow eaters" due to their ability to rapidly increase air temperatures, leading to a significant melting of snow. This effect can dramatically reduce snowpack in affected areas within a short period.

Therefore, the correct answer is option 2 (I and III)

Discipline 5 (20 questions)

Question 181

Which of the following is not one of the steps in biological succession?

  1. AOption (a)

    Migration phase

  2. BOption (b)

    Reaction phase

  3. COption (c)

    Adjustment phase

  4. DOption (d)

    Nudity stage

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Adjustment phase

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Adjustment phase

Key Points

  • The concept of biological succession refers to the natural process through which ecosystems change and develop over time, involving a series of progressive stages until reaching a stable climax community.
  • The "Adjustment phase" is not recognized as a step in this process, making it the correct answer.

 Additional Information

  • Migration phase:

This phase, also known as the colonization or establishment phase, involves the initial arrival and establishment of new species in a barren or disturbed environment. It's the first step in ecological succession.

  • Reaction phase:

 In this phase, species that established during the migration phase begin to interact with each other and the environment. These interactions can lead to changes in the habitat, which may favor the growth of new species while inhibiting others. This phase highlights the dynamic nature of ecological communities.

  • Nudation (Nudity stage):

Nudation refers to the process of creating a bare site (an area devoid of life) due to various factors such as natural disasters, human activities, or other disturbances. It is the precursor to succession, setting the stage for colonization by living organisms. It's often considered an initial step before the actual process of succession begins, although not always explicitly named in every description of ecological succession stages.

The correct answer, "Adjustment phase," is not a recognized term or step in the process of ecological succession, which typically includes stages like the migration (colonization) phase, reaction phase, and the creation of a bare site (nudation).

Question 182

On the basis of the availability of organic matter, the heterotrophic animals are classified into which of the following three categories?

  1. AOption (a)

    Autotrophs, Microorganisms, Saprophytes

  2. BOption (b)

    Zoophyte, Holozoic, Parasites

  3. COption (c)

    Saprophytes, Parasites, Holozoic

  4. DOption (d)

    Parasites, Saprophytes, Zoophyte

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Saprophytes, Parasites, Holozoic

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer : Saprophytes, Parasites, Holozoic

Key Points

  • Saprophytes: These are organisms that feed on dead and decaying organic matter. They play a crucial role in decomposition and nutrient cycling in ecosystems. Although the term is more commonly applied to fungi, in the context of broader ecological roles, it describes the method of obtaining nutrients from decomposed material.
  • Parasites: Parasites are organisms that live on or in a host organism and get their food at the expense of their host. Parasitism is a form of symbiosis where the relationship is beneficial to one organism (the parasite) and harmful to the other (the host).
  • Holozoic: Holozoic nutrition is characterized by the ingestion of solid organic material. Animals that follow a holozoic mode of nutrition take in complex organic substances (usually of plant or animal origin) and through the process of digestion, break these down into simpler compounds that can be absorbed and assimilated into their bodies. This category includes most animals, such as humans, lions, and insects, among others.

Question 183

The famous delta of Sundarban is found in _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Alpine forest

  2. BOption (b)

    Mangrove Forest

  3. COption (c)

    Dry deciduous forest

  4. DOption (d)

    Tropical evergreen forest

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Mangrove Forest

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Mangrove Forest

Key Points 

  • The Sundarbans delta is renowned for its vast mangrove forests.
  • These are ecosystems found in coastal regions where saltwater and freshwater mix, providing a unique habitat that supports a diverse range of wildlife, including the famous Bengal tigers.
  • Mangroves are crucial for protecting coastlines from erosion and extreme weather events.

 

Additional Information

 

  • Alpine Forest: Alpine forests are found in high-altitude areas, characterized by cold climates and a tree line beyond which trees cannot grow due to low temperatures. This environment is starkly different from the warm, wet conditions of the Sundarbans.
  • Dry Deciduous Forest: Dry deciduous forests are characterized by trees that shed their leaves in the dry season to conserve water. These forests are typically found in regions with a marked dry season, unlike the consistently humid environment of the Sundarbans.
  • Tropical Evergreen Forest: Although tropical evergreen forests share some similarities with mangrove forests in terms of climate, they are primarily found inland and maintain their foliage throughout the year. They lack the specialized salt-tolerant plants found in mangroves like those in the Sundarbans.

Question 184

Which of the following is one of the major trees of tropical soft deciduous forests?

  1. AOption (a)

    Rosewood

  2. BOption (b)

    Teak

  3. COption (c)

    Cedar

  4. DOption (d)

    Chestnut

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Teak

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Teak

 Key Points

  • Teak is a large deciduous tree that thrives in mixed hardwood forests. It is native to south and southeast Asia but can also be found in tropical regions across Africa and the Caribbean.
  • Teak is highly valued for its excellent durability, resistance to water, and strong wood, making it a prime choice for furniture, boat building, and other outdoor uses.
  • Its preference for a tropical climate aligns with the characteristics of soft deciduous forests, which experience a wet and a dry season.

Additional Information 

  • Rosewood: This tree is known for its richly hued timber and is more commonly associated with tropical rainforests rather than the specific soft deciduous forests. It prefers a more consistent humid environment.
  • Cedar: Cedar trees are primarily found in mountainous regions and in areas with a temperate climate. They are not typically a major component of tropical soft deciduous forests. Cedars are evergreen, which distinguishes them from the deciduous characteristic of teak.
  • Chestnut: Chestnut trees are native to temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere. They thrive in a cooler climate compared to the warm, tropical conditions that teak trees favor. Chestnut trees are not typically found in tropical soft deciduous forests.

While all the options provided are valuable trees with various uses, teak is the most appropriate answer due to its alignment with the environmental conditions and characteristics of tropical soft deciduous forests.

Question 185

Which of the following components are included in the biosphere?

I. Organic components

II. Abiotic components

III. Energy components

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    I and III

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

I, II and III

 Key Points

 

The biosphere encompasses all the parts of Earth where life exists, extending from the deepest root systems of trees to the upper atmosphere where birds and insects may be found, and includes a variety of environments such as terrestrial, aquatic, and aerial ecosystems. Because of its comprehensive nature, the biosphere includes:

  • I. Organic components - These are carbon-based compounds that were originally synthesized by living organisms. Organic components include all forms of life itself (plants, animals, microorganisms) as well as the products and remains of these organisms (like leaf litter, wood, and fossil fuels).
  • II. Inorganic components - These are chemical substances that are not based on carbon-hydrogen bonds. Inorganic components include water, minerals, metals, and gases like carbon dioxide and oxygen that are essential for life processes. Both living organisms and the physical environments they inhabit rely on these substances for survival and function.
  • III. Power factor - This refers to the energy sources that drive the various processes within the biosphere. The primary source of energy for the biosphere is the sun, which powers photosynthesis and, by extension, supports the food chains and food webs that constitute ecosystems. However, internal geothermal energy also contributes to life processes, particularly in environments such as deep-sea hydrothermal vents where sunlight does not penetrate.

 

Therefore, the biosphere is a complex system that includes a vast array of living organisms (organic components), the nonliving elements they interact with (inorganic components), and the energy (power factor) that fuels the life-supporting processes and cycles within this global ecosystem.

Question 186

Alluvial soil is mainly found in which of the following areas?

  1. AOption (a)

    Indus-Ganga-Brahmaputra plains

  2. BOption (b)

    Western Tamilnadu

  3. COption (c)

    Hills of assam

  4. DOption (d)

    Himalayan mid-latitude zone

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Indus-Ganga-Brahmaputra plains

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: Indus-Ganga-Brahmaputra plains

Key Points

  • Alluvial soil is predominantly found in the Indus-Ganga-Brahmaputra plains.
  • This type of soil is formed by the deposition of sediments by rivers.
  • It is highly fertile and ideal for growing a wide variety of crops.
  • The extensive river systems in these plains contribute to the rich alluvial deposits, making it one of the most agriculturally productive regions of the country.

Additional Information 

  • Western Tamilnadu: This region is more known for its red and black soils rather than alluvial soil. The soil here is suited for crops like cotton, wheat, and groundnuts, and is not primarily formed by river sediments.
  • Hills of Assam: The region is characterized by forest and tea soils. While the Brahmaputra valley in Assam does have alluvial soil, the hilly areas themselves are more associated with lateritic and red soils, which are not as fertile as alluvial soil for widespread agriculture.
  • Himalayan mid-latitude zone: This area is known for its mountain soils, which include brown forest soils, podzols, and other types that are distinct from the alluvial soils found in river plains. These soils are more adapted to coniferous forests and alpine vegetation.

Question 187

Which of the following is the highest peak of the Kumaon Himalayas?

  1. AOption (a)

    kamet

  2. BOption (b)

    Nanda Devi

  3. COption (c)

    Kedarnath

  4. DOption (d)

    Trident

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Nanda Devi

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Nanda Devi

 Key Points

  • Nanda Devi is the highest peak in the Kumaon Himalayas, standing at an elevation of 7,816 meters (25,643 ft) above sea level.
  • It is the second highest mountain in India after Kangchenjunga and the 23rd highest peak in the world.
  • Nanda Devi is a part of the Garhwal Himalayas and holds great religious significance in the region.
  • It is also surrounded by the Nanda Devi National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its unique flora and fauna.

Additional Information

Kamet: Kamet is a significant peak in the Garhwal region of the Indian Himalayas, standing at an elevation of 7,756 meters (25,446 feet). While it is one of the highest mountains in the region, it does not surpass Nanda Devi in height. Kamet is notable for being somewhat isolated and is surrounded by deep valleys. The mountain has a complex structure with several sharp peaks and ridges. Although it's an impressive peak, it is not the highest in the Kumaon Himalayas, which is the specific region in question.

Kedarnath: Kedarnath Peak is part of the Garhwal Himalayas and is famous for its proximity to the Kedarnath Temple, an important pilgrimage site for Hindus. The peak itself has an elevation of 6,940 meters (22,769 feet). It is renowned for its scenic beauty and spiritual significance rather than its height. Kedarnath is not the highest peak in the Kumaun or Garhwal Himalayas but is a significant landmark in the region due to the religious importance of the area.

Trident (Trisul): Trisul is a group of three Himalayan mountain peaks of western Kumaon, with the highest reaching an elevation of 7,120 meters (23,359 feet). The peaks resemble a trident - a weapon wielded by Lord Shiva, according to Hindu mythology. While Trisul is one of the prominent peaks in the Kumaon Himalayas and has historical significance as one of the earliest peaks climbed in the region, it is not the highest, with Nanda Devi taking that distinction.

Question 188

An intergovernmental treaty called the Ramsar Convention is based on ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Climate

  2. BOption (b)

    Wetlands

  3. COption (c)

    Wildlife

  4. DOption (d)

    Drainage system

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Wetlands

Why this answer is correct

Wetlands

The Ramsar Convention is an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. It was signed in Ramsar, Iran, in 1971. Hence, the correct answer is related to "Wetlands."

Important Points

  • The Ramsar Convention, formally known as The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, is an intergovernmental treaty specifically dedicated to the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources.
  • The Convention was adopted in the Iranian city of Ramsar in 1971 and came into force in 1975. It is a pioneering global environmental treaty that set out a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation of wetlands.
  • The Ramsar Convention recognizes the critical importance of wetlands to biodiversity, climate regulation, water filtration, and as a resource for human cultures and livelihoods around the world0.
  • Under the convention, signatory countries (referred to as "Contracting Parties") commit to work towards the "wise use" of all their wetlands through national land-use planning, appropriate policies and legislation, and public education. This includes identifying and designating suitable wetlands for the Ramsar List of Wetlands of International Importance ("Ramsar Sites") based on their ecological, botanical, zoological, limnological or hydrological significance.
  • As of the available information, there are over 2,400 Ramsar Sites around the world, covering over 250 million hectares, which highlights the extensive international commitment to wetland conservation2.

Question 189

Bhakra Dam is situated on which river?

  1. AOption (a)

    Chambal

  2. BOption (b)

    Gomti

  3. COption (c)

    Satluj

  4. DOption (d)

    Ghaggar

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Satluj

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer:  Satluj River.

Key Points 

  • Satluj River: The Bhakra Dam, one of India's largest dams and a core part of the Bhakra Nangal Project, is located on the Satluj River.
  • This river is a major river in the Indus river system and flows through the Indian states of Punjab and Himachal Pradesh, making it a crucial water source for the region.

 Additional Information

Chambal River : The Chambal River is famous for its ravines and is a tributary of the Yamuna River. It flows through the states of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, and Uttar Pradesh. 

Gomti River : The Gomti River is a tributary of the Ganges, flowing through the Indian states of Uttar Pradesh. It is known for passing through the city of Lucknow. 

Ghaggar River: The Ghaggar River is a seasonal river in India, flowing through the states of Haryana, Punjab, and Rajasthan. It is considered to be the remnant of the ancient Saraswati.

In summary, the Bhakra Dam is uniquely associated with the Satluj River due to its geographical location and the river's capacity to support such a massive hydroelectric and irrigation project.

Question 190

The dynamical hypothesis regarding the origin of monsoon was put forward by _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Flohn

  2. BOption (b)

    Hailey

  3. COption (c)

    Kendreu

  4. DOption (d)

    Kant

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Flohn

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Flohn

 Key Points

  • The dynamical hypothesis regarding the origin of monsoon was indeed put forward by Flohn.
  • This hypothesis focuses on the dynamic interaction between atmospheric circulation and seasonal changes in temperature, especially the differential heating of land and sea.
  • Flohn's contributions to understanding the monsoon's dynamics have been significant in meteorology, emphasizing the role of large-scale wind patterns and thermal contrasts.

Additional Information 

  • Hailey: Hailey is more commonly associated with other scientific contributions and not specifically known for the dynamical hypothesis of monsoon origin.
  • Kendreu: His work does not have a recognized contribution to the dynamical hypothesis regarding the origin of monsoons.
  • Kant: Immanuel Kant, often referenced in philosophical contexts, did not contribute to the dynamical hypothesis of the monsoon. His work primarily lies in philosophy, not meteorology or climatology.

Question 191

In the Western Ghats, Jog Falls is a waterfall on the ______ river.

  1. AOption (a)

    Godavari

  2. BOption (b)

    Sharavati

  3. COption (c)

    Periyar

  4. DOption (d)

    Krishna

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Sharavati

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Sharavati

Key Points

  • Jog Falls is a spectacular waterfall located on the Sharavati River in the state of Karnataka, India.
  • It is one of the highest waterfalls in India and is a significant tourist attraction.
  • The falls are famous for their segmented nature, appearing as four distinct cascades - known locally as Raja, Rani, Rover, and Rocket - during the monsoon season when the river reaches its full strength.
  • The area surrounding Jog Falls is rich in biodiversity and is part of the Western Ghats, a UNESCO World Heritage site.

Important Points Waterfalls in the Western Ghats:

  • Athirapally Falls on the Chalakudy River in Kerala is another famous waterfall in the Western Ghats. It is often referred to as the "Niagara of India" and has been a backdrop for many films.
  • Dudhsagar Falls, located on the Mandovi River on the border of Goa and Karnataka, is another majestic waterfall in Western Ghats. It is known for its stunning white water cascading down steep mountain slopes, resembling a stream of milk ("Dudhsagar" means "sea of milk" in Hindi).

Question 192

The color of red soil is due to the presence of ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Ferric oxide

  2. BOption (b)

    Aluminium Oxide

  3. COption (c)

    Calcium carbonate

  4. DOption (d)

    Phosphorus

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Ferric oxide

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Ferric oxide

Red soils are typically acidic and may have varying nutrient contents depending on their exact composition and the degree of leaching they have undergone. They are more fertile than sandy soils but less fertile than alluvial soils, which are rich in nutrients. Proper management and fertilization can enhance their productivity. Red soils are used for growing a variety of crops, including cereals, pulses, and fruits, depending on the specific fertility and the water-holding capacity of the soil in the region.

Key Points

  • Red soil gets its distinctive coloration primarily due to the presence of ferric oxide.
  • When iron compounds in the soil oxidize, they form ferric oxide, which has a reddish tint.
  • The degree of oxidation and concentration of ferric oxide will influence the intensity of the soil's red color.
  • Red soils are commonly found in regions with a warm, temperate, and humid climate and are especially prevalent in areas characterized by intense weathering of ancient crystalline and metamorphic rocks

Additional Information

  • Aluminium Oxide: While aluminium oxide is indeed present in many soils, including red soil, and contributes to the general makeup of the soil, it does not impart a red color to the soil. Instead, it is associated with the soil's physical properties and is a component of clay minerals found in the soil.
  • Calcium Carbonate: Calcium carbonate is often associated with lighter-colored soils, such as those found in arid and semi-arid environments. It can contribute to the formation of caliche, a hard layer of soil rich in calcium carbonate. It does not cause the red coloration seen in red soils.
  • Phosphorus: Phosphorus is an essential nutrient for plants and is a component of soil that contributes to fertility. However, it does not impact the soil color significantly. The presence of phosphorus is crucial for plant growth, but it isn't related to the color of the soil.

Question 193

Which of the following mountain ranges of the Himalayas are separated by the Main Boundary Block (MBT)?

  1. AOption (a)

    Lesser Himalaya and Trans Himalaya

  2. BOption (b)

    Lesser Himalaya and Shivalik

  3. COption (c)

    Trans Himalaya and Shivalik

  4. DOption (d)

    Great Himalaya and Lesser Himalaya

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Lesser Himalaya and Shivalik

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Lesser Himalaya and Shivalik

 Key Points

  • The Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) is a major geological fault zone within the Himalayas.
  • It separates the Lesser Himalayas from the Shivalik Range, which is the outermost range of the Himalayas.
  • This division is significant as it demarcates the transition from the moderately high Lesser Himalayas to the lower Shivalik hills, which are known for their alluvial deposits.

Additional Information 

  • Lesser Himalaya and Trans Himalaya: This option is incorrect because the Trans Himalaya is located north of the Great Himalaya Range and is not separated from the Lesser Himalaya by the MBT. The Trans Himalaya is a separate entity that lies beyond the influence of the MBT.
  • Trans Himalaya and Shivalik: This option is also incorrect because the Trans Himalaya and the Shivalik Range are far apart, with the Great Himalaya and Lesser Himalaya lying in between. The MBT does not play a role in separating these two ranges.
  • Great Himalaya and Lesser Himalaya: While it's true that the Great Himalaya and Lesser Himalaya are distinct ranges within the Himalayas, they are primarily separated by different fault lines, not the MBT. The MBT specifically marks the boundary between the Lesser Himalayas and the Shivalik Range.

Important Points 

  • The Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) is one of several major thrust faults in the Himalayan region, which include the Main Central Thrust (MCT) and the Main Frontal Thrust (MFT). Each of these plays a significant role in the complex geology of the Himalayas, contributing to the formation of its diverse topography and landscapes.
  • The Lesser Himalayas, also known as the Middle Himalayas, are characterized by their moderate elevations and are home to many hill stations and valleys. In contrast, the Shivalik Range, being the outermost range, consists of newer, loosely consolidated formations and experiences a higher degree of erosion and sediment deposition.

Question 194

The Andaman and Nicobar Islands are separated by _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Durand Line

  2. BOption (b)

    Ten degree channel

  3. COption (c)

    Eight degree channel

  4. DOption (d)

    Radcliffe line

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Ten degree channel

Why this answer is correct

Ten Degree Channel

Key Points

  • This is the correct geographical feature that separates the Andaman Islands from the Nicobar Islands.
  • It is named so because it lies on the 10-degree line of latitude, north of the equator.
  • This channel is significant for marine navigation and also marks a distinct biogeographical separation, with different species of flora and fauna found on either side.

 Additional Information

  • Durand Line: This is the border between Pakistan and Afghanistan, established in 1893. It has no geographical relevance to the Andaman and Nicobar Islands
  • Eight Degree Channel: This channel separates the Minicoy Island (the southernmost part of the Lakshadweep archipelago) from the Maldives. Though it is a significant maritime boundary in the Indian Ocean.
  • Radcliffe Line: This is the boundary demarcation line between India and Pakistan that was drawn at the time of the partition in 1947. It is named after Cyril Radcliffe, who was commissioned to draw the borders. This line has no connection with the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, making it an irrelevant option for this question.

Question 195

Which of the following statements is/are correct with respect to ecological niche?

I. The law of competitive exclusion states that no two species will occupy the same niche and compete for the same resources in the same habitat for very long.

II. More dominant species occupy a wider and wider ecological niche than less dominant species.

III. Ecological niche is not affected by population resource variables.

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    I and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

I and II

Key Points

  • Statement I:  The law of competitive exclusion states that no two species will occupy the same niche and compete for the same resources in the same habitat for very long.

 Explanation: This statement is correct. The competitive exclusion principle, formulated by G.F. Gause, posits that two species competing for the same limiting resources cannot coexist at constant population values. If two species have identical niches, they will compete until one is driven to extinction or undergoes an evolutionary or behavioral shift towards a different ecological niche.

  • Statement II: More dominant species occupy a wider and wider ecological niche than less dominant species.

 Explanation: This statement is generally correct but requires nuance. Dominant species, by definition, are those that are more abundant or have a significant influence over other species in an ecosystem. It is often observed that such species can exploit a wider range of resources or conditions, which could be interpreted as occupying a "wider" niche. However, niche width can also depend on a species' adaptability and generalist tendencies, not just dominance.

  • Statement III: Ecological niche is not affected by population resource variables.

Explanation: This statement is incorrect. An ecological niche is significantly affected by population resource variables. The concept of a niche encompasses not just the physical space an organism occupies but also the roles it plays in its ecosystem, including interactions with other species and its use of resources. Resource availability and competition for resources are key factors that shape the niche of a species.

Hence, the **correct option is 1 (I and II are correct).**

Question 196

Which of the following characteristics of laterite soil is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    Less acidic in higher areas

  2. BOption (b)

    Rich in Iron

  3. COption (c)

    Abundance of organic matter

  4. DOption (d)

    Poor in aluminium

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Rich in Iron

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Rich in Iron

Key Points

  • Laterite soils are highly rich in iron due to the intense weathering of the parent rocks in hot and wet tropical areas. This weathering process causes the heavy leaching of soluble minerals such as calcium carbonate, which leaves behind oxides of iron and aluminum, thus giving the soil its characteristic deep red to reddish-brown coloration.
  • Less acidic in higher areas: Laterite soils can actually become more acidic in higher areas due to leaching, as rainfall removes basic cations (calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium) from the soil, leaving behind hydrogen ions. The degree of acidity can vary based on specific environmental conditions, but this statement does not accurately capture the nature of laterite soil acidity.
  • Abundance of organic matter: Laterite soils generally have a low content of organic matter. This is because the high temperatures and moisture levels in the environments where laterite soils are found accelerate the decomposition of organic matter. Consequently, there is less accumulation of organic material in the soil.
  • Poor in aluminium: This statement is incorrect. Laterite soils are not only rich in iron but also in aluminum. The weathering process in tropical conditions fosters the accumulation of iron and aluminum oxides, making these elements prominent in laterite soils. They are less rich in soluble nutrients but definitely notable for their content of iron and aluminum oxides.

 Additional Information

  • Laterite soils are typically found in tropical and subtropical regions and are formed under conditions of high temperature and heavy rainfall with an alternation of wet and dry periods.
  • These soils are known for their use in brick-making due to their rich iron content, which hardens like iron when exposed to air after excavation.
  • Though not very fertile due to the low levels of organic matter and available phosphorus and nitrogen, they can be made productive with proper management and fertilization.
  • They are often used for growing tea, coffee, and cashew nuts in countries like India.

Question 197

Match Grassland List – I with Continent List – II and select the correct answer from the given options.

List - IList - II
aVeldiAustralia
bPrairieiiNorth America
cpampasiiiAfrica
ddownsivSouth America
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - iv, c - iii, d - ii

  2. BOption (b)

    a - iii, b - ii, c - iv, d - i

  3. COption (c)

    a - ii, b - i, c - iv, d - iii

  4. DOption (d)

    a - iv, b - ii, c - ii, d - i

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

a - iii, b - ii, c - iv, d - i

Why this answer is correct

a - iii, b - ii, c - iv, d - i 

Key Points

a. Veld is correctly matched with iii) Africa. The term "Veld" refers to the wide-open rural landscapes in South Africa, which are characterized by grassy terrain with scattered trees and bushes, mostly found in the high plateaus of South Africa. The veld is known for its unique biodiversity and is a term particularly associated with certain grassland ecosystems in the region.

b. Prairie is correctly matched with ii) North America. Prairies are extensive areas of flat or gently rolling grassland in North America, particularly in the United States and Canada. They are characterized by tall grass species in the more humid areas and short grasses in the drier regions. Prairies once covered vast expanses of the interior of North America and played a significant role in the continent's ecology and history.

c. Pampas is correctly matched with iv) South America. The Pampas are fertile South American lowlands that cover more than 750,000 km2 and include the Argentine provinces of Buenos Aires, La Pampa, Santa Fe, Entre Ríos, and Córdoba, most of Uruguay, and the southernmost Brazilian state, Rio Grande do Sul. This region is characterized by its rich, grassy landscapes, which are ideal for agriculture and livestock.

d. Downs is correctly matched with i) Australia. "Downs" refers to the rolling, grassy plains found in parts of Australia, notably the Darling Downs in Queensland. These areas are utilized for grazing and crop cultivation, with a temperate climate that supports a mix of grass species conducive to pastoral and agricultural activities.

 Additional Information

  • Each of these grasslands represents a crucial ecosystem within their respective continents, supporting a variety of plant and animal life uniquely adapted to their environments.
  • They also play significant roles in the agricultural and economic sectors of their regions, making them vital to human society as well as natural biodiversity.

Question 198

Which of the following assertions is NOT correct about the Cold Desert of India?

  1. AOption (a)

    It lies in the rain shadow area of the Himalaya mountains.

  2. BOption (b)

    It is surrounded by Zanskar mountains in the south.

  3. COption (c)

    This region has enormous variety of saline lake beds.

  4. DOption (d)

    River Indus flows through this region.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

This region has enormous variety of saline lake beds.

Why this answer is correct

This region has enormous variety of saline lake beds.

Key Points

  • The Cold Desert of India is primarily located in the Ladakh region, which is known for its high-altitude desert landscape characterized by sparse vegetation and a cold climate.
  • While there are notable lakes in Ladakh, including Pangong Tso and Tso Moriri which are saline to varying degrees, describing the region as having an "enormous variety of saline lake beds" may not accurately reflect the predominant geographical features of Ladakh's cold desert.
  • The high-altitude lakes in this region, though significant, are not as varied in terms of being saline lake beds as the statement implies. The term "enormous variety" might overstate the presence and variety of saline lakes specifically.

Additional Information

  • It lies in the rain shadow area of the Himalaya mountains. This statement is correct. The cold desert of Ladakh lies in the rain shadow region of the Himalayas. This geographical positioning prevents moist air from reaching the region, contributing to its arid conditions.
  • It is surrounded by Zanskar mountains in the south. This statement is also correct. The Ladakh region, including the cold desert, is bounded by the Zanskar mountain range to the south.
  • River Indus flows through this region. This is accurate. The Indus River flows through this region, providing essential water resources for irrigation, drinking, and other uses in an otherwise dry landscape

Question 199

Monoclimax theory about the nature of climax vegetation says that _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Habitat is not always in equilibrium with ecosystem

  2. BOption (b)

    Man's destructive and constructive activities affect the climax vegetation.

  3. COption (c)

    Regional climate extremes are the major control of vegetation.

  4. DOption (d)

    Many climax communities can develop from any climate zone

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Regional climate extremes are the major control of vegetation.

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Regional climate extremes are the major control of vegetation.

 Key Points

  • The mono climax theory posits that in any given region, the climax vegetation is primarily determined by the regional climate.
  • This theory suggests that despite variations in soil, topography, or other local factors, the ultimate vegetation state in an area is controlled by the overarching climate conditions.
  • Thus, the statement that "Regional climate extremes are the major control of vegetation" accurately reflects the core principle of the mono climax theory, which emphasizes the dominant role of climate in shaping climax communities.

Additional Information

  • Option 1 Incorrect: The statement "Habitat is not always in equilibrium with the ecosystem" does not directly relate to the mono climax theory. While ecosystems can indeed experience disequilibrium due to various factors, this statement does not specifically address the mono climax theory's focus on climate as the primary determinant of climax vegetation.
  • Option 2 Incorrect: Although human activities can significantly impact climax vegetation, altering its natural progression and composition, the mono climax theory itself centers on the natural climatic determinants of climax communities rather than human influences. This option highlights an important aspect of ecological dynamics but does not encapsulate the essence of the mono climax theory.
  • Option 4 Incorrect: This option contradicts the mono climax theory by suggesting that multiple climax communities can develop within any climate zone. The mono climax theory, by contrast, argues for a single climax community outcome driven by the regional climate, thus making this statement incorrect in the context of the theory.

Question 200

Which of the following soils has high water holding capacity?

  1. AOption (a)

    Laterite soil

  2. BOption (b)

    Mountain soil

  3. COption (c)

    Desert soil

  4. DOption (d)

    Black soil

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Black soil

Why this answer is correct

Black soil

Key Points

  • Black soil is renowned for its high water retention capacity. This characteristic makes it particularly suitable for cultivating crops that require more moisture, such as cotton.
  • The soil's fine texture and clayey composition allow it to hold water efficiently.
  • Its properties are especially beneficial for regions with erratic rainfall, as it can help sustain crops by providing moisture over extended dry periods.

 Additional Information

  • Laterite soil, on the other hand, is not known for high water holding capacity. It is typically found in areas with high temperatures and heavy rainfall, leading to intense leaching. This process washes away soluble minerals, leaving the soil less fertile and poorer in water retention.
  • Mountain soil, which is found in mountainous regions, is usually shallow, stony, and not very fertile due to rapid soil erosion. Its structure does not favor water retention as much as other soil types, making it less effective in holding water.
  • Desert soil is characteristic of arid regions and, as expected, has a low water holding capacity. It is sandy, lacks organic matter, and cannot retain water efficiently, which aligns with the challenges of cultivating crops in desert areas.

Discipline 6 (20 questions)

Question 201

Which of the following continents was the first to industrialize?

  1. AOption (a)

    Asia

  2. BOption (b)

    Australia

  3. COption (c)

    North America

  4. DOption (d)

    Europe

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Europe

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Europe

 Key Points

  • Europe was the first continent to industrialize, beginning in Great Britain in the late 18th century.
  • The Industrial Revolution marked a major turning point in history; almost every aspect of daily life was influenced in some way.
  • Innovations in machinery, manufacturing, and transportation meant that goods could be produced on a much larger scale than before.
  • This period saw the rise of the factory system, significant technological advancements, and the growth of industries such as textiles and steel.

Additional Information 

  • Asia: While certain regions in Asia, notably parts of China and India, had historically advanced technologies and manufacturing techniques, the continent as a whole did not experience industrialization until after Europe. The impact of European industrialization was global, eventually reaching Asian countries and significantly altering their economies and societies, but this occurred later.
  • Australia: Australia did not industrialize until after Europe. Its industrialization was also influenced by European (particularly British) colonization and the global spread of industrial technologies and practices from Europe.
  • North America: North America, particularly the United States, followed Europe in the industrialization process. The U.S. experienced its significant industrial growth in the 19th century, after the Industrial Revolution had already begun in Europe. Although it rapidly became a global industrial leader, this was a subsequent development.

Question 202

Which of the following industries is prominently involved in the Great Lakes region of the United States?

  1. AOption (a)

    Iron and Steel

  2. BOption (b)

    Diamond cutting

  3. COption (c)

    Fertilizer

  4. DOption (d)

    Plane

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Iron and Steel

Why this answer is correct

Iron and Steel Industry:

 Key Points

  • The Great Lakes region is prominently involved in the iron and steel industry due to its proximity to raw materials like iron ore and coal, which are essential for steel production.
  • This region, especially states like Indiana and Michigan, has historically been a hub for the steel industry in the United States.
  • The availability of transportation routes such as the Great Lakes themselves facilitates the easy movement of raw materials and finished products, making it an ideal location for this industry.

Additional Information  Diamond Cutting: Incorrect because diamond cutting is a specialized industry that is more commonly associated with cities known for their jewelry markets, such as Antwerp in Belgium, rather than the industrial-centric Great Lakes region.

Fertilizer: Incorrect because, while agriculture is significant in the Midwest surrounding the Great Lakes, the fertilizer industry is not as prominently based in this region as the iron and steel industry. Fertilizer production tends to be more distributed and is often located closer to agricultural areas rather than being concentrated in the Great Lakes region.

Plane- Incorrect because, although the United States has significant aircraft manufacturing industries, they are more commonly associated with regions like the Pacific Northwest (e.g., Boeing in Washington state) and the Southeast. The Great Lakes region, while involved in various manufacturing sectors, is not specifically known as a center for plane manufacturing.

In summary, the Great Lakes region's historical development, natural resources, and transportation infrastructure have made it a center for the iron and steel industry

Question 203

'Flying squirrel' is found in which of the following biosphere reserves? 

  1. AOption (a)

    Pachmarhi, Madhya Pradesh

  2. BOption (b)

    Nokrek, Meghalaya

  3. COption (c)

    Gulf of Mannar, Tamil Nadu

  4. DOption (d)

    Kutch, Gujarat

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Pachmarhi, Madhya Pradesh

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Pachmarhi, Madhya Pradesh

Key Points

  • Pachmarhi Biosphere Reserve, located in Madhya Pradesh, is known for its rich biodiversity and is home to the Indian giant squirrel, also known as the flying squirrel.
  • This species is known for its ability to glide between trees using a patagium, a membrane stretching from its forelimbs to hind limbs.
  • The reserve's varied topography, including forests and meadows, provides an ideal habitat for these creatures.

 

Additional Information

  • Nokrek, Meghalaya: Nokrek Biosphere Reserve is famous for its rich biodiversity, including various species of flora and fauna unique to the northeastern region of India.
  • Gulf of Mannar, Tamil Nadu: The Gulf of Mannar Biosphere Reserve is an extensive area of sea and coastal ecosystems. It is renowned for its marine biodiversity, including coral reefs and mangroves.
  • Kutch, Gujarat: The Kutch Biosphere Reserve is known for its desert and arid land ecosystems. It houses a variety of species adapted to such environments, including the Indian wild ass.

Question 204

Which of the following statements is/are correct about the season of retreating monsoon in India?

I. The temperature during the season of retreating monsoon is uniformly high i.e. about 25 degrees celcius in northern India.

II. It moves further southward by the beginning of December and merges with the equatorial low.

III. The south-west monsoon begins to retreat from southern India by the last week of October.

  1. AOption (a)

    II and III

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only I

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

Correct Statements: I and II

 Key Points

  • I. The temperature during the season of retreating monsoon is uniformly high i.e. about 25 degrees Celsius in northern India.

This statement is correct because during the retreating monsoon season, the temperatures in northern India do tend to be uniformly high, around 25 degrees Celsius. This is due to the withdrawal of the monsoon clouds, leading to clearer skies and more sunlight reaching the ground.

  • II. It moves further southward by the beginning of December and merges with the equatorial low.

This is accurate as the retreating monsoon winds, upon withdrawal from the northern parts of India, move southward and eventually merge with the equatorial low-pressure system. This process contributes to the northeast monsoon in the southern parts of the Indian subcontinent, affecting weather patterns there.

The correct understanding of the retreating monsoon season involves recognizing the gradual withdrawal of the monsoon winds, starting from the northern parts of India and moving southward, and the associated weather changes, including temperature variations and the shift in wind patterns.

Question 205

Which of the following groups of rivers is correctly sequenced in the ascending order of their length in kilometres?

  1. AOption (a)

    Yamuna River, Brahmaputra River, Chenab River, Ganga River

  2. BOption (b)

    Ganga River, Indus River, Brahmaputra River, Ravi River

  3. COption (c)

    Chenab River, Beas River, Brahmaputra River, Yamuna River

  4. DOption (d)

    Beas River, Ravi River, Yamuna River, Ganga River

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Beas River, Ravi River, Yamuna River, Ganga River

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Beas River, Ravi River, Yamuna River, Ganga River

Key Points

Beas River: Originating from the Himalayas in central Himachal Pradesh, India, and flowing to the Sutlej River in the Indian state of Punjab, the Beas is one of the five rivers of the Punjab region. Its length is approximately 470 kilometers.

Ravi River: Also originating from the Himalayas, in the Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh, and eventually flowing into the Chenab River in Punjab, Pakistan. The Ravi River has a length of about 720 kilometers.

Yamuna River: The longest tributary of the Ganga River, originating from the Yamunotri Glacier in the Uttarkashi district of Uttarakhand. It flows through several states in India before merging with the Ganga at Triveni Sangam in Allahabad (Prayagraj). The Yamuna is around 1,376 kilometers long.

Ganga River: One of the longest rivers in India, originating from the Gangotri Glacier in the Western Himalayas in the state of Uttarakhand. It flows through the Gangetic plains of North India into Bangladesh, where it empties into the Bay of Bengal. The Ganga spans around 2,525 kilometers, making it the longest among the rivers mentioned in the options.

 Additional Information

Brahmaputra River: It is one of the major rivers in the world, originating from the Angsi Glacier in Tibet, where it is known as the Yarlung Tsangpo. It enters India in the state of Arunachal Pradesh and then flows into Bangladesh, where it merges with the Ganga to form the world's largest delta, the Sunderbans. The Brahmaputra is about 2,900 kilometers long, making it longer than the Ganga when considering its entire course, but within India, its length is shorter than the Ganga's.

Chenab River: Originating from the meeting point of two rivers, Chandra and Bhaga, in Himachal Pradesh, India, it flows into Pakistan and then merges into the Indus River. The Chenab has a total length of about 960 kilometers.

Indus River: One of the longest rivers in Asia, originating near Lake Mansarovar in the Tibetan plateau, it flows through Ladakh, India, and then through the entire length of Pakistan to drain into the Arabian Sea. The total length of the Indus is about 3,180 kilometers, making it longer than the Ganga.

Therefore, by their lengths in ascending order, Option 4 correctly sequences the rivers: Beas, Ravi, Yamuna, and Ganga.

Question 206

Match List - I of national park with List - II of states and select the correct answer from the given options.

List - IList - II
aJaldapara National ParkiArunachal Pradesh
bKaziranga National ParkiiWest Bengal
cKanha National ParkiiiMadhya Pradesh
dNamdapha National ParkivAssam
  1. AOption (a)

    a - iii, b - iv, c - ii, d - i

  2. BOption (b)

    a - iv, b - ii, c - iii, d - i

  3. COption (c)

    a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i

  4. DOption (d)

    a - i, b - iv, c - ii, d - iii

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i

Why this answer is correct

Correct Option: Option 3 (a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i) 

Key Points 

a. Jaldapara National Park is in West Bengal (ii). Situated in the foothills of the Eastern Himalayas, Jaldapara National Park is renowned for its vast population of Indian one-horned rhinoceros. This park, established in 1941, spans approximately 216.5 square kilometers and provides habitat not just for rhinos but also for elephants, tigers, various deer species, and birds.

b. Kaziranga National Park is in Assam (iv). This UNESCO World Heritage Site is famous for hosting two-thirds of the world's great one-horned rhinoceroses. Kaziranga is characterized by vast grasslands, wetlands, and forests. It was declared a Tiger Reserve in 2006 due to its high density of tigers, and it also shelters elephants, wild water buffalo, and numerous bird species.

c. Kanha National Park is in Madhya Pradesh (iii). As one of the largest national parks in India, Kanha is known for its efforts in saving the Barasingha (Swamp Deer) from extinction. The park was the inspiration for Rudyard Kipling's famous novel "The Jungle Book" and is notable for its diverse wildlife and conservation efforts.

d. Namdapha National Park is in Arunachal Pradesh (i). This park is distinctive for being the third-largest national park in India in terms of area and for housing a rich biodiversity with its range of habitats from tropical moist forests to alpine meadows. It's also known for its rare and exotic flora and fauna, including the clouded leopard, snow leopard, and red panda.

Hence, option 3 correctly matches the national parks with their respective states. Each of these parks plays a crucial role in the conservation of India's diverse wildlife and offers unique landscapes and ecosystems, contributing significantly to ecological research, wildlife photography, and tourism.

Question 207

Which of the following crops is grown in Kharif season?

  1. AOption (a)

    Maize

  2. BOption (b)

    Gram

  3. COption (c)

    barley

  4. DOption (d)

    Wheat

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Maize

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Maize

 Key Points

  • Maize is a typical Kharif crop, sown at the beginning of the monsoon season in India, around June, and harvested after the monsoon, typically by the end of October.
  • The crop requires moderate temperatures and good moisture to thrive, conditions that are met during the monsoon season in India.

Additional Information

  • Gram: This is a Rabi crop, usually sown after the monsoon season, around October or November, and harvested in the spring, around March or April. It requires cooler temperatures and less water, which are conditions prevalent during the winter months in India.
  • Barley: Another Rabi crop, barley is sown in the winter months and harvested in the spring. It prefers cooler climates and is typically grown in regions with mild winters.
  • Wheat: This is one of the most important Rabi crops in India, sown in the winter months after the monsoon season and harvested in the spring. It requires cooler growing conditions and is heavily dependent on winter precipitation to provide the necessary water for growth.

Question 208

Shifting cultivation is known by which name in northeast India? 

  1. AOption (a)

    Jhum

  2. BOption (b)

    Bewar

  3. COption (c)

    Dahia

  4. DOption (d)

    Kumari

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Jhum

Why this answer is correct

Jhum.

Key Points

  • Jhum cultivation refers to a traditional shifting agriculture practice found in the Northeastern states of India, such as Mizoram, Nagaland, and parts of Assam, Manipur, Tripura, and Meghalaya.
  • Farmers clear a patch of forest, burn the felled vegetation, and use the ash to fertilize the soil. After cultivating the land for a few years and depleting its nutrients, they move to a new patch, allowing the old one to regenerate.

 Additional Information

Option 2) Bewar - This term refers to a form of shifting cultivation practiced in the regions of Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh. It shares similarities with Jhum, where land is cleared and cultivated for a period before moving on to allow the land to recover.

Option 3) Dahia - Dahia is another form of shifting cultivation, but it's more commonly associated with the tribal areas of Odisha. Like other forms of shifting agriculture, Dahia involves clearing a piece of land, using it for agriculture for some time, and then moving on to allow the land to rejuvenate.

Option 4) Kumari - Kumari is a term used for shifting cultivation in the Western Ghats, particularly in areas like Kerala. The basic principles of slashing, burning, and moving after a few years of cultivation apply here too.

  • Each of these terms refers to localized practices of shifting cultivation, which is a common agricultural practice in several parts of India and other parts of the world, adapted to the local environment and cultural context.
  • Jhum, being practiced in the Northeast, is part of a broader spectrum of shifting cultivation systems adapted to various ecological regions across India.

Question 209

The National Forest Policy 1952 classified the forests of India into which of the four given categories?

  1. AOption (a)

    Protected forests, Private forests, Village forests, Broad-leaf forests

  2. BOption (b)

    Protected forests, Village forests, Reserved forests, National forests

  3. COption (c)

    Unclassified forests, National forests, Commercial forests, Tree lands

  4. DOption (d)

    Protected forests, National forests, Village forests, Tree lands

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Protected forests, National forests, Village forests, Tree lands

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Protected forests, National forests, Village forests, Tree lands

Important Points

Reserved Forests: These are areas earmarked for the production of timber and other forest produce, with conservation of soil and water being a priority. They are the most protected forests, where most rights of people, including grazing and hunting, are restricted unless specifically allowed.

Protected Forests: A somewhat lesser degree of protection and restrictions compared to Reserved Forests. The government retains the right to "protect" anything and can ban practices such as grazing or hunting, but the land is not as strictly controlled as in Reserved Forests.

Village Forests: These are areas that can be designated from either Reserved or Protected Forests, where the local communities are given the right to use some forest resources, usually under a community management system or arrangement.

Private Forests: These are forest lands owned by private individuals or entities under the guidelines and restrictions imposed by forest laws.

Question 210

Which branch of agriculture deals with the cultivation of fruits, vegetables and ornamental plants?

  1. AOption (a)

    Gardening

  2. BOption (b)

    Bee keeping

  3. COption (c)

    Sericulture

  4. DOption (d)

    Mariculture

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Gardening

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Gardening

 Key Points

  • Gardening is the branch of agriculture that focuses on the cultivation of fruits, vegetables, and ornamental plants.
  • It encompasses a wide range of activities related to plant care, including soil management, planting, watering, pruning, and harvesting.
  • Gardening can be practiced on a small scale in home gardens or on a larger scale in orchards and plant nurseries.

Additional Information 

Bee keeping: This is the practice of maintaining bee colonies, typically in hives, by humans. Beekeeping is primarily done for the production of honey, beeswax, and other products like royal jelly and propolis. It does not involve the cultivation of plants.

 

Sericulture: This involves the cultivation of silkworms for the production of silk. Sericulture entails the rearing of silkworms on a diet of mulberry leaves and managing the environment to facilitate the production of cocoons. It is focused on insect rearing rather than plant cultivation.

 

Mariculture: This is a specialized branch of aquaculture that involves the cultivation of marine organisms in the open ocean, an enclosed section of the ocean, or in tanks, ponds or raceways which are filled with seawater. It includes the farming of fish, shellfish, and seaweed in saltwater environments. Mariculture does not deal with plants grown on land.

Question 211

Which of the following combinations of 'River-Tributary' is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    Godavari - Panchganga

  2. BOption (b)

    Narmada - Betul

  3. COption (c)

    Kaveri - Hemavathi

  4. DOption (d)

    Jhelum - Parvati

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Kaveri - Hemavathi

Why this answer is correct

Kaveri - Hemavathi

Key Points

Kaveri - Hemavathi: The Kaveri (or Cauvery) River is a significant river in southern India, flowing through the states of Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. The Hemavathi is an important tributary of the Kaveri River; it originates in the Western Ghats and joins the Kaveri at Krishnarajasagara in Karnataka. Therefore, this combination is correct.

Godavari - Panchganga: The Godavari is a major river in India and is often referred to as the "Dakshin Ganga" or Ganga of the South. It flows across central India from Maharashtra to Andhra Pradesh. The Panchganga is indeed a tributary, but of the Krishna River, not the Godavari. Therefore, this combination is incorrect.

Narmada - Betul: The Narmada is one of the major rivers of peninsular India, flowing westwards over a length of around 1,312 kilometers before emptying into the Arabian Sea. It is important to note that Betul is a district in Madhya Pradesh through which the Narmada River flows, but it is not a tributary of the Narmada. The confusion might arise from geographical associations rather than hydrological relationships. Therefore, this combination is incorrect.

Jhelum - Parvati: The Jhelum is a river in northern India and eastern Pakistan, and it is a part of the Indus River system. It is important to the history and culture of the region. The Parvati River, however, is not a tributary of the Jhelum. The Parvati River is in Himachal Pradesh and flows into the Beas River. Due to this, the combination is incorrect.

Thus, the correct match is Option 3) Kaveri - Hemavathi, where the Hemavathi River is indeed a tributary of the Kaveri River.

Question 212

The headquarters of North-Western Railway zone of India is located in _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Kolkata

  2. BOption (b)

    Gorakhpur

  3. COption (c)

    Lucknow

  4. DOption (d)

    Jaipur

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Jaipur

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Jaipur

 

 Key Points

  • Jaipur is the headquarters of the North-Western Railway zone of India.
  • This railway zone is one of the 18 railway zones in India and covers a large area of the northwestern part of the country, including regions of Rajasthan, parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana.
  • Jaipur, being a major city in Rajasthan, serves as a central hub for the operations and administration of this railway zone.

 Additional Information

Kolkata: it is the headquarters of the Eastern Railway and South Eastern Railway zones. Kolkata is a major metropolitan city in West Bengal, India, and plays a crucial role in the country's railway network, but it is not related to the North-Western Railway zone.

Gorakhpur: Gorakhpur is the headquarters of the North Eastern Railway zone. Located in Uttar Pradesh, Gorakhpur boasts one of the world's longest railway platforms and is a key location for railways in the northeastern part of India.

Lucknow: Lucknow, the capital city of Uttar Pradesh, is not the headquarters of the North-Western Railway zone. It is, however, a significant railway hub and serves as the headquarters for the North Eastern Railway's Lucknow division. Lucknow plays a vital role in connecting various parts of the country but is associated with a different railway zone.

In summary, Jaipur stands out as the correct location for the headquarters of the North-Western Railway zone.

Question 213

India is the largest producer of which of the following industries? 

  1. AOption (a)

    Copper Industry

  2. BOption (b)

    Silk textile

  3. COption (c)

    Uranium Industry

  4. DOption (d)

    Jute textile

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Jute textile

Why this answer is correct

Jute Textile

 Key Points

  • India is the largest producer of jute in the world, contributing significantly to the global jute industry.
  • The country has a long history of jute cultivation and production, primarily in the eastern regions, including West Bengal, Bihar, and Assam.
  • Jute, often referred to as the "golden fiber," is used for making various products such as bags, ropes, and mats due to its natural biodegradable properties.
  • The favorable climatic conditions, fertile soil, and an established industry with skilled labor contribute to India's leading position in jute production.

Additional Information 

Copper Industry: While India does have a notable copper industry, it is not the largest producer globally. The country engages in both mining and refining of copper, but its production levels are surpassed by countries like Chile, Peru, and China. India's copper industry plays a vital role in its economy, but it does not dominate the global market in the same way it does with jute.

Silk Textile: India is one of the largest producers of silk in the world and is renowned for its variety and quality, particularly in the production of mulberry silk. However, it is not the largest globally, with China leading the silk production industry. India's silk industry is significant, contributing to both the domestic and international fashion sectors, but it ranks behind China in terms of overall production volume.

Uranium Industry: India does have uranium resources and operates several uranium mines, but its production is relatively small on the global scale. The country is actively working to expand its nuclear energy capacity, which has increased interest in uranium mining. However, nations like Kazakhstan, Canada, and Australia are far ahead in terms of uranium production, making India not the largest producer by a significant margin.

In summary, India's position as the largest producer of jute textile is due to its favorable agricultural conditions, historic cultivation practices, and a well-established industry that caters to both domestic and international markets. While the country has significant activities in copper, silk, and uranium industries, it does not lead globally in these sectors as it does with jute.

Question 214

Köppen's classification of Indian climate was based on which of the following ideas?

I. Average monthly temperature

II. average annual rainfall

III. average monthly rainfall

  1. AOption (a)

    Only।

  2. BOption (b)

    I and II

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

I, II and III

The Köppen climate classification system is a widely used method for categorizing the world's climates based on certain criteria. Wladimir Köppen, a German climatologist and botanist, developed this system at the end of the 19th century. It has been refined over time but retains Köppen's original intent to classify climates based on measurable vegetation criteria that correlate closely with climate characteristics. 

Key Points

The key factors in the Köppen classification system are temperature and precipitation—both their annual patterns and their seasonality. Therefore, the classification relies on:

  • I. Average monthly temperature II. Average annual rainfall III. Average monthly rainfall
  • These elements are critical because they directly influence the types of vegetation that can thrive in a particular climate, which is the basis of Köppen's approach.
  • While Köppen's system considers more than just these three factors—for instance, specific thresholds in temperature and the seasonality of precipitation (which can differentiate between climates with wet and dry seasons)—these criteria mentioned are fundamental to classifying climates under the Köppen system.
  • Köppen's classification indeed considers average monthly temperatures (to capture the thermal characteristics of the climate throughout the year), average annual rainfall (to understand the overall water availability), and average monthly rainfall (to capture the distribution and seasonality of precipitation).

Additional Information

  • The Köppen climate classification system divides the world's climates into five main groups, with each group designated by a letter:

A: Tropical/megathermal climates

B: Dry (arid and semiarid) climates

C: Temperate/mesothermal climates

D: Continental/microthermal climates

E: Polar and alpine climates

  • Each of these groups is further divided based on seasonal precipitation patterns and temperature characteristics.
  • For example, within the A (tropical) group, there are Af (tropical rainforest), Am (tropical monsoon), and Aw/As (tropical wet and dry or savanna) climates, distinguished by their specific precipitation and temperature profiles.
  • Köppen's system is valuable for its straightforward criteria based on easily measurable climate data, making it a useful tool for climatologists, geographers, biologists, and other scientists interested in climate patterns and their effects on the natural world and human activities.

Question 215

Given below are two statements, one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labdiled as Reason (R):

Assertion (A): The upper air low pressure westerly jet streams cause no change in general weather.

Reason (R): The upper air high pressure and anticyclonic conditions are developed in the troposphere.

In the context of the above two statements, which of the following is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

  2. BOption (b)

    Both (A) and (R) are wrong.

  3. COption (c)

    (A) is correct, but (R) is wrong.

  4. DOption (d)

    (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

(A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

Key Points

  • Assertion (A): The upper air low pressure westerly jet streams cause no change in general weather.

This assertion is not accurate. The westerly jet streams, particularly in the upper atmosphere, are significant drivers of weather patterns across many parts of the world, especially in the mid-latitudes. These high-altitude currents of air move weather systems and influence the development of cyclones and anticyclones, directly impacting the general weather—leading to changes in temperature, precipitation patterns, and storm development. Therefore, the assertion that they cause no change in general weather is incorrect.

  • Reason (R): The upper air high pressure and anticyclonic conditions are developed in the troposphere.

This statement is a simplification but is generally correct. High pressure and anticyclonic conditions can indeed develop in the troposphere, the lowest layer of the Earth's atmosphere, where most of our weather occurs. High-pressure systems are associated with sinking air and generally lead to more stable weather conditions, including clear skies and less precipitation. Anticyclones are high-pressure systems characterized by outward spiraling air; in the Northern Hemisphere, they spiral clockwise, and in the Southern Hemisphere, counterclockwise. These systems can lead to clear, calm weather.

  • The correct option is 4) (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.
  • The reasoning does not explain assertion A because the assertion itself is based on a misconception about the impact of westerly jet streams on weather patterns.
  • The development of high pressure and anticyclonic conditions in the troposphere can indeed affect weather, but the assertion wrongly claims that jet streams cause no change, which is not a correct statement or understanding of atmospheric dynamics.

Question 216

Which country has the largest postal network in the world?

  1. AOption (a)

    France

  2. BOption (b)

    India

  3. COption (c)

    Japan

  4. DOption (d)

    China

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

India

Why this answer is correct

India

 Key Points

  • India holds the title for having the largest postal network in the world.
  • It boasts a vast number of post offices spread across its diverse and extensive landscape, including in remote and inaccessible areas, ensuring postal services reach every corner of the country.

 Additional Information France: While France has a significant and historic postal system, it does not compare in size to India's. The French postal system, La Poste, is renowned for its efficiency and services but is more focused within the European context.

Japan: Japan's postal system is also highly efficient and is known for its innovation, such as the introduction of ATMs in post offices. However, in terms of sheer size and reach, it does not surpass India's postal network.

 China: China has a vast and rapidly growing postal service, reflecting its large population and economic development. Despite its size and the vast areas it covers, it still does not exceed India in terms of the total number of post offices and the extent of its postal network.

 Overview: India's postal network is unparalleled globally, not just in the number of post offices but also in the range of services offered, including financial and digital services. This vast network is crucial for bridging the gap between urban and rural India, making it an essential part of the country's infrastructure.

Question 217

How many Export Processing Zones (EPZ) has been identified by the government of India? 

  1. AOption (a)

    Six

  2. BOption (b)

    Seven

  3. COption (c)

    Eight

  4. DOption (d)

    Ten

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Seven

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Seven 

Key Points 

  • the Government of India had initiated a transition from Export Processing Zones (EPZs) to Special Economic Zones (SEZs) in 2000 with the introduction of the SEZ policy.
  • The exact number of EPZs that were initially established might be a bit historical in nature due to this transition.
  • Originally, India had set up several EPZs before they were converted into SEZs. These included:
  • Kandla Free Trade Zone (now Kandla SEZ), established in 1965 in Gujarat.
  • Santa Cruz Electronic Export Processing Zone (now SEEPZ SEZ), established in 1973 in Maharashtra.
  • Noida Export Processing Zone (now Noida SEZ), Uttar Pradesh.
  • Falta Export Processing Zone (now Falta SEZ), West Bengal.
  • Madras Export Processing Zone (now MEPZ SEZ), Tamil Nadu.
  • Cochin Export Processing Zone (now Cochin SEZ), Kerala.
  • Visakhapatnam Export Processing Zone (now Visakhapatnam SEZ), Andhra Pradesh.
  • This accounts for seven initial EPZs that were founded before the policy shifted towards the establishment and promotion of SEZs, which aimed at enhancing foreign investment and providing a more comprehensive economic environment including more incentives than just export processing.

Question 218

Which of the following countries has the largest rail network in the world?

  1. AOption (a)

    China

  2. BOption (b)

    United States of america

  3. COption (c)

    India

  4. DOption (d)

    Russia

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

United States of america

Why this answer is correct

United States of America:

 Key Points

  • The United States boasts the world's largest rail network, extending over approximately 250,000 km.
  • This extensive system is predominantly freight-oriented, with a significant emphasis on the transportation of goods across vast distances.
  • The passenger rail service, primarily operated by Amtrak, is limited in comparison to freight operations but plays a crucial role in certain regions.

 Additional InformationChina: While China has been rapidly expanding its rail network, especially with its extensive high-speed rail lines, it does not surpass the United States in terms of total rail network size. China's rail network is impressive, focusing heavily on passenger services alongside significant freight operations, reaching over 139,000 km.

 India: India has one of the most extensive rail networks in the world, serving as a vital component of the country's transportation infrastructure. The network spans over 68,000 km, facilitating both freight and passenger services across the nation. Despite its vast reach and critical role in daily commutes and long-distance travel, India's rail network is not the largest.

 Russia: Russia's rail network is one of the largest in the world, covering over 85,000 km. It plays a crucial role in connecting the vast and geographically diverse regions of the country, with a significant focus on freight transportation. The Trans-Siberian Railway, one of the longest in the world, is a notable part of Russia's rail infrastructure. However, Russia's network does not surpass that of the United States in size.

In summary, while China, India, and Russia all have extensive and crucial rail networks serving a variety of transportation needs, it is the United States that has the largest rail network globally.

Question 219

The only riverine major port of India is _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Port of kochi

  2. BOption (b)

    Port of Visakhapatnam

  3. COption (c)

    Port of New Tuticorin

  4. DOption (d)

    Port of Kolkata

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Port of Kolkata

Why this answer is correct

Port of Kolkata:

 Key Points

  • It is the only riverine major port in India, located on the Hooghly River.
  • The port has a rich history and plays a crucial role in the trade and commerce of the eastern part of India.
  • Its strategic location makes it an important gateway for the trade of northeastern states of India as well as for the countries of Bhutan and Nepal.

 Additional Information Port of Kochi:  it is a natural sea port located on the Laccadive Sea coast of the Arabian Sea. Known for its container and cruise terminals, it does not qualify as a riverine port.

 Port of Visakhapatnam: it is situated on the east coast of India and nestled among the hills of the Eastern Ghats facing the Bay of Bengal. It is one of India's largest seaports and handles a vast amount of cargo.

Port of New Tuticorin (also known as V.O. Chidambaranar Port): it is located in the Gulf of Mannar, on the southeastern coast of India. This port is known for its deep-water capabilities and handles a variety of cargo, including coal, general cargo, and liquid cargo, but it is not a riverine port.

Question 220

The Airport Authority of India (AAT) constituted in _______. 

  1. AOption (a)

    June 1997

  2. BOption (b)

    January 1985

  3. COption (c)

    April 1995

  4. DOption (d)

    March 1990

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

April 1995

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: April 1995

 Key Points

The Airports Authority of India (AAI) plays a critical role in managing and administrating the aviation infrastructure in India. Here are some key facts about the AAI:

  • Establishment: The Airports Authority of India was established in April 1995 through the merger of the National Airports Authority (NAA) and the International Airports Authority of India (IAAI), aiming to streamline the management of airports across the country.
  • Jurisdiction: AAI is responsible for creating, upgrading, maintaining, and managing civil aviation infrastructure both on the ground and air space in India.
  • Portfolio: It manages around 125 airports, which includes International airports, Domestic airports, Customs airports, and Civil enclaves at Military airfields.
  • Services: Besides airport management, the AAI also provides Air Traffic Management Services (ATMS) over Indian airspace and adjoining oceanic areas. It is one of the largest providers of ATMS in the world.
  • Headquarters: The AAI's headquarters is located in Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan, Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi.
  • Technology and Development: It focuses on modernizing airport infrastructure and implementing the latest technology for airport operations, including the Airport Operation Control Centers (AOCC) and the implementation of GAGAN (GPS Aided GEO Augmented Navigation) technology to promote the use of satellite-based navigation.
  • Sustainability Efforts: AAI has been actively involved in implementing solar power plants at various airports to promote the use of sustainable and renewable energy sources.
  • Air Traffic Management: The AAI also plays a crucial role in managing India’s airspace, ensuring the safe and efficient movement of air traffic across the country's airspace.
  • Financials: It generates revenue from various sources, including airport services, cargo services, and air navigation services. The revenue also sustains the development and maintenance of airport infrastructure.
  • Training and Education: The AAI owns the Civil Aviation Training College (CATC) at Prayagraj (Allahabad), and the National Institute of Aviation Management and Research (NIAMAR) in New Delhi for training its engineers, air traffic controllers, and other employees.

Discipline 7 (20 questions)

Question 221

In economic structure, the quaternary sector activities includes which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Goods and services

  2. BOption (b)

    Agriculture

  3. COption (c)

    Manufacturing

  4. DOption (d)

    Research and information

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Research and information

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Research and information

Key Points The economic structure of a country or region is often divided into different sectors representing various types of economic activities. These sectors are typically classified as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, with a possible addition of a quinary sector in some models. Each sector focuses on a different type of activity contributing to the economy.

  • Primary Sector: Involves the extraction and production of raw materials, such as agriculture, mining, and fishing.
  • Secondary Sector: Concerned with manufacturing and construction. It transforms raw materials into products and goods.
  • Tertiary Sector: Deals with providing services rather than goods. This includes sectors like retail, healthcare, education, and entertainment.
  • Quaternary Sector: This sector is characterized by activities involving information, knowledge, and expertise. It encompasses areas such as research and development (R&D), information technology, financial planning, consultancy, education, and various types of information-based services. The quaternary sector is focused on knowledge-oriented activities, making option 4, "Research and information," the correct answer.
  • Quinary Sector: Sometimes, an additional sector is discussed, focusing on services that have traditionally been performed in the home or by unpaid volunteers, as well as top-level decision-making roles in a society or economy. This includes services like childcare, non-profit organizations, and high-level government officials.

 

Given the characteristics and focus areas of the quaternary sector, it is clear that "Research and information" best encapsulates the activities associated with this sector. It emphasizes the role of intellectual activities and knowledge-based services in the economy, distinguishing it from sectors involved with the production of goods or basic services.

Question 222

Which country adopted 'one child policy' to discourage its population growth?

  1. AOption (a)

    China

  2. BOption (b)

    Russia

  3. COption (c)

    Bangladesh

  4. DOption (d)

    India

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

China

Why this answer is correct

China:

 Key Points

  • China implemented the one-child policy in 1979 as a measure to control the rapidly growing population.
  • This policy was enforced through various means, including incentives for families with one child and penalties for those with more.
  • It aimed to alleviate social, economic, and environmental problems in China.
  • However, due to the resulting demographic challenges, such as an aging population and a gender imbalance, the policy was replaced with a two-child policy in 2016.

 Additional Information Russia: Russia has never implemented a one-child policy. In fact, the country has faced population decline issues and has introduced measures to encourage families to have more children, including financial incentives and support programs for mothers and families.

 Bangladesh: Bangladesh has not adopted a one-child policy. The country has focused on family planning and reproductive health education to manage its population growth. Efforts have been made to improve access to contraception and to educate the population about family planning methods.

 India: India has never implemented a one-child policy. The country has conducted family planning programs and has aimed to raise awareness about contraception and population control methods. However, these efforts have been more about promoting responsible family planning rather than enforcing a strict limit on the number of children.

In summary, China is the correct answer because it is the only country among the options that implemented a one-child policy to control population growth.

Question 223

Which of the following factors does NOT influence the agriculture of any region?

  1. AOption (a)

    Land tenancy

  2. BOption (b)

    High Yielding Varieties

  3. COption (c)

    Inheritance

  4. DOption (d)

    Topography

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Inheritance

Why this answer is correct

Inheritance

 Key Points

  • Inheritance does not directly influence the agriculture of any region. Inheritance refers to the passing on of property, titles, debts, rights, and obligations upon the death of an individual. While it can affect who owns the land and the resources, it does not inherently affect the agricultural practices, productivity, or the environmental conditions of the region. It's more of a legal and familial concept rather than an agricultural factor.

 Additional Information

  • Land Tenancy: This is an important factor in agriculture because it determines how land is used and managed. Different tenancy arrangements can influence the incentives for tenants to invest in the land, adopt new technologies, or implement sustainable practices. For example, secure and long-term tenancies might encourage better land stewardship than short-term leases.
  • High Yielding Varieties (HYV): The introduction of high-yielding varieties of crops has been a significant factor in increasing agricultural productivity. HYVs are specifically bred to produce more output per hectare and often require more inputs such as fertilizers and irrigation. They have been crucial in the Green Revolution, which vastly improved food security in many parts of the world.
  • Topography: The physical layout of the land (its topography) greatly influences agriculture. Factors such as slope, elevation, and aspect can determine what types of crops can be grown, how water drains and is retained, and how susceptible the area is to erosion. For example, terracing is a practice adapted to mountainous topography to create flat areas to grow crops.

In summary, inheritance, while important in determining land ownership, does not have a direct impact on agricultural methods, productivity, or environmental conditions, unlike the other listed factors which have direct and significant impacts on agricultural practices and outcomes.

Question 224

The first three major producers of uranium are ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    South Korea, Japan, Uzbekistan

  2. BOption (b)

    Brazil, New Zealand, France

  3. COption (c)

    Iceland, Norway, India

  4. DOption (d)

    Canada, Australia, Kazakhstan

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Canada, Australia, Kazakhstan

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Canada, Australia, Kazakhstan

 Key Points

  • The first three major producers of uranium, as per recent data, are Canada, Australia, and Kazakhstan.
  • These countries have significant uranium mining operations and contribute a large portion of the world's uranium supply.
  • Canada, for example, has some of the world's richest uranium deposits, particularly in the Athabasca Basin of Saskatchewan.
  • Australia boasts large reserves, with notable mines in South Australia and the Northern Territory.
  • Kazakhstan has rapidly increased its uranium production over the years, becoming a leading supplier globally.

Question 225

Regressive population, when plotted on a graph, produces a ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    convex pyramid

  2. BOption (b)

    broad base pyramid

  3. COption (c)

    regular tapering pyramid

  4. DOption (d)

    narrow base pyramid

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

narrow base pyramid

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: narrow base pyramid

 Key Points

  • A regressive population, when plotted on a graph, produces a narrow base pyramid.
  • This shape is characterized by a smaller younger population at the base, indicating a decline in birth rates.
  • The pyramid then expands as it moves up to older age groups, reflecting a previously larger birth rate or a decrease in the younger population due to various factors such as lower fertility rates or higher mortality rates at younger ages.

Additional Information

  • Convex Pyramid: This shape typically represents a population with a high birth rate and a high death rate at younger ages, leading to a bulging middle. This does not accurately reflect a regressive population structure.
  • Broad Base Pyramid: This shape is indicative of a population with a high birth rate, suggesting a growing or expansive population rather than a regressive one. The broad base shows a large younger population, which is the opposite of a regressive population's characteristics.
  • Regular Tapering Pyramid: A regular tapering pyramid suggests a stable population with consistent birth and death rates across age groups. While it may seem similar to a regressive population structure, it does not accurately capture the shrinking younger population characteristic of a regressive population.

Question 226

Match List – I of Routes with List – II of National Highway Numbers and select the correct answer from the given options.

List-IList-II
aJorabat - ShillongiNH 47
bUttar Pradesh - West BengaliiNH 6
cSrinagar - KanyakumariiiiNH 31
dBamanbor - NagpurivNH 44
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - iv, c - iii, d - ii

  2. BOption (b)

    a - ii, b - iii, c - iv, d - i

  3. COption (c)

    a - iv, b - ii, c - iii, d - i

  4. DOption (d)

    a - ii, b - iii, c - i, d - iv

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

a - ii, b - iii, c - iv, d - i

Why this answer is correct

a - ii, b - iii, c - iv, d - i

Key Points

a. Jorabat - Shillong: This route is part of NH-6. Previously, National Highway numbers in India were renumbered under a new system to create a more organized and systematic network. 

b. Uttar Pradesh - West Bengal: NH-31 is connected to regions of West Bengal but primarily connects regions in Bihar and West Bengal rather than a direct connection between Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. 

c. Srinagar - Kanyakumari: This is the most straightforward match, corresponding to NH-44, the longest-running major North-South National Highway in India that connects Srinagar to Kanyakumari.

d. Bamanbor - Nagpur: Historically, NH-7 (under the old numbering) closely matches the route from near Bamanbor in Gujarat to Nagpur in Maharashtra, which is now part of NH-47 after renumbering.

Question 227

Which of the following is/are the objective(s) of second green revolution?

I. To increase the per-capita income of the farmers and to raise their standard of living.

II. To incorporate or emphasis the use of bio-technology.

III. To become self-sufficient in staple food, pulses, oil seeds and industrial raw material.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    Only I

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

Correct Option: 2) I, II, and III

Key Points

  • Objective I: To increase the per-capita income of the farmers and to raise their standard of living.

This objective is crucial for the second green revolution as it focuses on improving the economic conditions of farmers. The first green revolution significantly increased food production, but its benefits were unevenly distributed. The second green revolution aims to ensure that farmers, especially those in less developed regions, see a tangible improvement in their living standards through increased income.

  • Objective II: To incorporate or emphasize the use of bio-technology.

 The inclusion of biotechnology is a key aspect of the second green revolution. This involves using scientific techniques and tools, including genetic engineering, to improve crop yields, resistance to pests and diseases, and adaptability to climate change. This objective reflects the evolution of agricultural practices towards more sustainable and efficient methods.

  • Objective III: To become self-sufficient in staple food, pulses, oil seeds, and industrial raw material.

Self-sufficiency in these areas is critical for any country to ensure food security and reduce dependency on imports. The second green revolution aims to diversify agricultural production to include not just staple foods but also pulses, oilseeds, and raw materials necessary for the industry. This diversification is intended to stabilize food supplies and prices, support the economy, and reduce vulnerability to market fluctuations and climate impacts.

Question 228

The model of urban morphology-The Concentric Zone Theory was proposed by ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Robert Park

  2. BOption (b)

    E.W. Burgess

  3. COption (c)

    Homer Hoyt

  4. DOption (d)

    Edward Ullman

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

E.W. Burgess

Why this answer is correct

E.W. Burgess

Key Points

  • E.W. Burgess  proposed the Concentric Zone Theory, which is a pivotal model in urban sociology.
  • The Concentric Zone Theory, a key model of urban morphology, was proposed by sociologist Ernest W. Burgess in 1925.
  • This theory was introduced as part of his work on urban sociology in the United States, particularly his studies on the city of Chicago.
  • The Concentric Zone Model suggests that urban land use is arranged in concentric rings surrounding the Central Business District (CBD) at the center.
  • This model was one of the earliest to describe the spatial organization of cities in a theoretical framework.
  • It presents cities as expanding outward in concentric rings with distinct functional zones.
  • The theory was developed in the early 20th century and has been influential in urban planning and sociology.

Additional Information

  • Robert Park is often associated with the Chicago School of Sociology and made significant contributions to urban sociology, but he did not propose the Concentric Zone Theory. His work primarily focused on human ecology and the social organization of cities.
  • Homer Hoyt is known for the Sector Model of urban development, which suggested that cities develop in sectors or wedges, not concentric zones. This model was a response and an alternative to the Concentric Zone Theory, emphasizing the importance of transportation routes in shaping urban growth.
  • Edward Ullman is recognized for his contributions to geography, particularly the multiple nuclei model of urban land use, which he developed with Chauncy Harris. This model argues that cities do not grow out from a single core but rather around multiple nuclei, each of which acts as a growth point for different types of activities.

Question 229

Match List – I of Agricultural Revolution with List – II of Products and select the correct answer from the given options.

List - IList - II
aBue RevolutioniFisheries
bSilver RevolutioniiPoultry and eggs
cBlack RevolutioniiiOilseeds
dYellow RevolutionivPetroleum
  1. AOption (a)

    a - iii, b - iv, c - ii d - i

  2. BOption (b)

    a - ii, b - iv. c - i, d - iii

  3. COption (c)

    a - i, b - iv, c - iii, d - ii

  4. DOption (d)

    a - i, b - ii, c - iv. d - iii

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

a - i, b - ii, c - iv. d - iii

Why this answer is correct

a - i, b - ii, c - iv. d - iii

Key Points

  • Blue Revolution: This is related to fisheries. The Blue Revolution refers to the remarkable increase in the production of fish and seafood through aquaculture and improved fishing techniques. It aims at enhancing water productivity in a sustainable manner.
  • Silver Revolution: This pertains to poultry and eggs. The term "Silver Revolution" is associated with the phenomenal growth in the poultry industry, particularly in the production of eggs, improving both quantity and quality to meet the nutritional needs of populations.
  • Black Revolution: This is linked to petroleum. While the term "Black Revolution" might not be as commonly used in the context of agriculture, it generally relates to the petroleum sector, indicating a significant increase in the production or discovery of oil. However, within the agricultural context, this might be a misclassification as "Black Revolution" can sometimes refer to the growth in the production of black gram (a type of pulse) in some regions, but the given option associates it with petroleum.
  • Yellow Revolution: This revolution is associated with oilseeds. The Yellow Revolution specifically refers to the growth in the production of edible oil, driven by oilseed crops. It was aimed at achieving self-sufficiency in edible oils to reduce imports.

Question 230

According to the optimum population theory, the optimum population is that which gives the ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    minimum output per capita

  2. BOption (b)

    minimum diminishing returns

  3. COption (c)

    maximum output with less resources

  4. DOption (d)

    maximum income per head

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

maximum income per head

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: maximum income per head

Key Points

  • According to the optimum population theory, the optimum population is defined as the level of population that enables the maximum production efficiency, leading to the highest possible standard of living or welfare for the population.
  • In this context, the optimum population is that which gives the "maximum income per head."
  • This concept suggests that there is an ideal number of people that allows for the best use of resources, resulting in the highest average income per person.
  • the optimum population theory is fundamentally concerned with finding the population size that maximizes per capita income.
  • This principle was outlined by economists like Dalton, who emphasized that the optimum population is one where the income per head, or per capita income, is at its highest.
  • This level of population balances the available resources and the workforce in such a way that it maximizes productivity and, consequently, the income earned per individual in the population.

Question 231

According to UNO estimates of 2016, which of the following group of countries are correctly ranked in ascending order of their population?

  1. AOption (a)

    Brazil, Indonesia, Bangladesh, China

  2. BOption (b)

    Indonesia, United States, India, China

  3. COption (c)

    Bangladesh, Russia, China, United States

  4. DOption (d)

    United States, Russia, China, India

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Indonesia, United States, India, China

Why this answer is correct

Option 2 (Indonesia, United States, India, China)  

Key Points

  • To determine the correct ranking of countries in ascending order of their population according to UN estimates from 2016, we need to consider the population data from that period.
  • Based on known estimates around that time:
  • China and India were the two most populous countries, with China having the largest population followed by India.
  • United States was the third most populous country.
  • Indonesia ranked 4th in terms of population size.
  • Brazil was the 5th most populous country, and Bangladesh was also among the top 10, but with a smaller population than Brazil and Indonesia.
  • Russia had a smaller population compared to the countries mentioned above and was not in the top 5 most populous countries.
  • Option 2) Indonesia, United States, India, China - This correctly identifies China as having a higher population than India, and the United States having a lower population than India but higher than Indonesia, thus correctly ranking these countries in ascending order of their population.

Question 232

Which type of rural settlement is found in Asia?

  1. AOption (a)

    Compact

  2. BOption (b)

    Semi-compact

  3. COption (c)

    Semi-sprinkled

  4. DOption (d)

    Dispersed

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Compact

Why this answer is correct

Compact 

Key Points

  • Compact Rural Settlements are found commonly in Asia, compact rural settlements consist of homes clustered together in a small area.
  • This pattern often emerges due to factors like agricultural practices that require close cooperation, defense needs, or limited available land.
  • In these settlements, houses are built closely, often sharing walls, which facilitates a strong sense of community and easy access to communal facilities.

Additional Information

  • Semi-compact Settlements: These settlements are slightly less dense than compact ones, with homes spaced a bit more generously. While they may occur in Asia, they are not as defining of the region as compact settlements.
  • Semi-sprinkled Settlements: This option does not describe a commonly recognized pattern of rural settlement. It seems to be a mix of semi-compact and dispersed, which does not accurately represent the typical patterns found in Asia.
  • Dispersed Settlements: Characterized by homes spread out over a large area, often interspersed with fields and forests. This type of settlement is more common in regions with abundant land or where farming practices require large plots, such as parts of Europe and North America, rather than in Asia.

Question 233

Which of the following countries is the major producer of coal?

  1. AOption (a)

    India

  2. BOption (b)

    China

  3. COption (c)

    Australia

  4. DOption (d)

    Russia

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

China

Why this answer is correct

China

 Key Points

  • China is the major producer of coal globally.
  • It leads the world in coal production, with its mines accounting for a significant portion of the coal produced worldwide.
  • China's heavy reliance on coal for energy and industrial processes, alongside its vast reserves, places it at the forefront of coal production.

Additional Information India, while a significant producer of coal, does not surpass China. India ranks as the second-largest coal producer, with a substantial portion of its electricity generation and industrial activity dependent on coal.

Australia is known for being one of the largest exporters of coal, especially high-quality metallurgical coal used in steelmaking. However, in terms of overall production, Australia still produces less than China. It is noteworthy for its mining efficiency and technology but focuses more on export markets.

Russia has vast reserves of coal and is a major producer, but its output is also lower than China's. Russia's coal industry is significant, supplying both domestic energy needs and a considerable amount of exports, particularly to Europe and Asia.

In summary, while India, Australia, and Russia are all major players in the global coal industry, China's production levels outpace those of any other country, making it the leading coal producer due to its extensive coal reserves and high domestic demand for coal as a primary energy source and industrial input.

Question 234

Which of the following factors affect the origin of rural settlement?

I. Fertile land

II. Building material

III. Dry land

IV. Favourable climate

  1. AOption (a)

    Il and IV

  2. BOption (b)

    I and III

  3. COption (c)

    I, II, III and IV

  4. DOption (d)

    II, III and IV

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

I, II, III and IV

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer : I, II, III and IV

 Key PointsThe origin of rural settlements is significantly influenced by various geographical and environmental factors. These include:

  • Fertile land: Areas with fertile land are more likely to develop rural settlements due to the suitability for agriculture, which is a primary occupation in rural areas. Fertility of the land ensures food security and can support a growing population.
  • Building material: The availability of building materials nearby influences the development of settlements. Materials like wood, stone, and clay are essential for constructing homes and other structures. Easy access to these materials can lead to the establishment of a settlement.
  • Dry land: While it might seem counterintuitive, the presence of dry land, especially in contrast to flood-prone areas, can be a crucial factor. Dry lands are more suitable for building structures as they are less likely to be damaged by water. However, it's important to note that this does not mean arid regions without access to water sources are ideal. Rather, lands that are not excessively wet or prone to flooding are preferred.
  • Favourable climate: A climate that supports agriculture and is comfortable for living can significantly influence the establishment of rural settlements. Extreme climates (too hot or too cold) can hinder development due to challenges in farming and maintaining a stable living condition.

Therefore, the comprehensive option that includes all necessary factors affecting the origin of rural settlements is Option 3 (I, II, III, and IV), making it the correct choice.

Question 235

Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding 'Demographic Transition Theory'?

  1. AOption (a)

    It is based on the hypothesis that declines in mortality are preceded by declines in fertility.

  2. BOption (b)

    This theory was developed by W.S. It was originally introduced by Thompson and Frank W. Notestein.

  3. COption (c)

    This theory states that the socio-economic change of a society occurs simultaneously with its demographic transition.

  4. DOption (d)

    The first stage of the demographic transition is characterized by a declining birth rate and low death rate.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

The first stage of the demographic transition is characterized by a declining birth rate and low death rate.

Why this answer is correct

The first stage of the demographic transition is characterized by a declining birth rate and low death rate.

Key Points The statement that is incorrect regarding the 'Demographic Transition Theory' is:

Option 4) "The first stage of the demographic transition is characterized by a declining birth rate and low death rate."

 Additional InformationExplanation of the Demographic Transition Theory (DTT):

The Demographic Transition Theory is a model that describes the transformation of a country's population structure over time. It is typically divided into four or sometimes five stages, based on changes in birth rates, death rates, and overall population growth.

  • First Stage: Both birth rates and death rates are high, leading to a relatively stable population size. The high death rate is often due to limited access to food, high infant mortality, and poor medical care, which balances the high birth rate.
  • Second Stage: Death rates begin to decline significantly due to improvements in food supply, sanitation, and health care. However, birth rates remain high, leading to rapid population growth.
  • Third Stage: Birth rates start to decline due to factors such as urbanization, increased access to contraception, and changes in social attitudes regarding family size. The decline in birth rates begins to slow population growth.
  • Fourth Stage: Both birth rates and death rates are low, stabilizing the population. This stage is characterized by a higher standard of living, with widespread access to health care and education.
  • Fifth Stage (proposed by some demographers): This stage suggests a population decline, where birth rates fall below death rates, often attributed to very high living costs, further changes in family planning, and personal choices.

Question 236

Given below are two statements. One of which is labeled as Assertion (A) and the other as (R):

Assertion (A): Migration has a direct impact on age structure.

Reason (R): Migration tends to be age selective which means that people in the age group of 15-30 years are more mobile than people in younger and older age groups.

In the context of the above two statements, which of the following is correct?

  1. AOption (a)

    (A) is wrong, but (R) is correct.

  2. BOption (b)

    Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

  3. COption (c)

    Both (A) and (R) are wrong.

  4. DOption (d)

    (A) is correct, but (R) is wrong.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

Why this answer is correct

The correct option is 2) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) explains (A).

 Key Points

  • Migration indeed has a direct impact on the age structure of a population.
  • When individuals move from one place to another, they alter the demographic composition of both the origin and destination locations.
  • This impact is seen in changes to the age structure, which refers to the distribution of various age groups within a population.
  • The assertion (A) is correct because migration can lead to a redistribution of age groups across regions, affecting aspects like the dependency ratio, workforce availability, and overall demographic profile of an area.
  • The reason (R) given for this assertion is that migration tends to be age-selective, particularly noting that people in the age group of 15-30 years are more likely to migrate compared to those in younger or older age groups.
  • This age-selectivity is attributed to various factors including employment opportunities, education, marriage, or other personal and economic reasons.
  • Young adults in this age range are often at a stage in their life where they are seeking higher education, starting their careers, or establishing their independence, making them more mobile and likely to relocate for these opportunities.
  • The relationship between (A) and (R) is that the age-selective nature of migration directly leads to changes in the age structure. Since the most mobile age group is 15-30 years, regions that attract migrants (destination regions) may experience a temporary or sustained increase in the proportion of young adults.
  • Conversely, regions from which these individuals migrate (origin regions) may see a relative increase in the proportion of younger and older individuals, as the most mobile age group leaves.
  • This dynamic can lead to various socioeconomic impacts on both origin and destination areas, such as shifts in labor markets, changes in demand for education and healthcare services, and alterations in social support systems.

Therefore, option 2) is correct because both statements are accurate, and the reason (R) directly explains how the assertion (A) comes to be true.

Question 237

Road transport in India faces the serious problem of _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Extreme side luxuries

  2. BOption (b)

    Shortage of manpower

  3. COption (c)

    Mixed traffic

  4. DOption (d)

    Lack of check post

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Mixed traffic

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Mixed traffic

Key Points

 

  • Mixed Traffic:- Road transport in India is significantly hampered by mixed traffic.
  • This term refers to the coexistence of various types of vehicles (like cars, buses, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles, and auto-rickshaws) and pedestrians sharing the same road space without adequate segregation.
  • This diversity in traffic leads to congestion, increases the risk of accidents, and reduces the efficiency of road transport due to the varying speeds and sizes of the vehicles.

Additional Information 

 Extreme Side Luxuries: This option does not directly relate to the common issues faced by road transport in India. While disparities in vehicle features and luxury levels exist, they are not a primary concern affecting the functionality or efficiency of road transport on a large scale.

 Shortage of Manpower: Although certain segments of the transport sector might experience manpower shortages, especially in skilled professions like driving and logistics management, this is not the primary issue plaguing road transport in India. The main challenges are infrastructural and organizational.

Lack of Check Post: The presence or absence of check posts affects regulatory enforcement, such as vehicle checks and tax collection, but it is not the core issue affecting the day-to-day operation of road transport in India. The primary concern is the practical difficulties of navigating mixed traffic conditions.

Question 238

The net cultivated area in a village is 1000 hectares and the cropped area is 350 hectares and 550 hectares in Rabi and Kharif seasons respectively. What will be the agricultural density of this village?

  1. AOption (a)

    20 Percent

  2. BOption (b)

    65 Percent

  3. COption (c)

    90 Percent

  4. DOption (d)

    50 Percent

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

90 Percent

Why this answer is correct

- 90 Percent

Key Points

  • Agricultural density is calculated as the total cropped area divided by the net cultivated area, expressed as a percentage.
  • In this case, the total cropped area is the sum of the cropped area in both Rabi and Kharif seasons, which is 350 hectares + 550 hectares = 900 hectares.
  • The net cultivated area is given as 1000 hectares.
  • Therefore, the agricultural density = (Total cropped area / Net cultivated area) 100 = (900 / 1000) 100 = 90%.

 Hence, the agricultural density of this village is 90 Percent, making option 3 the correct answer.

Question 239

After which year did the rate of growth of world population accelerate?

  1. AOption (a)

    1800

  2. BOption (b)

    2000

  3. COption (c)

    1700

  4. DOption (d)

    1900

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

1800

Why this answer is correct

Correct Option: 1) 1800

Key Points

  • The acceleration in the rate of world population growth can be traced back to the period after 1800.
  • This change is primarily attributed to the Industrial Revolution, which started in the late 18th century.
  • The Industrial Revolution brought about significant advances in technology, agriculture, and medicine, leading to improved living conditions, a decrease in the death rate, and an increase in the birth rate.

 Additional Information

Pre-1800: Before the Industrial Revolution, the world population grew at a slower pace. High mortality rates due to diseases, limited food supplies, and lack of medical knowledge kept the population growth relatively low.

Post-1800: With the advent of the Industrial Revolution, there were substantial improvements in agricultural productivity, industrial production, and transportation. These factors contributed to better nutrition, which, along with advancements in medicine (such as vaccination against smallpox), led to lower mortality rates, particularly infant mortality rates. Consequently, the global population began to increase at a faster rate than before.

20th Century: The 20th century saw the most rapid increase in the world's population in human history due to further advancements in medicine, public health, and food production. The global population grew from 1.6 billion in 1900 to over 6 billion by the year 2000.

21st Century: By the 21st century, especially after 2000, global population growth rates have begun to slow down, although the population continues to grow. The fertility rates in many parts of the world, including in several high-population countries, have decreased. However, due to the momentum of past growth and a large base of young people who are entering reproductive age, the world population is expected to continue increasing before it stabilizes or declines.

Therefore, the significant acceleration in world population growth started after 1800, making Option 1 the correct answer.

Question 240

In the given Von Thünen's economic rent formula, 'k' represents which of the following.

R = E(p – a) – Efk

  1. AOption (a)

    Rent per unit of land

  2. BOption (b)

    Distance from market

  3. COption (c)

    Production cost per unit of product

  4. DOption (d)

    Production per unit of land

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Distance from market

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Distance from market

Key Points

  • R  = E(p – a) – Efk
  • R: This represents the economic rent, which is the profit a landowner earns from leasing land for agricultural purposes.
  • E: This signifies the market price of the good produced on the land.
  • **p:**This denotes the price received by the farmer after selling the good, considering any marketing or transportation costs they incur.
  • a: This represents the cost of transporting the good from the farm to the market.
  • f: This is the production cost per unit of the good. It includes expenses like labor, seeds, fertilizers, and machinery required to produce the good.
  • **k:**This variable denoted by 'k' represents the distance from the market.
  • Von Thünen's model suggests that farmers consider transportation costs when choosing land for agriculture.
  • Since transporting goods incurs expenses, farmers closer to the market have an advantage. The economic rent (R) a landowner earns is influenced by this distance factor.

Additional Information

  • Land closer to the market has a higher economic rent due to lower transportation costs (represented by 'a' in the formula).
  • Farmers growing crops with high perishability or bulk (like milk or vegetables) would ideally locate closer to the market to minimize spoilage or transportation costs.
  • Conversely, products with lower transportation costs per unit (like grains) can be grown farther away.

 

Hence, Von Thünen's economic rent formula, 'k' represents the distance from the market, a crucial factor influencing land use patterns and economic rent for agricultural activities.

Discipline 8 (20 questions)

Question 241

Which of the following countries of Asia is landlocked?

  1. AOption (a)

    Indonesia

  2. BOption (b)

    Uzbekistan

  3. COption (c)

    Malaysia

  4. DOption (d)

    Bangladesh

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Uzbekistan

Why this answer is correct

Uzbekistan

 Key Points

  • Uzbekistan is a landlocked country in Central Asia.
  • It is surrounded by five countries: Kazakhstan to the north, Tajikistan to the southeast, Kyrgyzstan to the northeast, Afghanistan to the south, and Turkmenistan to the southwest.
  • Being landlocked means it does not have direct access to the world's oceans or seas, which impacts its trade and transportation options.

 Additional Information

  • Indonesia is an archipelagic country located in Southeast Asia, lying between the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. It is not landlocked as it consists of thousands of islands, including major ones like Sumatra, Java, and parts of Borneo and New Guinea. Its extensive coastline allows for significant maritime activities.
  • Malaysia is also in Southeast Asia and is divided into two regions by the South China Sea: Peninsular Malaysia and East Malaysia (on the island of Borneo). It has coastlines on both the Andaman Sea and the South China Sea, making it a maritime nation rather than landlocked.
  • Bangladesh is located in South Asia, on the Bay of Bengal, bordered by India on all sides except for a small border with Myanmar to the southeast and the Bay of Bengal to the south. It has a significant coastline along the Bay of Bengal, ensuring it is not landlocked.

In summary, Uzbekistan is the only country among the options provided that is landlocked, having no direct access to the ocean or sea, which distinguishes it from the other options that all have significant coastlines.

Question 242

The statement that “Political boundaries focus on establishing nationalities” was given by ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    John stuart mill

  2. BOption (b)

    H. Kohn

  3. COption (c)

    Carl W. deutsch

  4. DOption (d)

    Reinhold Niebuhr

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

H. Kohn

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: H. Kohn

 Key Points

  • Hans Kohn was a philosopher and historian who extensively studied nationalism and is best known for his work on the subject.
  • He argued that political boundaries are often established to define national identities, emphasizing the role of nationalism in shaping states and their borders.
  • His work highlights how political boundaries can serve as a manifestation of the collective identity and aspirations of a people, thereby focusing on establishing nationalities.

 Additional Information

John Stuart Mill: Primarily known as a philosopher, political economist, and civil servant. Mill's work focused more on liberty, the theory of utilitarianism, and the rights of the individual.

Carl W. Deutsch: A social and political scientist known for his work in the fields of social communication and national integration. While his research touched on aspects of nationality and social cohesion, he did not specifically argue that political boundaries are primarily about establishing nationalities.

Reinhold Niebuhr: A theologian and political philosopher, Niebuhr's work primarily dealt with ethics, religion, and the dynamics of power and morality in international relations. 

In summary, H. Kohn's work directly addresses the concept of political boundaries as a means to establish national identities, setting him apart from the other scholars mentioned, whose primary areas of study did not specifically focus on this aspect of political geography and nationalism.

Question 243

According to Smith, which of the following is not one of the indicators representing different components of welfare?

  1. AOption (a)

    Mental and physical health

  2. BOption (b)

    Happiness and leisure

  3. COption (c)

    Social system

  4. DOption (d)

    Cultural elements

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Cultural elements

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Cultural elements

 Key Points

  • Cultural elements are not typically considered direct indicators of welfare according to Smith's framework.
  • Welfare is often analyzed through tangible and measurable aspects of well-being, such as health, happiness, and social systems, which directly impact an individual's quality of life.
  • Cultural elements, while important for a holistic understanding of well-being, are more subjective and harder to quantify in the context of welfare studies.

Additional Information

  • Mental and physical health: This is a core component of welfare. Smith and many economists and social scientists consider the state of an individual's mental and physical health as a primary indicator of their well-being. Good health is fundamental to the ability to perform daily activities, contribute to society, and enjoy life, making it a critical aspect of welfare.
  • Happiness and leisure: Happiness, often measured through surveys and psychological assessments, provides insight into an individual's subjective well-being. Leisure, or free time, is crucial for relaxation and personal development, contributing to happiness. These factors are essential indicators of welfare because they reflect the quality of life beyond material wealth or economic productivity.
  • Social system: The social system, including the networks and structures that support individuals (like family, community, and social services), plays a significant role in welfare. A strong social system can provide support during times of need, contribute to a sense of belonging, and enhance overall well-being, making it a vital component of welfare analysis.

Question 244

Which of the following comes under the category of cumulative atmospheric disaster?

  1. AOption (a)

    Heat waves

  2. BOption (b)

    Earthquake

  3. COption (c)

    Well nutrition

  4. DOption (d)

    Nuclear war

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Heat waves

Why this answer is correct

Marma Tarang

Key Points

  • Cumulative atmospheric disasters are events that result from the accumulation of atmospheric conditions over time, leading to significant environmental and societal impacts.
  • Marma Tarang, although not a widely recognized term in mainstream disaster management or environmental science literature, implies a phenomenon related to atmospheric conditions or events.
  • Given the context, it's considered a cumulative atmospheric disaster because it suggests an event that develops over time due to atmospheric conditions.

Additional Information

Earthquake: Earthquakes are geological events caused by sudden movements of the Earth's tectonic plates. They are not related to atmospheric conditions but rather to the Earth's internal processes.

 Well nutrition: This option seems out of place in this context. "Well nutrition" refers to proper or good nutrition and has nothing to do with atmospheric disasters or events. It's a term relevant to health and diet, not environmental science or disaster management.

 Nuclear war: Nuclear war involves the use of nuclear weapons between countries and can have catastrophic environmental and human health impacts.

Question 245

The consideration of susceptibility of a particular community or group to a particular disaster is _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Physical vulnerability

  2. BOption (b)

    Social vulnerability

  3. COption (c)

    Regional vulnerability

  4. DOption (d)

    Global vulnerability

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Social vulnerability

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer : Social vulnerability

 Key Points

  • Social Vulnerability: Refers to the inability of people, organizations, and societies to withstand adverse impacts from multiple stressors to which they are exposed.
  • These stressors can include natural disasters, environmental degradation, and social inequality.
  • This concept emphasizes the societal constructs that determine the extent to which a community can be affected by external stresses.
  • Factors such as poverty, age, health, and local infrastructure can all contribute to social vulnerability.
  • it specifically targets the resilience of a community or group in the face of disasters, taking into account various socio-economic factors.

 Additional Information

 Physical Vulnerability: Pertains to the tangible aspects of the environment and infrastructure that make an area susceptible to damage from disasters. This includes the geography, construction materials, building codes, and physical barriers. it focuses on physical aspects rather than the social or community aspects of vulnerability.

 Regional Vulnerability: Involves the susceptibility of a larger geographic area, which can encompass multiple communities or ecosystems, to specific types of disasters or adverse events. it refers to a broader geographic scope and does not specifically address the social dimensions of vulnerability within communities.

Global Vulnerability: Refers to the susceptibility of the entire planet to global-scale threats, such as climate change, pandemics, and large-scale environmental degradation. it addresses issues at a much larger scale than the community or group level and does not focus on the social aspects of vulnerability.

Question 246

Which of the following is not one of the characteristics of the eye of a cyclone?

  1. AOption (a)

    Winds are feeble

  2. BOption (b)

    Scarcity of rain

  3. COption (c)

    Generally dry

  4. DOption (d)

    Extremely moist

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Extremely moist

Why this answer is correct

Is very humid

 Key Points

  • The eye of a cyclone is characterized by a calm and clear environment compared to the surrounding areas of the cyclone.
  • This calmness is due to the low-pressure center where the winds are relatively weak.
  • Despite the common misconceptions, the eye of a cyclone is not humid but rather clearer and drier compared to the cyclone's outer parts.
  • This is because the air within the eye descends and warms adiabatically, leading to evaporation of most of the cloud water and rain, making the eye less humid. Therefore, stating that the eye is "very humid" is incorrect.
  • Winds are feeble: This statement is correct because, in the eye of the cyclone, the wind speed significantly decreases compared to the wind speed in the surrounding areas of the cyclone. The eye is known for its eerie calmness amidst the storm.
  • Scarcity of rain: This is also a correct characteristic of the eye of a cyclone. The eye is relatively free of clouds and precipitation due to the descending air, which inhibits the formation of clouds and precipitation that are characteristic of the surrounding eyewall.

Question 247

According to the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), drought occurs when the average annual rainfall is _______ below normal rainfall.

  1. AOption (a)

    Less than 75 percent

  2. BOption (b)

    More than 45 percent

  3. COption (c)

    More than 85 percent

  4. DOption (d)

    Less than 50 percent

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Less than 75 percent

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer Less than 75 percent**:**

 Key Points

  • Drought is a prolonged dry period in the natural climate cycle that can occur anywhere in the world.
  • It is defined by a significant shortage of water, which adversely affects crops, ecosystems, and communities.
  • The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) classifies a drought situation when the average annual rainfall is less than 75 percent of the normal rainfall.
  • This benchmark is crucial for agricultural planning, water resource management, and implementing drought mitigation strategies.

Question 248

Which of the following statements is/are correct with reference to 'Shambhavad', one of the schools of human geography?

I. This theory takes man as an active agent in the environment.

II. Vidal de la Blache was a staunch supporter of the philosophy of possibilism.

III. The concept of possibilism was put forward by Taylor in the 1920s.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    I and II

  3. COption (c)

    I, II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

I and II

Key Points

  • Statement I: This theory takes man as an active agent in the environment.
  • Explanation: This statement is correct. The concept of Shambhavad in human geography indeed views humans as active agents who interact with and modify their environment.
  • This perspective aligns with the broader human-environment interactions explored in various geographical theories, emphasizing the dynamic role humans play in shaping their surroundings.
  • Statement II: Vidal de la Blache was a staunch supporter of the philosophy of possibilism.
  • Explanation: This statement is also correct. Vidal de la Blache is well-known for his contribution to the concept of possibilism in geography.
  • Possibilism is a theory that suggests while the natural environment provides certain constraints and opportunities, it is ultimately human culture and decision-making that determine how that environment is utilized.
  • Vidal de la Blache's work significantly contributed to this school of thought, arguing against environmental determinism and for the creative role of human agency in environmental adaptation.
  • Statement III: The concept of possibilism was put forward by Taylor in the 1920s.
  • Explanation: This statement is incorrect. While the concept of possibilism was indeed a significant development in the field of geography, it is more closely associated with Vidal de la Blache than with Taylor.
  • The foundational ideas of possibilism predate the 1920s, with Vidal de la Blache's work occurring around the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Although Griffith Taylor, another prominent geographer, contributed to the development of geographical thought, the specific attribution of possibilism to him, especially in the 1920s, is inaccurate.

Hence, Statement A (I) is correct as it accurately represents the role of humans in the Shambhavad school of thought.

Statement B (II) is correct, acknowledging Vidal de la Blache's significant contributions to the philosophy of possibilism.

Statement C (III) is incorrect because it inaccurately attributes the concept of possibilism to Taylor in the 1920s, overlooking the earlier and more relevant contributions of Vidal de la Blache.

Question 249

There is a buffer zone between Thailand, _______ in South-East Asia and the French territories in Indo-China.

  1. AOption (a)

    British Empire in Asia

  2. BOption (b)

    Sino-Russian border in Mongolia

  3. COption (c)

    North-eastern india

  4. DOption (d)

    Mediterranean African states

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

British Empire in Asia

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer British Empire in Asia:

 Key Points

  • The buffer zone between Thailand and the French territories in Indo-China was primarily against the British Empire in Asia.
  • This buffer zone was part of the broader British colonial efforts to protect their interests and territories in Asia, particularly from other colonial powers like France.
  • The British Empire had significant holdings in the region, including India, Burma (now Myanmar), and Malaysia, making it a key player in Southeast Asian geopolitics during the colonial era.

 Additional Information

Sino-Russian border in Mongolia:  the Sino-Russian border in Mongolia served as a buffer zone between China and Russia, not between Thailand and French Indo-China. This area was significant in Sino-Russian relations, particularly in the context of their respective imperial ambitions, but it has no direct relevance to the buffer zone mentioned in the question.

North-eastern India: While North-eastern India was indeed part of the British Empire in Asia and shares a border with Myanmar (which borders Thailand), this option is too specific and does not encompass the broader British colonial presence that served as a buffer to French territories in Indo-China.

Mediterranean African states:  The Mediterranean African states are located far from Southeast Asia and had no direct role in serving as a buffer between Thailand and French Indo-China. Their colonial histories primarily involve European powers like France, Italy, and the United Kingdom, but in a different geographical context.

Question 250

If 'GX' is the G-scale value of a state, then what does 'Rx' represent in the given formula?

GX=log⁡(GaRx)\rm GX = \log \left( {\frac{{Ga}}{{Rx}}} \right)

  1. AOption (a)

    Population size of the state

  2. BOption (b)

    Earth's circumference

  3. COption (c)

    Earth's area

  4. DOption (d)

    Area of the country

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Area of the country

Why this answer is correct

Answer: Area of the country

 Key Points

  • Given the formula GX = log(Ga / Rx), where GX represents the G-scale value of a state, and considering the options provided for what Rx represents within this context, we can deduce the right answer through logical reasoning about what would be a meaningful divisor in such a formula related to geographical or demographic metrics.
  • Area of the country - The formula GX = log(Ga / Rx) suggests that GX could be a scale or index value computed for a state, based on a general attribute (Ga) over the area of the country (Rx).
  • The use of logarithms might be to normalize the wide range of absolute values that could result from differences in the size of countries, making comparisons more meaningful or manageable

Question 251

Which of the following is the last stage of the geographical boundary making?

  1. AOption (a)

    Negotiation

  2. BOption (b)

    Demarcation

  3. COption (c)

    Identification

  4. DOption (d)

    Delimitation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Demarcation

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Demarcation

 

 Key Points

  • Demarcation is the process of physically marking the boundaries on the ground. This might involve the construction of fences, walls, or the placement of markers.
  • It is the final step in the geographical boundary-making process, where the agreed-upon boundaries are made visible and clear in the physical world.

Additional Information

  • Negotiation: This is an earlier stage in boundary creation, where countries or parties discuss and come to an agreement on where the boundaries should lie. It involves diplomatic discussions and agreements but does not involve the physical marking of boundaries.
  • Identification: This step involves recognizing the need for a boundary or the areas where the boundary will be placed. It is more about the conceptual acknowledgment of the boundary rather than its physical or legal establishment.
  • Delimitation: This is the process of legally defining the boundary lines through maps, documents, and legal descriptions. It comes after negotiation and before demarcation. Delimitation is about agreeing on the exact course the boundary will take but does not involve the physical marking on the ground.

Important Points

  • The process of establishing geographical boundaries typically follows a sequence where negotiation comes first, allowing parties to discuss and agree upon the general terms and location of a boundary.
  • Identification may occur simultaneously or as part of negotiation, acknowledging the need for a boundary and preliminarily identifying areas of interest.
  • Delimitation formally documents these agreements, defining the boundary lines on paper through maps and legal texts.
  • Finally, demarcation physically marks these agreed-upon boundaries on the land, making the borders clear and tangible. This final step ensures that the boundaries are visible and can be respected and maintained by the parties involved.

Question 252

Match List - I of global strategies with List - Il of scholars and select the correct answer from the given options.

List - IList - II
aRimland TheoryiHalford Mackinder
bHeartland ModeliiAlfred Thayer Mahan
cSea Power ConceptiiiNicholas Spykman
dAir Power ConceptivAlexander P. de Seversky
  1. AOption (a)

    a - i, b - iv, c - ii, d - iii

  2. BOption (b)

    a - ii, b - iv, c - i, d - iii

  3. COption (c)

    a - iii, b - i, c - iv, d - ii

  4. DOption (d)

    a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv

Why this answer is correct

Option 4) a - iii, b - i, c - ii, d - iv

 Key Points

a. Rimland Theory is matched with iii, Nicholas Spykman. Spykman proposed the Rimland Theory as a refinement to Mackinder's Heartland Theory. He argued that the coastal fringes or Rimland of Eurasia were the keys to controlling the world, contradicting Mackinder's emphasis on the central Heartland. Spykman believed that power within the rimland would lead to the control of the Eurasian landmass and consequently the world. This theory emphasized the importance of naval power and the control of coastal areas over land-based power.

b. Heartland Model is matched with i, Halford Mackinder. Mackinder's Heartland Theory, also known as the Geographical Pivot of History, proposed in 1904, suggests that the area of greatest geopolitical importance is the "Heartland," which he defined as the vast landmass of Eurasia. He posited that whoever controlled the Heartland would control the world due to its size, resources, and strategic location. This theory laid the groundwork for modern geostrategic thinking.

c. Sea Power Concept is matched with ii, Alfred Thayer Mahan. Mahan was a U.S. naval officer and historian who, in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, developed the Sea Power Theory. Through his works, particularly "The Influence of Sea Power upon History, 1660–1783," Mahan argued that national greatness and prosperity were tied to control of the world's sea-lanes. He believed that a strong navy was essential for protecting trade routes and establishing global supremacy. Mahan's ideas profoundly influenced naval strategies worldwide.

d. Air Power Concept is matched with iv, Alexander P. de Seversky. A major proponent of air power and its strategic importance in warfare was Alexander P. de Seversky, a Russian-American aviator, inventor, and military strategist. In his influential work, "Victory Through Air Power," published during World War II, he argued that long-range air power was the most decisive weapon of modern warfare, capable of delivering knock-out blows to an enemy's industrial capability and thus pivotal in determining the outcome of future wars. Seversky advocated for the strategic use of air power, noting its potential to revolutionize military strategies and national defense paradigms.

Question 253

Which of the following is NOT one of the causes of floods?

  1. AOption (a)

    Faulty agricultural practices

  2. BOption (b)

    Large-scale deforestation

  3. COption (c)

    Wind shear in the vertical

  4. DOption (d)

    Highly sinuous and meandering courses of rivers

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Wind shear in the vertical

Why this answer is correct

Wind shear in the vertical 

Key Points

  • Wind shear refers to a change in wind speed and/or direction with height in the atmosphere. While wind shear can significantly impact weather events, including the development and intensity of storms, it is not directly a cause of floods.
  • Floods are typically caused by factors that lead to excessive water being deposited in a particular area faster than it can be absorbed or carried away by drainage systems or natural watercourses.

 Additional InformationFaulty agricultural practices: Improper agricultural practices can contribute to flooding by altering natural water pathways and reducing the ground's ability to absorb water. Practices such as improper plowing, removal of vegetation, and inadequate management of irrigation can increase runoff and reduce soil infiltration rates, leading to a higher risk of flooding during heavy rainfall.

Large-scale deforestation: Trees and vegetation play a critical role in absorbing rainfall and reducing surface runoff. Deforestation leads to a decrease in the amount of water that can be absorbed by the ground, increasing the volume of water that flows into rivers and streams. This can contribute to higher water levels and increase the risk of river and flash floods.

Highly sinuous and meandering courses of rivers: As mentioned in the provided sources, sinuous and meandering rivers can obstruct the normal discharge of water, thereby reducing velocity and delaying the passage of water. This can result in stagnation and increased siltation, which can contribute to flood conditions by raising the riverbed and reducing the channel's capacity to carry water, leading to spillover during periods of high runoff

Question 254

Which of the following factors did not provide the necessary impetus/encouragement for the revival of geopolitics?

  1. AOption (a)

    A more complex world before World War I

  2. BOption (b)

    Breakup of colonial empires

  3. COption (c)

    Growth of political parties

  4. DOption (d)

    The rise of a large number of nation-states

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Growth of political parties

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Growth of political parties

 Key Points

  • The growth of political parties did not directly provide the necessary impetus for the revival of geopolitics.
  • Geopolitics, as a field, focuses on the effects of geography on international politics and relations.
  • The formation and evolution of political parties are more related to internal political dynamics within states rather than the international geopolitical landscape.

 Additional Information

  • A more complex world before World War I: The complexity of the world before World War I, with its intricate alliances and tensions, played a significant role in the revival of geopolitics. The war itself demonstrated how geography, such as the location of borders and the control of seas, could influence military strategies and political alliances.
  • Breakup of colonial empires: The decolonization process and the breakup of colonial empires after World War II significantly reshaped the global geopolitical map. New nation-states emerged, altering the balance of power and introducing new geopolitical challenges and considerations, thus directly impacting the field of geopolitics.
  • The rise of a large number of nation-states: The emergence of new nation-states, especially in the aftermath of the two World Wars, drastically changed the geopolitical landscape. Each new state brought with it new borders, resources, and strategic interests, thereby contributing to the complexity of international relations and necessitating a renewed focus on geopolitics.

Question 255

McMahon Line is the boundary line between ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    North America and South America

  2. BOption (b)

    India and China

  3. COption (c)

    North Korea and South Korea

  4. DOption (d)

    Germany and France

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

India and China

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: McMahon Line

 Key Points

  • The McMahon Line is a demarcation line drawn between Tibet and British India at the 1914 Simla Convention.
  • It is named after Sir Henry McMahon, who was the foreign secretary of British India at the time.
  • This line is significant as it represents the boundary between India and the Tibet Autonomous Region of China, but China does not recognize it as the official border.
  • The McMahon Line remains a point of contention in Sino-Indian relations, with disputes over territory along the line leading to conflicts, including the 1962 Sino-Indian War.
  • The line runs from the eastern border of Bhutan along the crest of the Himalayas until it reaches the great bend of the Brahmaputra River, covering a length of approximately 890 kilometers (550 miles).
  • The acceptance of the McMahon Line varies, with India regarding it as the legal national border, while China views large parts of the territory south of the line, especially in the region of Arunachal Pradesh, as part of its territory.

Question 256

Elastic rebound theory related to earthquakes was postulated by ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    C.G. Bates

  2. BOption (b)

    Charles F. Ritcher

  3. COption (c)

    A.J. Henry

  4. DOption (d)

    H. F. Reid

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

H. F. Reid

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: H. F. Reid

 Key Points

  • H. F. Reid was a geologist who first proposed the elastic rebound theory in the aftermath of the 1906 San Francisco earthquake.
  • The Elastic Rebound Theory is a fundamental concept in geology and seismology that explains how energy is stored and then suddenly released along faults in the Earth's crust, causing earthquakes.
  • This theory was first formally proposed by the American geologist Harry Fielding Reid after the great 1906 San Francisco earthquake. It marked a significant advancement in the understanding of the mechanisms behind earthquakes.
  • According to the Elastic Rebound Theory, as tectonic plates move relative to each other, they can become locked at their edges due to friction along faults, which are cracks in the Earth where blocks of the crust can move relative to one another.
  • Despite this locking, the plates continue to try to move due to ongoing tectonic forces, leading to the gradual accumulation of elastic strain energy in the rocks adjacent to the fault.
  • As the stress from this strain increases, it eventually exceeds the strength of the rocks and the frictional resistance holding the fault together. At this point, the fault suddenly slips to release the accumulated energy, causing an earthquake. The sudden movement relieves the accumulated elastic strain, and the rocks on either side of the fault spring back to a less deformed state, hence the term "elastic rebound."

Additional Information

  • C.G. Bates: Not associated with the development of the elastic rebound theory. Bates is more known for contributions in other geological fields, not specifically earthquake seismology or the mechanics of earthquakes.
  • Charles F. Richter: Although a significant figure in seismology, known for creating the Richter scale for measuring the magnitude of earthquakes, Charles F. Richter did not propose the elastic rebound theory. His work primarily focused on quantifying the size of earthquakes.
  • A.J. Henry: Not widely recognized in the context of earthquake research or the elastic rebound theory. Henry's contributions lie outside the development of foundational theories of earthquake mechanics.

Question 257

In which year did Mount Pelée erupt on the island of Martinique in the Caribbean Sea, killing about 28,000 people?

  1. AOption (a)

    1915

  2. BOption (b)

    1902

  3. COption (c)

    1940

  4. DOption (d)

    1935

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

1902

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: 1902

 Key Points

  • Mount Pelée, located on the island of Martinique in the Caribbean Sea, erupted on May 8, 1902.
  • This catastrophic event is one of the deadliest volcanic eruptions in recorded history, resulting in approximately 28,000 fatalities.
  • The eruption completely destroyed the city of Saint-Pierre, which was then the largest city on the island, leaving only a handful of survivors.

Additional Information 

  • Mount Pelée is known for its highly explosive, or "Plinian," eruptions characterized by the ejection of large amounts of pumice, volcanic ash, and gas into the atmosphere at a high velocity.
  • The 1902 eruption was particularly devastating due to a pyroclastic flow fast-moving current of hot gas and volcanic material that swept over Saint-Pierre, instantly killing most of its inhabitants.
  • The tragedy of Mount Pelée served as a grim reminder of the destructive power of volcanoes and led to advancements in volcanic monitoring and disaster preparedness.
  • Today, Mount Pelée is closely monitored for any signs of activity to prevent a tragedy of similar magnitude.

Question 258

If A, B and C are functions of territoriality where 'A' stands for enforcing control over access to territory, 'B' stands for deadening power and 'C' stands for social relations of domination To remove, then which of the following strategies of regionalism is correctly defined?

I. Social competition has become unclear - A and C

II. Efficient Span of Control – A, B and C

III. Divide and rule - only B

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    I and IIl

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

I, II and III

Key Points 

Given the definitions of A, B, and C in relation to strategies of territoriality, let's analyze the provided strategies with respect to their descriptions:

  • A (enforcing control over access to territory) involves managing who can enter or use a specific area, which means exerting a kind of governance or control over a space.
  • B (deadening power) could be interpreted as reducing or nullifying the ability of others to exert influence or control within a territory, which could involve both physical and psychological aspects.
  • C (social relations of domination to remove) suggests an effort to dismantle existing hierarchies or power dynamics within social groups, likely aiming at a more equitable or decentralized model of interaction.

 

Given these interpretations, we can evaluate the provided strategies:

  • I. Social competition has become unclear - A and C: This suggests that traditional lines of competition or conflict within a territory have been blurred, likely due to actions taken to control access (A) and efforts to dismantle or challenge existing power structures (C). This fits well with the given definitions.
  • II. Efficient Span of Control – A, B, and C: This suggests a comprehensive approach to territoriality, involving control over access (A), neutralizing opposition or challenges to power (B), and transforming social relations to remove or mitigate domination (C). This also correctly applies the functions as defined.
  • III. Divide and rule - only B: "Divide and rule" is a strategy that involves creating or exacerbating divisions within opposition or amongst those being controlled, in order to maintain power. While it might seem like this strategy primarily involves "deadening power" (B) by weakening opposition groups through division, it doesn't explicitly involve A or C as defined. However, it's worth noting that in practical implementation, aspects of A and C might inadvertently be involved in a "divide and rule" strategy, but based strictly on the given definitions, B is the most directly relevant.

Therefore, option 4) I, II and III is the solution, as all three strategies can be correctly defined using the given functions of territoriality (A, B, and C)

Question 259

The most powerful cyclone in India's cyclone history, known as 'Super Cyclone', occurred in which state?

  1. AOption (a)

    Gujarat

  2. BOption (b)

    Andhra Pradesh

  3. COption (c)

    Orissa

  4. DOption (d)

    Karnataka

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Orissa

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Orissa

 Key Points

  • The Super Cyclone that struck Orissa (now Odisha) in October 1999 is considered the most powerful in India's cyclone history.
  • It reached wind speeds of up to 260 km/h and caused extensive damage, including thousands of deaths, massive destruction of property, and significant agricultural loss.
  • This event highlighted the need for improved disaster preparedness and response mechanisms in India.

Additional Information 

Gujarat: While Gujarat has experienced devastating cyclones, such as the 1998 Gujarat cyclone, it was not the site of the Super Cyclone of 1999. Gujarat's cyclones are notable but did not match the intensity or impact of the 1999 Orissa cyclone.

Andhra Pradesh: This state, located on the southeastern coast of India, is prone to cyclones due to its geographical location. Though it has faced several severe cyclones, none have surpassed the Super Cyclone of 1999 in Orissa in terms of power and devastation.

Karnataka: Karnataka, situated on the southwestern coast of India, is less frequently hit by cyclones compared to the eastern coast. The state has experienced tropical storms and heavy rainfall, but none that could be classified as the most powerful in India's history.

Question 260

On the basis of speed of movement, which hazard is considered to be a slow on-set hazard?

  1. AOption (a)

    Tornado

  2. BOption (b)

    Tsunami

  3. COption (c)

    Drought

  4. DOption (d)

    Lava flow

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Drought

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Drought

 Key Points

  • Drought is considered a slow-onset hazard because it develops over a long period, often months or even years, before its effects are fully realized.
  • It results from extended periods of below-average precipitation leading to water shortages that affect crops, livestock, and the water supply for humans and industry.
  • The gradual nature of drought makes it a slow-onset hazard, giving more time for preparation and adaptation, but also making it harder to determine a clear beginning or end.

Additional Information 

Tornado:  tornado is a fast-onset hazard. It occurs suddenly and with little warning, causing destruction within minutes. Tornadoes are characterized by their high wind speeds and potential to cause significant damage in a very short period.

Tsunami: tsunamis are also fast-onset hazards. They are large sea waves caused by underwater earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, or landslides. Tsunamis can travel at high speeds across oceans and cause widespread destruction upon reaching coastlines, often with little warning.

Lava Flow: while lava flows from volcanic eruptions can be relatively slow compared to other hazards like tornadoes or tsunamis, they are not considered slow-onset in the context of hazards like droughts. Lava flows can destroy everything in their path but their movement and impact are more immediate and observable than the gradual impact of a drought.

Discipline 9 (20 questions)

Question 261

Which of the following is not a characteristic of sustainability?

  1. AOption (a)

    Continuous supply of ecological resources

  2. BOption (b)

    Meeting adaptive ecological demands

  3. COption (c)

    Maintaining ecological balance

  4. DOption (d)

    Ecological function

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Meeting adaptive ecological demands

Why this answer is correct

Meeting adaptive ecological demands

Key Points

  • Meeting adaptive ecological demands: This is not a characteristic of sustainability. Sustainability is more about balancing ecological, social, and economic needs rather than just adapting to ecological demands. It involves proactive measures to ensure long-term viability and health of ecosystems, rather than merely reacting or adapting to changes or demands.

Additional Information

  • Continuous supply of ecological resources: This is a characteristic of sustainability as it ensures that resources are available for current and future generations without depleting them. It focuses on the responsible management and use of natural resources to prevent scarcity.
  • Maintaining ecological balance: This is a key characteristic of sustainability. It involves actions and strategies that contribute to the equilibrium of ecosystems, ensuring that biodiversity is preserved, and that natural processes can continue without interruption. This balance is crucial for the health of the planet and for the well-being of all species, including humans.
  • Ecological function: This refers to the natural processes and interactions within ecosystems that support life and contribute to the resilience and stability of the environment. Maintaining these functions is a core aspect of sustainability, as it encompasses the preservation of biodiversity, the cycle of nutrients, and the provision of ecosystem services essential for human survival and well-being.

Hence, while options 1, 3, and 4 highlight important aspects of sustainability related to the preservation and responsible management of ecological resources, ecological balance, and the maintenance of ecological functions, option 2 focuses on adaptation to ecological demands, which does not fully capture the proactive and holistic approach of sustainability towards balancing environmental, social, and economic needs for the long-term health and viability of the planet.

Question 262

Which of the following is not one of the properties of conical map projection?

  1. AOption (a)

    These are not orthomorphic projections.

  2. BOption (b)

    The scale is accurate with a standard collimator.

  3. COption (c)

    All parallelograms are arcs of concentric circles.

  4. DOption (d)

    The pole is represented as an arc or a point.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

These are not orthomorphic projections.

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer : These are not orthomorphic projections.

 Key Points

  • The statement that conical map projections are not orthomorphic projections is incorrect.
  • Orthomorphic (or conformal) projections preserve local angles and shapes.
  • Many conical projections, especially those used for small areas, aim to preserve these properties as much as possible.
  • This makes the statement inaccurate in the context of conical map projections' properties.

Additional Information

Scale Accuracy with a Standard Collimator: This statement is somewhat misleading as it's not commonly phrased this way in cartography. However, the essence seems to suggest that conical projections can maintain accurate scale along certain lines or points, typically along standard parallels (not "collimator," which is likely a misinterpretation). This is a correct property of some conical projections, where they are designed to maintain scale accurately along specific lines.

All Parallelograms are Arcs of Concentric Circles: This is a distortion characteristic of conical projections. The statement is trying to describe how meridians (not parallelograms) are represented as arcs of concentric circles, which is a typical feature of conical projections. This depiction allows for the preservation of some aspects of geographic reality, such as distance and direction, over certain areas of the map.

The Pole is Represented as an Arc or a Point: This is correct in the context of conical projections. Depending on the specific type of conical projection and the area it is designed to cover, a pole can indeed be represented either as a single point (in the case of a normal conical projection with one standard parallel) or as an arc (in the case of conical projections with two standard parallels). This flexibility in representing polar regions is one of the distinguishing features of conical projections.

Question 263

El Nino Southern Oscillation is related to ________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Increase in normal ocean temperatures

  2. BOption (b)

    Continuous precipitation

  3. COption (c)

    Cold water streams

  4. DOption (d)

    Decrease in salinity

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Increase in normal ocean temperatures

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Increase in normal ocean temperatures

Key Points

  • El Nino Southern Oscillation (ENSO) is primarily associated with an increase in the normal ocean temperatures in the central and eastern Pacific Ocean.
  • The El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO) is a significant climate phenomenon that involves fluctuations in oceanic and atmospheric conditions in the tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • It has substantial impacts on weather patterns across the globe. ENSO comprises three phases: El Niño, La Niña, and the neutral phase, each influencing global weather and climate in different ways.
  • El Niño: This phase is characterized by warmer-than-average sea surface temperatures (SSTs) in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. El Niño events are associated with changes in precipitation patterns across the world, often leading to increased rainfall in some regions and drought conditions in others. For instance, El Niño can lead to wetter conditions in the southern United States and Peru but dryer conditions in Australia and Southeast Asia. It typically occurs irregularly at intervals of 2-7 years and can last between 9 to 12 months.
  • La Niña: The opposite phase of El Niño, La Niña is marked by cooler-than-average SSTs in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. La Niña events also significantly affect global weather patterns, generally in contrast to those of El Niño. For example, La Niña can bring drier conditions to the southern United States and wetter conditions to Australia and Indonesia. Like El Niño, La Niña events occur at intervals of 2-7 years but can vary in duration.
  • ENSO Neutral: The neutral phase occurs when neither El Niño nor La Niña is present, and SSTs are close to average in the equatorial Pacific. During neutral conditions, other climate factors and patterns are more likely to influence weather across different parts of the world.

Question 264

Which of the following evidences does NOT support the theory of gradual rise in global warming?

  1. AOption (a)

    Melting of continental glaciers

  2. BOption (b)

    Rise in sea level

  3. COption (c)

    Thawing of permafrost areas

  4. DOption (d)

    Stationary pattern of rainfall

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Stationary pattern of rainfall

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Stationary pattern of rainfall

 Key Points

  • Stationary pattern of rainfall does NOT support the theory of gradual rise in global warming.
  • This is because global warming is expected to cause changes in weather patterns, including increased variability in rainfall, rather than maintaining a stationary pattern.
  • Changes in rainfall patterns, such as more intense rain or longer dry spells, are indicators of shifting climate conditions.
  • A stationary rainfall pattern suggests a lack of change, which contradicts the expected impacts of global warming.

Additional Information 

Melting of continental glaciers: This is a strong evidence of global warming. As the planet warms, glaciers melt more rapidly than they can accumulate snow in the winter, leading to a net loss of ice mass. This melting contributes to sea-level rise and is a direct indicator of increasing global temperatures.

Rise in sea level: This occurs due to two main factors related to global warming: the melting of ice on land, which adds water to the oceans, and the expansion of seawater as it warms. Both phenomena are direct consequences of a warming climate, making sea-level rise a clear evidence of global warming.

Thawing of permafrost areas: Permafrost is ground that remains completely frozen for two or more years, found in polar regions. Global warming leads to the thawing of permafrost, releasing methane, a potent greenhouse gas, into the atmosphere. This process not only provides evidence of rising temperatures but also contributes to further warming, creating a feedback loop.

Question 265

Push broom scanning operation was first performed in which of the following satellites?

  1. AOption (a)

    Tiros-1

  2. BOption (b)

    Bhaskar-I

  3. COption (c)

    Spot-1

  4. DOption (d)

    Landsat-1

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Spot-1

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: 3) Spot-1

Key Points

  • Spot-1, launched in 1986, was among the first satellites to employ push broom scanning technology.
  • This method involves a linear array of sensors that simultaneously capture a wide strip of the Earth's surface as the satellite orbits, enabling high-resolution imaging and efficient data collection over large areas.

Additional Information 

1) Tiros-1: Launched in 1960, Tiros-1 was the first successful weather satellite but did not employ push broom scanning. It used television camera systems to capture images of Earth's cloud cover, primarily for weather observation and forecasting.

2) Bhaskar-I: Bhaskar-I, launched in 1979, was an Indian Earth observation satellite focusing on remote sensing of natural resources. It did not use push broom scanning technology but rather conventional photographic and radiometric sensors for its observations.

4) Landsat-1: Launched in 1972 as the first satellite in the Landsat program, Landsat-1 (initially named ERTS-1) was a pioneering satellite in Earth observation. However, it utilized a multispectral scanner (MSS) which operated on a whisk broom scanning principle, where a mirror moves to scan the Earth line by line, rather than the push broom method.

Conclusion: Spot-1 stands out for its early adoption of push broom scanning technology, which represented a significant advancement in satellite imaging capabilities, offering improved resolution and efficiency over previous methods employed by earlier satellites like Tiros-1, Bhaskar-I, and Landsat-1.

Question 266

Which method can be used effectively to handle specific material smaller than one micrometer?

  1. AOption (a)

    Electrostatic precipitator

  2. BOption (b)

    Combustion conversion

  3. COption (c)

    Bag filter

  4. DOption (d)

    Wet scrubbers

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Electrostatic precipitator

Why this answer is correct

Electrostatic Precipitator

 Key Points

  • Electrostatic precipitators are devices that use electrical forces to move particles from a gas stream to a collector plate.
  • They can effectively handle very fine particles, including those smaller than one micrometer, by charging particles electrically and then capturing them on charged plates.
  • This method is particularly effective for handling particulate matter in industrial emissions, such as smokestack emissions, where very fine particles are present.

 Additional InformationCombustion Conversion:

  • This method involves converting waste materials into less harmful substances through combustion.
  • Although it can reduce the volume of waste and potentially generate energy, it is not specifically designed for capturing or handling fine particles smaller than one micrometer.
  • It's more about waste treatment and energy recovery rather than fine particulate control.

 Bag Filter:

  • Bag filters, also known as fabric filters, collect particles by passing gas through fabric bags that act as filters.
  • While they are effective for many types of particulate matter, their efficiency can decrease for particles smaller than one micrometer, especially if the fabric is not specifically designed for ultrafine particles.
  • They are more suited for larger particulate matter and may not achieve the high efficiency needed for sub-micrometer particles without special media or coatings.

Wet Scrubbers: 

  • Wet scrubbers use a liquid to remove pollutants from a gas stream.
  • They can effectively handle a range of particle sizes, but their efficiency can vary based on the type of scrubber and the specific conditions of operation.
  • For particles smaller than one micrometer, wet scrubbers may not always be the most efficient choice, as very fine particles can remain suspended in the gas stream and not be captured by the liquid droplets.

In summary, electrostatic precipitators are the most effective method for handling specific material smaller than one micrometer due to their ability to electrically charge and then capture very fine particles,

Question 267

Which of the following is NOT considered to be a particulate air pollutant?

  1. AOption (a)

    Glycerol

  2. BOption (b)

    Pollen grains

  3. COption (c)

    Aerosols

  4. DOption (d)

    Soots

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Glycerol

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Glycerol

 Key Points

  • Glycerol, also known as glycerin, is a simple polyol compound.
  • It is a colorless, odorless, viscous liquid that is sweet-tasting and non-toxic.
  • Glycerol is not considered a particulate air pollutant because it does not exist in particulate form in the atmosphere under normal conditions.
  • It is more commonly found in products like pharmaceuticals, food, and personal care products due to its moisturizing properties.

 Additional Information

  • Pollen grains: These are considered particulate air pollutants. Pollen grains can be suspended in the air, especially during the flowering season of plants, and can cause allergic reactions in sensitive individuals. They are a natural source of particulate matter in the air.
  • Aerosols: Aerosols refer to tiny particles or droplets suspended in the atmosphere. They can originate from various sources, including natural processes like volcanic eruptions and human activities such as the burning of fossil fuels. Aerosols can affect climate and human health, making them significant particulate air pollutants.
  • Soots: Soots are fine black or brown particles formed by the incomplete combustion of fossil fuels, wood, and other materials. They are a major component of air pollution, particularly in urban and industrial areas. Soot particles can penetrate deep into the lungs and bloodstream, posing serious health risks.

Question 268

Match List-I of International Co-operation with List-II of their signature year and select the correct answer from the given options.

List-IList-II
aMontreal Protocoli2004
bUnited States First Earth Summitii1987
cFirst World Climate Conferenceiii1979
dTenth Conference of the Parties (COP-10)iv1992
  1. AOption (a)

    a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i

  2. BOption (b)

    a - ii, b - ii, c - iii, d - iv

  3. COption (c)

    a - iii, b - i, c - iv, d - ii

  4. DOption (d)

    a - i, b - iii, c - ii, d - iv

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i

Why this answer is correct

Correct Match: Option 1 (a - ii, b - iv, c - iii, d - i)

 Key Points

  • Montreal Protocol (1987): Established to phase out substances that deplete the ozone layer, reflecting global commitment to environmental protection.
  • United States First Earth Summit (1992): A pivotal moment in global environmental diplomacy, setting the stage for future treaties and sustainability goals.
  • First World Climate Conference (1979): Initiated the global conversation on climate change, leading to subsequent research and international policy efforts.
  • Tenth Conference of the Parties (COP-10) (2004): Part of the ongoing UNFCCC process, focusing on assessing and advancing global efforts to combat climate change.

Question 269

Which of the following is a minimap?

  1. AOption (a)

    Topographic map

  2. BOption (b)

    Atlas map

  3. COption (c)

    Land parcel map

  4. DOption (d)

    Settlement map

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Atlas map

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Atlas map

 Key Points

  • An atlas map is a collection of maps in book form or a digital platform that can provide an overview or a "minimap" of various geographical areas.
  • It offers a comprehensive view, allowing for a quick understanding of the layout and significant features of regions, which serves the purpose of a minimap by providing a simplified, accessible overview.

 Additional Information

Topographic map: A topographic map represents the Earth's surface, showing physical features and elevations through contour lines. It is detailed and specific to a particular area, focusing on elevation and terrain, rather than offering a broad, simplified overview.

Land parcel map: A land parcel map shows the boundaries and ownership of land parcels within a specific area. It is used primarily for legal, real estate, and land development purposes, focusing on property delineation rather than providing an overall geographical overview.

Settlement map: A settlement map details the layout of a settlement, including residential, commercial, and industrial zones. It is focused on the planning and development aspects of human settlements, not offering a broad overview of geographical features or a simplified representation of large areas.

Question 270

Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding poverty in India?

I. Rapid population growth is recognized as one of the causes of poverty.

II. The Government of India launched the Public Distribution System (PDS) to ensure food security to the people.

III. The Integrated Rural Development Program (IRDP) was adopted in 2001 to eradicate poverty.

  1. AOption (a)

    I, II and III

  2. BOption (b)

    II and III

  3. COption (c)

    I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

I and II

Why this answer is correct

I and II

Key Points

  • Statement I: Rapid population growth is recognized as one of the causes of poverty.

This statement is correct. Rapid population growth can strain resources and infrastructure, making it difficult to improve or even maintain living standards. In countries like India, where resources are limited, a fast-growing population exacerbates challenges related to poverty, including access to clean water, education, healthcare, and employment.

Statement II: The Government of India launched the Public Distribution System (PDS) to ensure food security to the people.

  • This statement is also correct. The Public Distribution System (PDS) in India is a national food security system established by the Government of India under the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food, and Public Distribution. PDS was established to distribute food and non-food items to India's poor at subsidized rates. It plays a crucial role in ensuring food security for millions of India's poor.

Statement III: The Integrated Rural Development Program (IRDP) was adopted in 2001 to eradicate poverty.

  • This statement is incorrect. The Integrated Rural Development Program (IRDP) was actually launched in 1978-79. It was aimed at providing employment opportunities and promoting self-employment among the rural poor. The program sought to enable selected families to cross the poverty line by providing them with resources for productive employment. The statement incorrectly mentions the year of adoption as 2001.

Therefore, option 3 (I and II) is the correct answer, as Statements I and II are correct, while Statement III is incorrect.

Question 271

In which of the following situations, the sensor is capable of detecting even small objects on a remote spectrum?

  1. AOption (a)

    When the temporal resolution is the same for all objects

  2. BOption (b)

    When spatial resolution is higher

  3. COption (c)

    When radiometric resolution is higher

  4. DOption (d)

    When spectral resolution is recorded at a specified wavelength

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

When spatial resolution is higher

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer : When spatial resolution is higher

 Key Points

  • When spatial resolution is higher: Spatial resolution refers to the smallest object that can be detected by a sensor on the Earth's surface. A higher spatial resolution means the sensor can distinguish smaller objects, making it capable of detecting even tiny objects on a remote spectrum. This is crucial for detailed mapping and analysis, allowing for precise identification and differentiation of features on the Earth's surface.

Additional Information

Passive Sensors

  • Passive sensors detect natural energy that is reflected or emitted from the Earth's surface.
  • The most common source of radiation detected by passive sensors is sunlight.
  • These sensors require external sources of energy, primarily the sun, to generate data.
  • They can only gather data in daylight and under specific weather conditions. Passive sensors measure the intensity of electromagnetic radiation in various wavelengths, which can be used to infer properties of the objects or areas being observed.
  • Examples of passive remote sensing instruments include the Landsat Operational Land Imager (OLI) and the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) on the Terra and Aqua satellites, which capture data in visible, infrared, and shortwave infrared bands.

 

Active Sensors

  • In contrast, active sensors provide their own energy source for illumination.
  • The sensor emits radiation which is directed toward the target to be investigated.
  • The radiation reflects back from the target to the sensor, which then measures and analyzes the properties of the reflected wave.
  • This capability allows active sensors to collect measurements anytime, regardless of the time of day or weather conditions.
  • Active sensors are particularly useful for obtaining measurements of topography, vegetation structure, and surface roughness, among other things.
  • Examples of active sensors include radar systems like Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR), which can "see" through clouds and in darkness, and LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging), which uses laser pulses to create detailed 3D models of the Earth's surface.

Question 272

In which of the following fields, passive microwave remote sensing is used?

  1. AOption (a)

    Pedology

  2. BOption (b)

    Agriculture

  3. COption (c)

    Mineralogy

  4. DOption (d)

    Oceanography

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Oceanography

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Oceanography

 Key Points

  • Passive microwave remote sensing is particularly effective in oceanography.
  • It is used to measure sea surface temperatures, sea ice concentration and extent, salinity levels, and ocean surface wind speeds.
  • This technique relies on detecting the natural microwave emissions produced by the ocean's surface.

 

Additional Information 

Pedology (Soil Study): While passive microwave remote sensing can provide some information relevant to soil moisture and temperature, it is not the primary field where this technology is most utilized. Pedology benefits more from active remote sensing techniques like radar for detailed soil mapping and moisture content analysis.

Agriculture: In agriculture, passive microwave remote sensing can offer insights into soil moisture, which is crucial for crop health monitoring. However, its application is more supplementary compared to its core use in oceanography. Other remote sensing technologies, such as optical and thermal infrared, are more commonly used in agriculture for monitoring plant health, growth, and stress levels.

Mineralogy: Passive microwave remote sensing is not typically used in mineralogy. Mineral exploration and mapping primarily rely on optical, infrared, and active remote sensing techniques (like LiDAR) that can identify mineral compositions and alterations on the Earth's surface more effectively.

Overview: Passive microwave remote sensing is a powerful tool in oceanography due to its ability to penetrate clouds and collect data under all weather conditions, day and night. This capability is crucial for continuous monitoring of the dynamic oceanic environment. Other fields mentioned do benefit from microwave sensing but not to the extent and primary application as seen in oceanography.

Question 273

Maximum ozone density is found between the altitude of ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    12km to 20km

  2. BOption (b)

    30 km to 35 km

  3. COption (c)

    20 km to 25 km

  4. DOption (d)

    50km to 65km

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

20 km to 25 km

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: 20 km to 25 km

Key Points

  • Ozone (O3) is a molecule composed of three oxygen atoms. It is a relatively scarce gas in Earth's atmosphere but plays a critical role in protecting life on our planet.
  • The ozone layer is a region of Earth's stratosphere that contains a high concentration of ozone molecules. While the stratosphere extends from about 10 kilometers (6 miles) to about 50 kilometers (31 miles) above Earth's surface, the maximum ozone density is typically found in the lower portion of the stratosphere, roughly between 15 and 35 kilometers (9 to 22 miles) altitude.
  • This makes option 3 (20 km to 25 km) the closest to the recognized scientific understanding among the provided options, even though the precise wording might imply a narrower range than scientifically established.

Additional Information Importance of the Ozone Layer

  • Protection from UV Radiation: The ozone layer functions as Earth's natural sunscreen by absorbing a significant portion of the Sun's harmful ultraviolet (UV) radiation, specifically UV-B and UV-C radiation. Without the ozone layer, these harmful rays would not be filtered as they reach Earth's surface, leading to increased risks of skin cancers, cataracts, and other health issues in humans and animals. Additionally, it would lead to detrimental effects on marine ecosystems, particularly affecting phytoplankton, the foundation of the aquatic food web.
  • Temperature Regulation: The ozone layer also plays a crucial role in the temperature structure of Earth's atmosphere. The absorption of ultraviolet radiation by ozone molecules generates heat, contributing to the temperature inversion that characterizes the stratosphere—meaning that, unlike the troposphere, the stratosphere gets warmer with altitude. This temperature inversion is crucial for the stability of atmospheric layers and the dynamics of weather and climate.

Concerns about Ozone Depletion

  • Since the late 20th century, scientists have observed thinning of the ozone layer, primarily due to human-made chemicals such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), halons, and other ozone-depleting substances (ODS).
  • These substances release chlorine and bromine atoms in the stratosphere, which catalyze the destruction of ozone molecules.
  • The most notable manifestation of ozone depletion has been the Antarctic ozone hole, a significant thinning of the ozone layer above Antarctica observed each spring since the early 1980s.

Question 274

Cadastral maps are the maps representing _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    land properties or land parcels or plots

  2. BOption (b)

    the cultural landscapes of the earth surface

  3. COption (c)

    highly generalized maps of the world

  4. DOption (d)

    the earth's surface features

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

land properties or land parcels or plots

Why this answer is correct

land properties, land parcels, or plots.

Key Points

  • Cadastral maps are specialized maps that serve a crucial role in land administration and property management.
  • Their primary purpose is to provide detailed information about property boundaries, sizes, and ownership.
  • This information is essential for various reasons such as taxation, legal property description, property rights, and public and private land development planning.

Additional Information

  • Property Boundaries and Ownership: Cadastral maps are used to record and display the boundaries of parcels of land. Each land parcel on a cadastral map is often assigned a unique identifier, such as a lot or cadastre number, which can be used to find information about the owner, land use, and other relevant property details.
  • Legal Documentation: They serve as an authoritative source of information for legal transactions and documentation related to land. Disputes over land ownership or boundaries often refer to cadastral maps as part of the resolution process.
  • Taxation and Valuation: Governments commonly use these maps for taxation purposes. They enable accurate assessment of land value, ensuring that property taxes are fairly administered based on the size, location, and use of the land.
  • Urban and Rural Planning: Cadastral maps are indispensable tools for urban and rural planning. They provide planners and decision-makers with the necessary information to plan infrastructure, manage land development sustainably, and conserve environmental resources.
  • Historical Record: Additionally, these maps serve as historical records, demonstrating how land ownership and land use have changed over time. This can be particularly important in studies related to heritage conservation, environmental change, and social history.

Question 275

Bhopal gas tragedy was caused by leakage of which gas?

  1. AOption (a)

    Arsenic pentafluoride

  2. BOption (b)

    Hydrogen sulphide

  3. COption (c)

    Styrene

  4. DOption (d)

    Methyl iso-cyanate

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Methyl iso-cyanate

Why this answer is correct

Methyl Iso-Cyanate (MIC)

Key Points 

  • This is the correct answer because the Bhopal gas tragedy, which occurred on the night of December 2-3, 1984, was caused by the leakage of methyl isocyanate (MIC) gas from a pesticide plant owned by Union Carbide India Limited.
  • MIC is a highly toxic substance used in the production of pesticides. Its leakage led to one of the worst industrial disasters in history, causing thousands of deaths and long-term health issues for the survivors.

Additional Information

  • Arsenic Pentafluoride: It is a highly toxic and reactive compound, but it has no direct connection to the incident or the chemicals used in the pesticide plant.
  • Hydrogen Sulphide: hydrogen sulphide is a toxic gas with a distinct smell of rotten eggs, commonly associated with sewage treatment and natural gas extraction. It was not the gas leaked in the Bhopal tragedy. Hydrogen sulphide exposure can cause health issues, but the immediate and long-term effects seen in Bhopal were due to MIC exposure.
  • Styrene:  styrene gas leaked in a different industrial accident in Visakhapatnam, India, in May 2020, it was not involved in the Bhopal disaster.

Question 276

Point pollution of river water involves which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Discharge of pollutants from agricultural fields

  2. BOption (b)

    Melting snow due to rain

  3. COption (c)

    Soil erosion due to deforestation

  4. DOption (d)

    Urban sewage drains

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Urban sewage drains

Why this answer is correct

  • Correct Answer: Urban sewage drains

 Key Points

  • Urban sewage drains are a primary source of point pollution in river water.
  • This type of pollution originates from a single, identifiable source, such as a pipe or drain, directly discharging into water bodies.
  • Urban sewage often contains a variety of pollutants, including household waste, industrial chemicals, and other hazardous substances, which can severely affect water quality and aquatic life.

Additional Information 

  • Discharge of pollutants from agricultural fields is typically considered a form of non-point source pollution. This occurs over a wide area and is not traceable to a single discharge point. It includes runoff from fields carrying pesticides, fertilizers, and sediments into nearby water bodies.​
  • Melting snow due to rain is a natural process and not a source of pollution. While melting snow can sometimes carry pollutants into water bodies, it is not considered a direct source of pollution like a discharge pipe. It is more related to seasonal changes and weather patterns.
  • Soil erosion due to deforestation contributes to sedimentation in rivers, which is a form of non-point source pollution. While it can have significant impacts on water quality by increasing turbidity and affecting aquatic habitats, it does not originate from a single, identifiable source like point pollution does.

Question 277

What is the threat value number for a commonly endangered species of plant?

  1. AOption (a)

    15-20

  2. BOption (b)

    0-5

  3. COption (c)

    6-10

  4. DOption (d)

    10-15

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

6-10

Why this answer is correct

6-10

Key Points

  • the threat value number for a commonly endangered species of plant is on level 6-10.
  • ​An endangered species of plant is a type of plant that is at risk of extinction in the near future.
  • The categorization as "endangered" is typically determined through scientific assessment of its population size, the area of its distribution, and the rate at which these are declining, among other factors.
  • These assessments are often carried out by organizations such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), which maintains a Red List of Threatened Species, including plants.

Additional Information

Factors Leading to Endangerment:

  • Habitat Loss and Degradation: Many plant species become endangered due to the loss, fragmentation, or degradation of their natural habitats. This is often caused by human activities such as deforestation, urban development, agriculture, and mining.
  • Climate Change: Changes in climate patterns can alter the environments that plants are adapted to. Some species may not be able to survive the changing conditions, including alterations in temperature and precipitation, leading to a decrease in their populations.
  • Over-exploitation: Certain plants are collected from the wild, whether for use in landscaping, as medicinal plants, or for other purposes. Over-collection, especially of those species that are slow to reproduce, can severely deplete their numbers.
  • Invasive Species: The introduction of non-native plant or animal species can have detrimental effects on native plants. Invasive species often compete more successfully for resources or may directly harm native plants through predation or disease, leading to declines in native populations.
  • Pollution: Various forms of pollution, including air, water, and soil pollution, can negatively impact plant health and reproductive capacity, contributing to endangerment.

Conservation Measures:

  • Efforts to protect endangered plant species include habitat conservation and restoration, legal protection against over-collection and trade, propagation of threatened species in botanical gardens and seed banks for future reintroduction, and climate change mitigation strategies.
  • Education and public awareness campaigns also play a critical role in the conservation of endangered plant species.
  • The goal of these efforts is to reduce the risk of extinction and to maintain biodiversity, which is vital for ecosystem health and resilience.

Question 278

A type of bar diagram where columns can besplit into sections to show breakdown of the total value is called _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Comparative bar diagram

  2. BOption (b)

    Compound bar diagram

  3. COption (c)

    Deviation bar diagram

  4. DOption (d)

    Paired bar diagram

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Compound bar diagram

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Compound bar diagram

Key Points

  • A compound bar diagram, also known as a stacked bar chart, is a graphical representation where each column (or bar) is divided into smaller sections (or segments) to show the breakdown of the total value it represents.
  • This type of chart is particularly useful for comparing the total amounts across categories, while also showing the composition of each category.
  • For example, a compound bar diagram could be used to display the total sales of a company in different regions, with each bar segmented to show sales by product type within each region.

 Additional Information

  • Comparative Bar Diagram: This type of bar diagram is used to compare two or more sets of data side by side. It involves placing separate bars for each category close to one another for direct comparison. For example, it could compare the sales figures of two products over the same months by placing bars for each product's sales next to each other for each month.
  • Deviation Bar Diagram: A deviation bar diagram is used to show positive and negative values relative to a baseline, typically zero. It is useful for comparing deviations across categories, where bars extend in opposite directions from the zero line to indicate positive or negative values. For instance, it could be used to display profit and loss across different branches of a business.

Paired Bar Diagram: Similar to a comparative bar diagram, a paired bar diagram consists of pairs of bars for each category, but it is more specifically tailored to displaying two contrasting sets of data for the same categories. It could be used, for example, to show pre- and post-intervention data for a set of subjects.

 Important Points

  • Bar diagrams, including all the types mentioned, are essential tools in data analysis and presentation.
  • They provide a clear visual representation of data that makes it easier to understand patterns, trends, and differences across categories.
  • The choice of which type of bar diagram to use depends on the specific needs of the analysis and the nature of the data being represented.
  • Graphical representation tools like these are often supported by various data visualization software packages, making it easier for analysts and researchers to present complex data in an accessible format.

Question 279

High concentration of which substance in lake water can cause lung cancer?

  1. AOption (a)

    Asbestos

  2. BOption (b)

    Arsenic

  3. COption (c)

    Fluoride

  4. DOption (d)

    Sodium

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Asbestos

Why this answer is correct

Correct Answer: Asbestos

 Key Points

  • Asbestos, when present in high concentrations in water, can be very harmful.
  • Although it is primarily known for causing lung cancer when inhaled as fibers in the air, its presence in water sources is also concerning.
  • The ingestion of water contaminated with asbestos over long periods might increase the risk of developing cancers of the digestive tract, though the primary concern remains inhalation exposure.

 Additional Information

  • Arsenic: While arsenic in high concentrations in water is extremely toxic and can lead to various cancers (including skin, bladder, and lung cancer), it is not the correct answer in the context of causing lung cancer through inhalation. Its effects are more pronounced through ingestion.
  • Fluoride: Fluoride is often added to water supplies in controlled amounts to prevent tooth decay. Though excessive consumption can lead to dental and skeletal fluorosis, it is not linked to lung cancer, making it an incorrect option.
  • Sodium: High sodium levels in water can lead to health issues such as hypertension (high blood pressure) when consumed in excess. However, sodium is not associated with causing lung cancer, which rules it out as the correct answer.

Hence, Asbestos is the substance among the options given that, when present in high concentrations in lake water, poses a risk associated with lung cancer, primarily through inhalation of fibers.

Question 280

Which of the following techniques exclusively uses numerical data to prepare thematic maps?

  1. AOption (a)

    Shading method

  2. BOption (b)

    Symbol method

  3. COption (c)

    Coloring method

  4. DOption (d)

    Point method

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Shading method

Why this answer is correct

Shading method

 Key Points

  • Shading method exclusively uses numerical data to prepare thematic maps.
  • This method involves varying shades of a single color or different colors to represent different data values on a map.
  • It is particularly useful for displaying data that varies across a continuous range, such as population density or temperature gradients.

 Additional Information

  • Symbol method: This technique uses symbols, such as dots or icons, to represent different data points on a map. The symbols may vary in size or color to represent different values, but this method is not exclusive to numerical data and can also represent qualitative data.
  • Coloring method: Similar to shading but often used more broadly to include both quantitative and qualitative data. Coloring can be used to differentiate between categories or classes, not just numerical gradients.
  • Point method: Involves placing specific points on a map to represent the occurrence or intensity of a phenomenon at those locations. This method can use numerical data but is not exclusive to it, as it can also represent non-numerical data points.

In summary, the shading method is uniquely suited for exclusively using numerical data to visually represent variations across a geographic area on thematic maps.

Teaching Methodology (20 questions)

Question 281

Methods of language - teaching have been influenced by a variety of extant social, political, and psychological factors. Among those factors which of the following is/are prominent?

I. Needs of society at a particular point in time.

II. An understanding of what language is.

III. Understanding of how children learn.

  1. AOption (a)

    I and III

  2. BOption (b)

    II and III

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II, and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

I, II, and III

Why this answer is correct

A method of language teaching is a set of principles and procedures used to guide the instruction of a language. It offers a comprehensive approach to language learning.

Key Points

Factors affecting methods of language - teaching:

  • I. Needs of society: This includes factors like economic demands, political ideologies, and cultural values. For example, during wartime, language teaching might focus on military communication, while in a globalized world, it might emphasize multilingualism and intercultural communication.
  • II. Understanding of what language is: This involves different theoretical perspectives on language as a system, tool, or social phenomenon. These perspectives influence how language is taught, whether it's grammar-focused, communicative, or integrated with other subjects.
  • III. Understanding of how children learn: This includes theories of child development, cognitive abilities, and learning styles. These understandings guide teachers to choose appropriate methods, like using games, visuals, or scaffolding techniques, to facilitate language acquisition.

Therefore, all three factors are crucial and interact to shape language teaching methods.

Question 282

Which of the following question(s) arises in the mind of a teacher just before commencing the theme for early childhood and care education programme?

I. Have I arranged the activity areas?

II. Is all my teaching learning material ready for this theme?

III. How will I observe and assess my children?

  1. AOption (a)

    I, II and III

  2. BOption (b)

    II and III

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

     I and II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

All three questions reflect critical considerations for a well-prepared and successful early childhood education program that fosters a positive learning environment for young children.

Key Points

The questions that arise in the mind of a teacher just before commencing the theme for early childhood and care education program include:

  • I. Have I arranged the activity areas? - Ensuring that the physical environment is set up with appropriate activity areas is crucial for facilitating learning and engagement among early childhood learners.
  • II. Is all my teaching-learning material ready for this theme? - Preparation and availability of teaching materials are essential for effective instruction. Teachers need to ensure they have the necessary resources to support the theme.
  • III. How will I observe and assess my children? - Observation and assessment strategies are integral to understanding the progress and needs of each child. Teachers consider how they will observe, document, and assess children's learning during the thematic unit.

Therefore, the most accurate answer is I, II and III.

Question 283

Theatre/Drama performances are based upon which of the following?

I. Eradication of social events

II. Stories of famous personalities

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    Only I

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

Theatre/Drama performances involve live presentations of stories, narratives, or scenarios before an audience, usually with a focus on the artistic expression and portrayal of characters.

Key Points

Theatre/Drama performances are based upon:

I. Eradication of social events:

  • Theatre and drama often explore and depict various social events, issues, and dynamics.
  • They can serve as a means to reflect, comment on, or critique social phenomena.

II. Stories of famous personalities:

  • Theatre and drama frequently draw inspiration from the lives of famous personalities.
  • Historical figures, legendary characters, or individuals with compelling stories can become the central themes of dramatic performances.

Hence, both I and II aspects contribute to the diversity and richness of theatrical productions.

Question 284

How can you as a teacher encourage discovery learning in the classroom?

I. Your basic mode of interaction with the students should be questioning, using both convergent or divergent questions.

II. You should encourage student - student' interaction more than the 'student - teacher' interaction.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

Discovery learning is an educational approach where students actively explore and experience the learning environment to construct their own understanding of concepts. 

Key Points

Both statements contribute to encouraging discovery learning in the classroom:

I. Your basic mode of interaction with the students should be questioning, using both convergent or divergent questions:

  • Questioning is a key element of discovery learning. Both convergent (focused on finding a single correct answer) and divergent (encouraging diverse and creative responses) questions stimulate students' thinking and exploration.

II. You should encourage ‘student–student’ interaction more than the ‘student–teacher’ interaction:

  • Fostering more 'student–student' interaction promotes collaborative learning, peer discussions, and shared exploration. This social interaction allows students to learn from each other and discover concepts together.

Therefore, both strategies are effective in creating an environment conducive to discovery learning.

Question 285

Which of the following statement is not correct about collage making?

  1. AOption (a)

    Group working can be enhanced

  2. BOption (b)

    The creative skills in children diminishes by such activities

  3. COption (c)

    It helps to develop fine motor skills of children by tearing and pasting

  4. DOption (d)

    It develops interest in those children who cannot draw efficiently and gets discouraged

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

The creative skills in children diminishes by such activities

Why this answer is correct

Collage making is generally considered a creative and constructive activity that can enhance a child's creative skills. It involves selecting and arranging different materials to create a unified piece of art, fostering imagination, fine motor skills, and artistic expression. 

Key Points

  • Collage making involves the use of fine motor skills such as tearing, cutting, and pasting, contributing to the development of coordination and control in children.
  • Collage making provides an alternative creative outlet for children who may feel discouraged by their drawing abilities.
  • It allows them to express themselves using a variety of materials without the need for proficient drawing skills.
  • Collage making often involves collaboration, as children may work together to collect materials, plan the composition, and create the collage.
  • This promotes teamwork, communication, and social skills among children.

Hint

  • The statement that is not correct about collage making is the creative skills in children diminish by such activities as it generally enhances a child's creative skills.

Hence, the correct answer is 'the creative skills in children diminishes by such activities'.

Question 286

Which of the following children are at risk for exclusion from education system?

I. Children with disabilities

II. Children from deprived environments

III. Girl Child

  1. AOption (a)

    I and II

  2. BOption (b)

    I and III

  3. COption (c)

    II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I, II and III

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

"Risk for exclusion from the education system" refers to the likelihood or vulnerability of certain groups of children or individuals facing barriers that prevent them from accessing or fully participating in the formal education system. 

Key Points

Groups of children who are at risk for exclusion from the education system:

  • I. Children with disabilities: They often face physical, sensory, or intellectual impairments that can create barriers to accessing and participating in education effectively. This might involve lack of accessible facilities, discriminatory attitudes, or insufficient support for their special needs.
  • II. Children from deprived environments: Poverty, malnutrition, lack of access to educational resources, and unstable living situations can significantly hinder these children's ability to enroll in, attend, and succeed in school. Cultural and linguistic barriers may also play a role.
  • III. Girl Child: In many societies, girls face gender discrimination and societal expectations that prioritize education for boys. This can lead to early marriage, household responsibilities, and limited access to educational opportunities, putting them at risk of dropping out.

Therefore, the most accurate answer is I, II and III.

Question 287

'Games like kho-kho, kabaddi need awareness and utilization of space.' This statement shows the role of ______ in real life situation.

  1. AOption (a)

    science

  2. BOption (b)

    english

  3. COption (c)

    mathematics

  4. DOption (d)

    geography

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

mathematics

Why this answer is correct

The statement "Games like kho-kho, and kabaddi need awareness and utilization of space" most directly relates to the role of Mathematics in real-life situations.

Key Points

Mathematics: This subject plays a crucial role in understanding and utilizing space effectively. Concepts like:

  • Geometry: Understanding angles, distances, and areas helps players strategize their movements, anticipate opponents' positions, and make decisions based on spatial relationships.
  • Spatial reasoning: Analyzing and manipulating mental representations of space helps players visualize game situations, anticipate trajectories, and plan their actions efficiently.
  • Calculations: Estimating distances, predicting speeds, and calculating angles can contribute to strategic decision-making and successful execution of moves.

Therefore, mathematics is directly applied and plays a crucial role in games like kho-kho and kabaddi, where awareness and utilization of space are essential skills for success.

Hint

  • Science: While science may explore concepts like spatial relationships in physics or geometry, it doesn't directly connect to the utilization of space in games like kho-kho and kabaddi.
  • English: This language subject doesn't have a direct connection to the use of space in the context of physical games.
  • Geography: While geography deals with spatial aspects of Earth's features, it doesn't directly connect to the specific use of space in games like kho-kho and kabaddi, which involve navigating and manipulating space within a defined area.

Question 288

'Using learners experiences' is one of the features of Learner Centered Social Science Class. Which of the following statement(s) describes this feature?

I. When you teach on processes involved in Agriculture, then you can ask students, who have seen those processes, to describe them.

II. When you talk about freedom fighters of India, then you may ask students to find out about the freedom fighters of their state/region.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only I

Why this answer is correct

A learner-centered class, also known as student-centered learning, is an educational approach that shifts the focus from the teacher to the student as the active participant and driver of their learning.

Key Points

Statement I:

  • Directly asking students about their experiences related to the topic demonstrates a clear utilization of their personal knowledge.
  • This aligns with the core principle of learner-centered teaching, where students actively participate in the learning process.

Statement II:

  • While it doesn't directly ask about students' personal experiences, encouraging them to research freedom fighters from their state/region still leverages their familiarity with their local context and cultural background.
  • This can lead to more meaningful connections with the broader topic and potentially even personal discoveries for students.

Hence, only I is correct.

Question 289

Which of the following activity(es) encourage children to talk to parents, elders and community members to find out and collect information?

I. Asking from elders that what games did they play when they were children.

II. Asking your grandparents that when they were 8/9 years old, then where did they live.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

Key Points

Both activities encourage children to talk to parents, elders, and community members to find out and collect information:

I. Asking from elders what games did they play when they were children:

  • This activity promotes communication between children and elders, fostering a connection through shared experiences.
  • It encourages children to inquire about the past and learn about traditional games and activities.

II. Asking your grandparents where they lived when they were 8/9 years old:

  • This activity involves questioning grandparents about their childhood living environment, which not only strengthens family bonds but also provides an opportunity for intergenerational dialogue and the sharing of personal history.

Hence, the correct answer is both I and II.

Question 290

If we talk about critical pedagogy in social sciences, then which of the following question(s) you as a teacher can ask in your class?

I. How will the earth be if there are no forests at all?

II. Is there any way to fulfill the needs of growing population without deforestation?

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

In the context of critical pedagogy, questions go beyond rote memorization of facts and encourage students to analyze, question, and reflect on real-world issues. 

Key Points

Both questions engage students in a deeper level of learning, aligning with the principles of critical pedagogy in the social sciences:

I. How will the earth be if there are no forests at all?

  • This question prompts students to think critically about the vital role that forests play in maintaining ecological balance.
  • It encourages them to consider the potential consequences of complete deforestation on the Earth's climate, biodiversity, and overall ecosystem.
  • It fosters an understanding of the interconnectedness of various elements in the environment.

II. Is there any way to fulfill the needs of the growing population without deforestation?

  • This question invites students to critically examine the relationship between human needs, population growth, and environmental sustainability.
  • It encourages them to explore alternative solutions and strategies that address the challenges posed by a growing population without resorting to harmful practices like deforestation.
  • This question stimulates critical thinking about sustainable development and responsible resource management.

Hence, the correct answer is both I and II.

Question 291

While writing poems the length of lines used in the poem is also carefully chosen to maintain the poetic rhythm, feeling. This statement shows the relation of mathematics with which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Science

  2. BOption (b)

    Literature

  3. COption (c)

    History

  4. DOption (d)

    Economics

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Literature

Why this answer is correct

In literature, particularly in poetry, the structure and rhythm often involve mathematical considerations. 

Key Points

  • The statement highlights the deliberate choice of line length to create rhythm and feeling in poems, which directly connects to the concept of meter in poetry, a fundamental aspect of literary form and analysis.
  • Meter relies on specific patterns of stressed and unstressed syllables, and the length of lines plays a significant role in determining the meter used.

Therefore, the relation expressed in the statement aligns with the connection between mathematics and literature, specifically in the context of poetic form and structure.

Hint

  • Economics: While mathematics plays a crucial role in economic calculations and modeling, the statement doesn't directly relate to economic concepts.
  • Science: Science often utilizes mathematical equations and models, but the statement focuses on the aesthetics and structure of poems, not scientific principles.
  • History: History rarely utilizes the length of lines in poems as a relevant element, making it an unlikely connection.

Question 292

Mayanti is studying in class 4. She is able to follow the lessons in the class. But when teacher ask her questions in oral exam, then she is unable to answer. In this situation, by which way a teacher can assess her learning?

  1. AOption (a)

    Modification

  2. BOption (b)

    Substitution

  3. COption (c)

    Omission

  4. DOption (d)

    Compensation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Modification

Why this answer is correct

The appropriate way for a teacher to assess Mayanti's learning would be through modification.

Key Points

  • ​This approach involves adjusting the assessment method to accommodate the learner's needs and abilities.
  • In Mayanti's case, since she struggles with oral exams but can follow lessons in class, the teacher can modify the assessment by encouraging Mayanti to express her knowledge through alternative means.
  • This might involve creative projects, presentations, or any method that allows her to showcase her understanding in a way that suits her learning style.
  • Using a variety of assessment tools, such as quizzes, assignments, and projects, can help capture different aspects of Mayanti's learning.
  • This approach allows the teacher to gather a more comprehensive understanding of her knowledge and skills.

Hence, the correct answer is modification.

Hint

  • Omission generally refers to the act of leaving out or excluding something.
  • Substitution involves replacing one thing with another.
  • Compensation strategies involve providing alternatives or additional support to help a student overcome challenges.

Question 293

If we prove that 'sum of two even numbers is an even number' by using known results, definitions and rules of inference, then which kind of logic we are using here?

I. Inductive Logic

II. Deductive Logic

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Only II

Why this answer is correct

If we prove that the sum of two even numbers is an even number by using known results, definitions, and rules of inference, we are using Deductive Logic.

Key Points

  • Deductive reasoning involves drawing specific conclusions from general principles, definitions, and established facts.
  • It is a process of reasoning where the conclusion necessarily follows from the given premises.
  • Inductive logic, on the other hand, involves generalizing from specific observations to make broader predictions.

Hence, the correct answer is Deductive Logic.

Question 294

'Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system.' This statement is a _______.

I. natural law

II. fact

  1. AOption (a)

    Neither I nor II

  2. BOption (b)

    Both I and II

  3. COption (c)

    Only I

  4. DOption (d)

    Only II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Only II

Why this answer is correct

The statement "Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system" is factual, not a natural law.

Key Points

  • It doesn't represent a universal principle governing the universe.
  • It is based on scientific observations and measurements, but it wouldn't be considered a fundamental law.
  • It is possible, though highly unlikely, that new discoveries could change our understanding of the solar system and the relative sizes of its planets.

Hint

  • Natural Laws are universal and unchanging principles that govern the behavior of the universe.

Therefore, only II is correct. The statement is a fact based on current scientific understanding, but not a natural law.

Question 295

Statements like 'he is solving the problem like a expert', 'She is singing very well like Lata Mangeshkar' represents which of the following way that is used to strengthen the imitations performed by a child?

  1. AOption (a)

    Providing direct praise or incentives

  2. BOption (b)

    Readiness

  3. COption (c)

    Vicarious reinforcement

  4. DOption (d)

    Satisfying consequences

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Vicarious reinforcement

Why this answer is correct

Statements like "he is solving the problem like an expert" or "she is singing very well like Lata Mangeshkar" provide examples or models for a child to imitate or emulate.

Key Points

  • This is a form of vicarious reinforcement, where the child observes others being praised or rewarded for certain behaviors and is motivated to imitate those behaviors to receive similar positive reinforcement.
  • In this context, the child is likely to be motivated to imitate the problem-solving skills or singing style demonstrated by the expert or Lata Mangeshkar, anticipating that similar praise or positive outcomes will follow.
  • This type of observational learning and imitation is a key aspect of vicarious reinforcement in the context of social learning theory.

Hence, the correct answer is vicarious reinforcement.

Hint

  • Readiness: This refers to a child's natural developmental stage that allows them to learn a specific skill.
  • Providing direct praise or incentives: While this can reinforce desired behavior, the statements don't explicitly mention any direct rewards or praise.
  • Satisfying consequences: Similar to direct reinforcement, the statements don't directly mention specific positive consequences for the child's imitation.

Question 296

Which of the followings statement(s) is/are the characteristics of a good indicator of evaluation? I

I. It provides useful information to the teachers.

II. It helps to compare its value to a standard itself.

III. It helps to identify problematic situations.

  1. AOption (a)

    II and III

  2. BOption (b)

    I, II and III

  3. COption (c)

    I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Only II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

An indicator of evaluation is a specific, measurable, and observable feature or characteristic used to assess the performance, progress, or quality of a particular entity, such as an individual, a program, or a system.

Key Points

All three statements are characteristics of a good indicator of evaluation:

  • I. It provides useful information to the teachers: A good indicator should offer valuable and relevant information that can guide teachers in understanding students' progress, strengths, and areas that need improvement.
  • II. It helps to compare its value to a standard itself: A good indicator allows for benchmarking or comparison against predefined standards or expectations, providing a clear measure of performance or achievement.
  • III. It helps to identify problematic situations: Effective evaluation indicators should highlight areas of concern or challenges, enabling teachers to address issues and implement targeted interventions.

Therefore, all I, II and III characteristics contribute to the effectiveness of an evaluation indicator.

Question 297

_____and ______ are mutually dependent skills wherein the processes of _____ and ______ are interwined.

  1. AOption (a)

    listening; speaking; thinking; understanding

  2. BOption (b)

    speaking; playing; thinking; understanding

  3. COption (c)

    thinking; understanding; speaking; listening

  4. DOption (d)

    listening, playing, thinking, understanding

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

listening; speaking; thinking; understanding

Why this answer is correct

Listening; speaking; thinking; understanding is the most accurate representation of mutually dependent skills in language development.

Key Points

Language development is indeed a complex process where these four skills are intertwined and influence each other:

  • Listening: By actively listening to others, we learn new vocabulary, sentence structures, and communication styles. It provides the input for further language development.
  • Speaking: Through speaking, we practice using language, refine our pronunciation and grammar, and express our thoughts and ideas. This helps solidify understanding and fluency.
  • Thinking: Language allows us to organize our thoughts, analyze information, and generate new ideas. Thinking influences what we choose to say and how we express it.
  • Understanding: Comprehending spoken language is essential for making sense of our world and responding appropriately. This understanding fuels further learning and communication.

Therefore, all four skills work together in a continuous cycle, each influencing and supporting the development of the others.

Question 298

Which of the following is/are the sensory and perceptual development in the children till the age of 3 years?

I. Development of the five senses through visual, auditory, olfactory and kinaesthetic experiences.

II. Learning to control and coordinate their reflexes.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II

  3. COption (c)

    Both I and II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

Perceptual development provides the basis for analyzing and interpreting the happenings in our external environment. Stimulation from the environment evokes sensory experiences that promote the growth and development of the brain.

In fact, the development of language in children is the result of these sensory experiences that contribute to cognitive growth and development.

 Key Points

  • Newborns do not have a lot of control over their limbs, but they seem to have a set of involuntary, patterned motor responses that they are born with which are controlled by the lower brain centers. These are called reflexes.
  • The development of the five senses visual (see), auditory (hear), olfactory (smell), and kinaesthetic experiences (touch and movements of parts of the body) have taken place with increments of age and these develop from newborn up to 3 years.

Hence, we can conclude that Both statements I and II are correct.

Question 299

Who among the following considered Personality in the terms of Introversion and Extroversion?

  1. AOption (a)

    Carl Jung

  2. BOption (b)

    Alfred Adler

  3. COption (c)

    Sigmund Freud

  4. DOption (d)

    H.J. Eysenck

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Carl Jung

Why this answer is correct

Personality is a stable set of characteristics and determine those commonalities and differences in the physiological behaviour (thoughts, feelings and actions) of people that have continuity in time and that may not be easily understood as the sole result of the social and biological pressures of the moment.

Key PointsCarl Jung had given the psychological factors of type theory of personality and also had categorised personalities into introverts and extroverts usually indicating a person’s sociability and interpersonal orientation.

1. Extroverts by nature are more oriented towards other people, events and objects. 2. Introverts have greater sensitivity and are more concerned about feelings and are happier dealing with abstract things.

Hint

  • Sigmund Freud: He is closely associated with Psychoanalytic Theory. According to this theory, the works on the basis that human beings are motivated more by unseen forces than their conscious and rational thoughts.
  • Alfred Adler : He had given his contribution in the Psychoanalytic theory as well as Socio-psychological Theory. Socio-psychological theory talks of the interdependence of the individual and society.
  • H.J. Eysenck : He proposed a theory of personality based on biological factors, arguing that individuals inherit a type of nervous system that affects their ability to learn and adapt to the environment.

Question 300

Which of the following is/are the approach(es) to reading in a foreign language?

I. Phonics

II. Look and Say

  1. AOption (a)

    Only II

  2. BOption (b)

    Only I

  3. COption (c)

    Neither I nor II

  4. DOption (d)

    Both I and II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

An approach is a set of principles, beliefs, or ideas about the nature of learning which is translated into the classroom. According to the behaviourist view of language learning that learning can be both verbal and non-verbal, takes place through the process of habit formation.

Key Points1.  The “look and say” approach to teaching reading is a method that teaches children to read and recognize whole words. This is a non-verbal approach.

2**.  'Phonics'** approach is probably the best known and widely used approach to teach reading and writing in foreign language. Teaching students to understand the alphabetic principle is important for successful reading. It relies on students teach the alphabet first and students learn the names of the letters and sounds. If the students already know the letters, it makes sense to use this for new knowledge about the sound. This is a verbal approach.

According to the behaviourist point of view, both 'look and say' and 'phonics' approach are used for reading in a foreign language.

300 questions in the full paper